Kalinga Institute of Industrial Technology (KIIT)

Deemed to be University U/S 3 of UGC Act, 1956

Kalinga Institute of Industrial Technology (KIIT)
Deemed to be University U/S 3 of UGC Act, 1956
 CONTENT

S. No. Description Page No.

1. Guidelines for UG Engineering Curriculum – 2022 3

2. 1st Year Structure 9

List of Electives (1st Year)
3.  Engineering Elective 11
 Science Elective
 HASS Elective-I
4. Detailed Syllabi (1st Year) 12

5. School Vision and Mission 52

6. Programs offered by the School 52

Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
7.  Program Educational Objectives 53
 Program Outcomes and Program Specific Outcomes
 Curriculum
Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
8. 55
 Course Structure
Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
9. 59
 Professional Electives
Electronics and Electrical Engineering
10.  Program Educational Objectives 61
 Program Outcomes and Program Specific Outcomes
 Curriculum
Electronics and Electrical Engineering
11. 63
 Course Structure
Electronics and Electrical Engineering
12. 67
 Professional Electives
Electronics and Computer Science Engineering
13.  Program Educational Objectives 69
 Program Outcomes and Program Specific Outcomes
 Curriculum
Electronics and Computer Science Engineering
14. 71
 Course Structure
Electronics and Computer Science Engineering
15. 75
 Professional Electives
16. HASS Electives - II and III 76

17. Research Electives 76

18. Vocational Electives 77

19. K-Explore Electives 78

20 Detailed Syllabi 79

2
 Guidelines for UG Engineering Curriculum – 2022

The curricula for B.Tech. courses have been designed following the general principles of curricular design and
developing certain guiding strategies in order to build in the engineering graduate attributes in the courses.

Principles in Designing the Curricula

The overriding principles in designing the new curricula are that the curricula must (1) Impart specialized and
interdisciplinary knowledge and creative problem-solving skills; (2) Reflect aspirations of the society to turn out
technology-ready and socially conscious graduates to anticipate and avoid future problems; (3) Leverage the
strengths and help making up the weaknesses of the university; (4) Inform the students about new technologies
and the emerging social, environmental, and global forces, and (5) Give students the confidence to work in
teams and in multi-cultural settings.

Key Graduate Attributes

Engineers are agents of social change. They interact with the common man to know and define the current and
the looming future problems, develop sustainable design solutions using their science and engineering skills,
and implement sustainable solutions. Thus, the graduating students must (1) Acquire knowledge and skills—
both technical and soft skills such as communication, leadership, and skills of working in multi-cultural,
interdisciplinary teams; (2) Develop the mental disposition to understand, conceptualize, and define complex,
real-world problems; (3) Be independent, critical thinkers to inquire into the root causes of the problems; (4)
Analyse the relevant data and social, economic, and political forces influencing these problems; (5) Synthesize
knowledge and diverse perspectives and approaches to find technically and financially viable, sustainable,
creative, ethical solutions by evaluating novel alternatives; (6) Use project planning and scheduling methods,
establish institutional mechanisms, and communicate the plans and schedules and inspire the concerned
individuals to implement the solutions; (7) Imbibe professional values and ethics, and (8) Be life-long learners
with empathy for others.

Strategies for Curriculum Design

Strategies to design the curricula include (1) Understanding the dominant technological and social changes in
the world, (2) Incorporating recommendations of the National Education Policy 2020 with respect to design of
curricula, (3) Adding the novel features and best curricular practices of leading universities and institutes in
India and abroad, (4) Recognizing the UGC and AICTE guidelines and ABET recommendations; (5) Using the
opportunities that KIIT offers for multi- and inter-disciplinary education, and (6) Delivering the key attributes
and skills which the graduating students should be equipped with.

The Structure of the Curricula

The undergraduate engineering curricula are designed to inculcate in the students the graduate attributes
indicated above. The curricula include (1) foundational subjects in the fields of humanities, social sciences,
science, engineering science, and vocational courses, (2) depth subjects—both core and electives related to the
respective disciplines, (3) open electives in diverse fields of humanities, arts, science, engineering, social
science, management, law, public policy, media studies, etc., and (4) practice-based subjects. These subjects
reflect a mix of theory, hands-on laboratory practice, short- and long-duration projects, field visits, internship,
and extra- and co-curricular activities. The Institute has created many avenues for students to organize, lead,
and actively participate in social, cultural, and techno-management functions to develop behavioural skills.

UG Programmes Offered by the Schools of Technology

The B. Tech. (Hons.) and B. Tech. (Res.) programmes offered by various Schools of Technology are tabulated
below.

3
 Name of the School B. Tech. (Hons.) and B. Tech. (Res.) Programmess Offered
School of Civil Engineering Civil Engineering
Computer Science and Engineering
School of Computer Information Technology
Engineering Computer Science and Communication Engineering
Computer Science and Systems Engineering
School of Electrical
Electrical Engineering
Engineering
Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
School of Electronics
Electronics and Computer Science Engineering
Engineering
Electronics and Electrical Engineering
Mechanical Engineering
School of Mechanical Mechanical (Automobile Engineering)
Engineering Mechatronics Engineering
Aerospace Engineering

Highlights of the Curricula

1. The curricula allow the students to opt for either a B. Tech. (Hon.) degree or a B. Tech. (Res.) degree.
2. All the B. Tech. curricula have total of 160 – 165 credits.
3. The curricula provide option for a Minor in selected areas if students fulfill additional credit
requirements.
4. With the inclusion of many Humanities, Arts, and Social Science (HASS) subjects, the curricula are
HASS-rich.
5. The curricula provide flexibility in many forms. The students can choose subjects from a large number
science, HASS, and engineering electives. They can also choose subjects from lists of professional
electives and open electives. The professional electives allow the students to concentrate in selected
areas, whereas the open electives allow the students to gain multidisciplinary knowledge
6. To ensure all-round development of students, the curricula have included subjects like Yoga, Universal
Human Values, a Community/Environment-based Project, a Vocational Elective, Industry 4.0
Technologies, and K-Explore that consider students’ co- and extra-curricular activities for evaluation.
7. The curricula have included subjects like Scientific and Technical Writing and Research Methods and
Ethics to instill research and research communication skills in the students.
8. The curricula have also provided for independent projects in the last three semesters to train the
students in the art and science of identifying pressing problems and finding their sustainable solutions.

Notes and Guidelines

Science Core
Science forms the foundation of engineering. Subjects related to physical, chemical, biological, environmental,
and mathematical sciences are covered in the first four semesters in the form core and elective subjects. The
core subjects in science are the following:
Semester I/II: Physics, Chemistry, Science of Living Systems, Environmental Science, Differential
Equations and Linear Algebra, Transform Calculus and Numerical Analysis, Physics
Lab, and Chemistry Lab.
Semester III: Probability & Statistics
Semester IV: Selected Topics in Mathematics (Syllabi to be different for different Programmes)

4
Engineering Science Core
Engineering science subjects provide a bridge between science and engineering. The related subjects are
included as both core and electives. The semester-wise distribution of the core engineering science subjects is
given below.
Semester I/II: Basic Electronics, Programming & Data Structures or Programming Lab, Engineering
Drawing & Graphics, Workshop Practice, and Engineering Lab
Half the number of experiments in Engineering Lab will relate to Basic Electronics and
the other half will relate to Basic Electrical Engineering.
Semester III: Industry 4.0 Technologies

HASS Core
The curricula include HASS subjects as both core and electives. The HASS subjects that improve the written
and rhetoric skills, life skills and research skills of students are included as core subjects. Semester-wise
distribution of these subjects are given below:

The semester-wise distribution of language- and human values-related subjects is given below:
Semester I/II: English (to develop language skills and skills for making critical analysis of English
literature)
Semester I/II: Communication Lab (to develop skills of Listening, Speaking, and Writing)
Semester I/II: Yoga (to bring about unity of mind and body)
Semester III: Scientific and Technical Writing (to develop skills of writing varieties of scientific and
technical documents)
Semester VI: Universal Human Values (to develop and respect human values) and Engineering
Professional Practice (to understand roles and responsibilities of engineers and the
ethical and selected legal issues)
Semester VIII: Research Methods and Ethics (for B. Tech. (Res.) students)

Professional Core
Professional core subjects form the backbone of an engineering discipline. Every School of Technology
decides the list of core subjects that its students must credit. These can be theory and laboratory subjects.
These subjects are diffused in Semester III through Semester VI.
Engineering Professional Practice, a professional core subject, is included as a HASS Elective but will be taught
by engineering faculty.

Research Core
Students pursuing B. Tech. (Res.) programme have to go through a course on Research Methods and Ethics,
which is offered in Semester VII.

Science, Engineering Science, and HASS Electives

Options are available to the students to choose subjects from lists of science, engineering science, and HASS
electives. Their distributions in the curricula are as under:
Semester I/II: Science Electives, Engineering Elective, and HASS Electives I.
Semester IV: HASS Electives II
Semester V: HASS Electives III
Semester VI: HASS Electives IV

HASS Elective I includes Community/Environment-based project as one of the subjects. Done as a group work,
the subject gives the students an opportunity to connect with the community and the environment, learn and

5
prioritize their problems, and define them in ways that make them amenable to scientific analysis and pragmatic
solution.

The lists of Science, Engineering Science, and HASS electives will be available in the ERP. Before a semester
begins the Institute will announce the subjects that will be offered in that semester and the students will have to
give their choice of electives out of the offered subjects.

Vocational Elective
Vocational Elective courses provide engineering students a deeper appreciation of the practical aspects of
engineering and allow them to relate their theoretical knowledge with practical skills. This subject is included
in Semester III. A student must opt for one of the vocational electives which will be announced at the beginning
of the semester.

Open Electives
Open electives allow students to choose subjects from lists of subjects offered by all the Schools. It is through
these subjects that a student can pursue his or her latent interests in specific areas and work towards earning a
Minor in an area which is outside his (or her) major engineering branch (if the subjects are selected in specific
designated areas). These subjects are offered in Semester V through Semester VIII:
Semester V: K-Explore—Practice-based Open Elective I
Semester VI – VIII: Open Electives II, III, and IV

K-Explore is a 1-Credit Practice-based Open Elective that allows the students to use the scope that the Clubs
and the Societies of KIIT University provides to learn the skills of Dance, Music, Photography, etc. and of
conducting seminars and conferences through training, practice, and direct involvement.

Minor
The curricula allow a student to earn a Minor in an area outside the core discipline in which he (or she) has
registered. For example, a student doing B. Tech in Mechanical Engineering (his/her parent branch) can choose
to have a Minor in Computer Science Engineering. To get a Minor, a student must

(i) Get the fourth semester CGPA of 7.0 or more,

(ii) Successfully fulfill the coursework requirement for at least six theory subjects and two credit
Lab/project subjects in an area or discipline other than the one for which he (or she) is
registered, and
(iii) Complete at least 20 Credits of coursework in that area.

Thus, if a student has taken three Open Electives in one area other than his (or her) own then he (or she) must
choose three more theory subjects and two Lab (or a 2 credit project) subjects in that area in the Fourth year.
If no Lab subject is available in that Minor, then the student must choose an additional theory subject with at
least 2 Credits. Students having no backlogs till the end of Semester 4 and a minimum CGPA of 7.0 will only
be allowed to opt for the Minor scheme. Students opting for Minor have to mandatorily attend a minimum of
75% Theory and Lab classes (as the case may be) failing which the Minor option will be withdrawn.

Professional Electives
Professional elective subjects provide the students the opportunity to concentrate in certain specific areas of
their interest. These subjects are offered in Semester V through Semester VIII for B. Tech. (Hons.) students
(total 15 credits) and in Semester V through Semester VI for B. Tech. (Res.) students (total 9 credits). The
distribution of these subjects is given below:

6
 Semester V: Professional Electives (6 Credit),
Semester VI: Professional Electives (3 Credit),
Semester VII: Professional Elective (3 Credits) for only B. Tech (Hons.) students
Semester VIII: Professional Elective (3 Credits) for only B. Tech (Hons.) students

Research Electives
The students pursuing B. Tech. (Res.) degree may need specialized knowledge in the areas of their theses. For
this reason, the curriculum provides for two research electives to be selected in Semester VII and Semester VIII.
Every School prepares a list of Research Electives and announces, at the beginning of every semester, the
subject which will be offered in that semester. The student is required to select the electives from out of these
offered lists.

Summer Internship
Internship exposes the students to the realities of engineering systems. Every student must go through at least
60 days of internship. It can be taken in an industrial organization or at an institute of higher learning in the
summer breaks after the second year and/or after the third year. Internship carries 2 Credits. And the grade
secured by a student appears in the Semester VII Grade Sheet of the student.

Projects
Projects allow the students to work under the supervision of a faculty advisor and apply their acquired
knowledge to solve the real-world problems. They define problems, mine information from past works,
conceptualize forces and factors that impact the problems, develop design solutions, and demonstrate the
effectiveness of the solutions. Semester-wise distribution of this subject is given below:
Semester VI: Miner Project (2 Credits)
Semester VII: Project I (5 Credits)
Semester VIII: Project II (9 Credits for B. Tech. (Hons.) and 12 Credits for B. Tech. (Res.))

Semester-away Provision for Project II

The Institute sometimes allows a student to carry out the fourth-year project (Project II) away from the
University campus if the following conditions are satisfied:

 This provision applies to Project II.

 That means a student can avail of this provision in Semester VIII.
 The project must be done either in an industrial unit or in an academic institution.
 The organization in which the student wishes to carry out the project must give in writing that it will
provide all facilities (office space, equipment, instrument, data, and travel and stay facilities, if
possible) for the student to do the project. In addition, it will also identify a senior and competent
employee of the organization to whom the student will report.
 The faculty supervisor must recommend the student’s application for availing the semester-away
provision.
 A co-supervisor from the organization may be appointed for the project.
 The intending student gives an undertaking that he (or she) will
- Remain in constant touch with the faculty supervisor,
- Send monthly progress reports to the supervisor,
- Give seminar presentations, whenever required.
- Collect class notes, read books, and prepare for and appear at the examinations (online, if
necessary). The student must also do and submit all home assignments given by the teachers and
give seminar presentation (online) if necessary.
7
 Since Semester VIII curricula have one theory subject (B. Tech. (Res.)) and two theory subjects (B.
Tech. (Hons.)) students, a student applying for this provision will be exempted from attending the
lectures on these subjects. But the student must give an undertaking that it will be his (or her)
responsibility to collect class notes, read books and other reading materials, submit all home
assignments, give seminar presentations (online if required) and prepare for and appear at the
examinations.

8
 SCHEME I
FIRST SEMESTER
Theory
Sl. No. Course Code Subjects L T P Total Credit
1 PH10001 Physics 3 0 0 3 3
2 MA11001 Differential Equations and Linear 3 1 0 4 4
Algebra
3 Science Elective 2 0 0 2 2
4 Engineering Elective II 2 0 0 2 2
5 LS10001 Science of Living Systems 2 0 0 2 2
6 CH10003 Environmental Science 2 0 0 2 2
Total Credit (Theory Subjects) 15 15
Practical
1 PH19001 Physics Lab 0 0 2 2 1
2 CS13001 Programming Lab 0 2 4 6 4
Sessional
1 CE18001 Engineering Drawing & Graphics 0 0 2 2 1
Total Credit ( Practical & Sessional subject) 10 6
Total Credit (Semester) 25 21

SCHEME I
SECOND SEMESTER
Theory
Sl. No. Course Code Subjects L T P Total Credit
1 CH10001 Chemistry 3 0 0 3 3
2 MA11002 Transform Calculus and 3 1 0 4 4
Numerical Analysis
3 HS10001 English 2 0 0 2 2
4 EC10001 Basic Electronics 2 0 0 2 2
5 Engineering Elective I 2 0 0 2 2
6 HASS Elective I 2 0 0 2 2
Total Credit (Theory Subjects) 15 15
Practical
1 CH19001 Chemistry Lab 0 0 2 2 1
2 EX19001 Engineering Lab 0 0 2 2 1
Sessional
1 ME18001 Workshop 0 0 2 2 1
2 YG18001 Yoga 0 0 2 2 1
3 HS18001 Communication Lab 0 0 2 2 1
Total Credit (Practical & Sessional Subjects) 10 5
Total Credit (Semester) 25 20

9
 SCHEME II
FIRST SEMESTER

Theory
Sl. No. Course Code Subjects L T P Total Credit
1 CH10001 Chemistry 3 0 0 3 3
2 MA11001 Differential Equations and 3 1 0 4 4
Linear Algebra
3 HS10001 English 2 0 0 2 2
4 EC10001 Basic Electronics 2 0 0 2 2
5 Engineering Elective I 2 0 0 2 2
6 HASS Elective I 2 0 0 2 2
Total Credit (Theory Subjects) 15 15
Practical
1 CH19001 Chemistry Lab 0 0 2 2 1
2 EX19001 Engineering Lab 0 0 2 2 1
Sessional
1 YG18001 Yoga 0 0 2 2 1
2 ME18001 Workshop 0 0 2 2 1
3 HS18001 Communication Lab 0 0 2 2 1
Total Credit (Practical & Sessional Subjects) 10 5
Total Credit (Semester) 25 20

SCHEME II
SECOND SEMESTER
Theory
Sl. Course Code Subjects L T P Total Credit
No.
1 PH10001 Physics 3 0 0 3 3
2 MA11002 Transform Calculus and Numerical Analysis 3 1 0 4 4
3 Science Elective 2 0 0 2 2
4 Engineering Elective II 2 0 0 2 2
5 LS10001 Science of Living Systems 2 0 0 2 2
6 CH10003 Environmental Science 2 0 0 2 2
Total Credit (Theory Subjects) 15 15
Practical
1 PH19001 Physics Lab 0 0 2 2 1
2 CS13001 Programming Lab 0 2 4 6 4
Sessional
1 CE18001 Engineering Drawing & Graphics 0 0 2 2 1
Total Credit (Practical & Sessional Subjects) 10 6
Total Credit (Semester) 25 21

10
 LIST OF ELECTIVES

Engineering Elective I
Sl. No. Course Code Subjects L T P Total Credit
1 CE10001 Basic Civil Engineering 2 0 0 2 2
2 ME10003 Basic Mechanical Engineering 2 0 0 2 2
3 EE10002 Basic Electrical Engineering 2 0 0 2 2

Engineering Elective II
Sl. No. Course Code Subjects L T P Total Credit
1 EE10001 Elements of Machine Learning* 2 0 0 2 2
2 ME10001 Engineering Mechanics 2 0 0 2 2
3 EC10003 Biomedical Engineering 2 0 0 2 2
4 EE10003 Basic Instrumentation 2 0 0 2 2

*Not for students of Computer Engineering

Science Elective
Sl. No. Course Code Subjects L T P Total Credit
1 CH10005 Nanoscience 2 0 0 2 2
2 PH10003 Smart Materials 2 0 0 2 2
3 LS10003 Molecular Diagnostics 2 0 0 2 2
4 PE10002 Science of Public Health 2 0 0 2 2
5 MA10003 Optimization Techniques 2 0 0 2 2

HASS Elective I
Sl. No. Course Code Subjects L T P Total Credit
1 HS10013 Society, Science, and Technology 2 0 0 2 2
2 HS10202 Essential of Management 2 0 0 2 2
3 HS10102 Shades of Economics 2 0 0 2 2
4 HS10123 Indian Economy Post 2 0 0 2 2
Liberalisation
5 SO10043 Socio-Political Environment 2 0 0 2 2
6 PS10043 Thinking Perspectives 2 0 0 2 2
7 PS10045 Creativity, Innovation and 2 0 0 2 2
Entrepreneurship
8 EX17001 Community/Environment-based 0 0 4 2 2
Project

11
 PHYSICS

Subject Code : PH10001

Credit : 3-0-0 3
Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objective

This subject is designed to enrich the basic knowledge of engineering students in the field of physics and to
support the engineering and research programs. The subject will also help the students to develop mathematical
models to understand the behavior of physical systems and phenomena.

Course Outcomes

At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Learn the basic concepts of oscillation, waves, wave function and fields,
CO 2: Understand the principles of wave phenomena in light and matter, and the quantum mechanics,
CO 3: Apply the principles of oscillation, superposition of waves, electromagnetic theory, and quantum
mechanics in different fields,
CO 4: Analyze different types of particle motion in different media,
CO 5: Evaluate the problem-solving skills for the topics learnt, and
CO 6: Develop critical thinking ability supported by the learned concepts of Physics.

Oscillation
Damped Harmonic Oscillation (underdamped, overdamped and critically damped), Energy decay, Relaxation
time, Quality factor, Forced oscillation, Resonance, Coupled oscillations, Applications.

Waves and Interference

Wave equation, Superposition of waves, Interference of light, Types of interference: Division of wavefront and
division of amplitude.

Interference in thin films

Wedge shaped thin film, Newton’s rings and their applications, Michelson interferometer, Applications.

Diffraction
Diffraction and its applications, Types of diffraction, Fraunhofer diffraction by a single slit, Plane diffraction
grating (condition of maxima, minima), Maximum order of observable spectra, Absent spectra, and Dispersive
power, Applications.

Quantum Mechanics
Dual nature of radiation and matter, de Broglie hypothesis for matter waves, Phase velocity and Group velocity,
Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle and applications, Wave function and its interpretation, Concepts of operators,
Schrodinger’s time-dependent and time-independent equations, Postulates of Quantum mechanics, Particle in
one-dimensional box and applications, Quantum tunnelling and applications.

Electromagnetic Theory

12
Vector calculus: scalar and vector field, Gradient, divergence and curl, Line, surface and volume integrals,
Gauss divergence and Stoke’s theorem, Maxwell's equations in differential and integral form with necessary
derivations. Electromagnetic wave equations, Transverse nature of electromagnetic waves.

Laser and Fiber Optics

LASER: Properties and applications, Spontaneous and stimulated emission, Meta-stable state, Population
inversion, Pumping, Three and four-level Laser, Ruby Laser.

Optical fiber
Principle, Construction, Types of optical fiber, Acceptance angle, Numerical aperture, Applications.

Text book

1. B. K. Pandey and S. Chaturvedi, Engineering Physics, Cengage Publication, New Delhi, 2 nd Edition
2022, ISBN-13: 978-81-953536-7-5.

Reference books

1. D J Griffiths, Introduction to Electrodynamics, Pearson Education, 4th Edition, 2015.

2. L. I. Schiff and J. Bandhyopadhyay, Quantum Mechanics, Tata McGraw-Hill Publications, 4th Edition,
2014, ISBN- 9781259062865.
3. A K Ghatak, Optics, Tata McGraw-Hill Publications, 4th Edition, 2008, ISBN: 9780070262157.
4. A. Beiser, Concepts of Modern Physics ,Tata McGraw-Hill Publications, 6th Edition, 2002,
ISBN 10: 0071234608.
5. R K Gaur and S. L. Gupta, Engineering Physics, Dhanpat Rai Publications, New Delhi, 2 nd Edition,
2012, ISBN-10: 8189928228.

CHEMISTRY

Subject Code : CH10001

Credit : 3-0-0 3
Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objective

This course is designed to enrich the students with the basic concepts in Chemistry and to strengthen their
fundamentals which will support them to pursue education and research in engineering. The course will help
the students to conceptualize alternative sources of energy by electrochemical means and use the instrumental
techniques to explore chemical products.

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Rationalize bulk properties and processes using thermodynamic consideration and apply the
knowledge to decide the feasibility of a given process,
CO 2: Analyze the kinetics of multistep reactions as well as the theories of reaction rates,
CO 3: Understand the importance of catalysis and their mechanism of action and applications,
CO 4: Apply the principles of electrochemistry to evaluate properties, such as pH, solubility Product, etc. and
understand the working principle of modern batteries,
CO 5: Apply different spectroscopic techniques, such as UV-Vis, IR and NMR, for structural
13
 Elucidation, and
CO 6: Differentiate between smart and intelligent materials.

Chemical Equilibrium and Thermodynamics

Introduction, Internal energy, Enthalpy, Entropy and free energy, Dependence of free energy on temperature and
pressure, Gibbs-Helmholtz equation, Free energy change and equilibrium constants, Van’t Hoff isotherm and
isochore, Clapeyron- Clausius equation, Partial molar properties, Chemical potential, and Gibbs-Duhem
equation.

Chemical Kinetics
Rate of reaction and rate laws of multiple reactions (steady-state approximation), and of parallel, opposing and
consecutive reactions; Theories of reaction rate: Collision theory, Lindemann modification, Absolute reaction
rate; Catalysis: Types, theories, and kinetics of enzyme catalysis (Michaelis-Menten mechanism).

Spectroscopy
UV-Vis spectroscopy: Beer-Lamberts law, Types of transition, Concept of auxochrome and chromophores,
Factors affecting max and, Woodward-Fieser rules for calculation of max in diene systems; IR spectroscopy:
Types of vibration, Hooks law, detection of functional groups like C=C, -OH, -NH2 and -C=O;

NMR Spectroscopy
Basics of NMR Spectroscopy: Theory, Chemical shift, Shilding-deshilding effect, Structural elucidation of
simple compounds.

Electrochemical Energy Systems

Types of electrodes, electrode/cell potential; Nernst equation and application to: find electrode and cell
potential, equilibrium constant, solubility product and pH; Modern batteries: Fuel cells (AFCs, PEMFs, SOFCs,
MCFCs), Zn-air battery, Li-ion battery, Na-ion battery, Ni-MH battery.

Smart and Intelligent Materials

Introduction to smart materials, Properties and types of smart materials, Structures, System intelligence-
components and classification of smart structures, Common smart materials and associated stimulus-response,
Application areas of smart systems.

Text book

1. S Chawala, Engineering Chemistry, Dhanpat Rai and Co, 4th Edition, ISBN: 9788177001938.

Reference books

1. S Agarwal, Engineering Chemistry: Fundamentals and Applications, Cambridge University Press,

ISBN: 9781107476417.
2. S. Chakroborty, S. Sen, and S. Mittal, Engineering Chemistry, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd.,
ISBN: 9386668645.
3. B.R. Puri, L.R Sharma, and M. S. Pathania, Principles of Physical Chemistry, Vishal Publishing Co.,
47th Edition, ISBN: 978-9382956013.
4. R M. Silverstein, Fransis X, Webster, D J Kiemle, Spectrometric Identification of Organic compounds,
-Jhon Wiley& Sons, INC, 7th Edition.

14
 5. S Glasstone, Elements of Physical chemistry-, Macmillan publishers, 2nd Edition ISBN: 978-
0333038437.
6. D.J. Leo, Engineering Analysis of Smart Material Systems, Wiley 2007, 1st Edition ISBN: 978-
0471684770.

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

Subject Code : CH10003

Credit : 2-0-0 2
Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objective

This course is designed to create awareness in the students on monitoring, assessment, and management of
environmental pollutants. The subject will also make the students aware of more benign chemistry, i.e.,green
chemistry, and help them to understand the implementation of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA).

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
CO 1: Understand the components and composition of the environment along with the radiation balance
model,
CO 2: Rationalize the different types of pollutants, their sources, effects, and control measures,
CO 3: Develop the idea of water purification strategies,
CO 4: Identify toxic wastes and conceptualize the principles of solid waste management,
CO 5: Conceptualize the principles of green chemistry and implement them in the synthesis of advanced
material, to reduce pollution, and
CO 6: Provide for Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) requirements before planning a project.

Overview of the Environment

Overview of the environment, terminologies, Components of Earth: Lithosphere, atmosphere, hydrosphere and
biosphere, Concept of black body radiation and albedo, eZro-dimensional energy balance model.

Air Pollution and Control

Primary and secondary air pollutants, CFC, Smog (oxidizing and reducing), Important environmental issues:
Depletion of the ozone layer, Acid Rain, Greenhouse effect and global warming, Control measures: Baghouse
filter, Cyclone separator, Electrostatic precipitator, Catalytic converter, and Scrubber.

Water Pollution and Control

Types and sources of water pollutants, wastewater treatment techniques: Ultrafiltration, aerobic and anaerobic
treatment, Reverse osmosis, Electrodialysis, Ddisinfection by chlorination, Ozonization, Modern water
purification system, Water quality parameters like hardness, Water softening process (permutit), WHO
guidelines for drinking water.

Soil Pollution and Solid Waste Management

15
Soil pollution: Sources of pollutants and mitigation measures. Types of solid wastes: Heavy metal, bio-medical
and radioactive wastes, Toxic and biochemical effects of solid wastes, Solid waste management (landfilling,
incineration, and composting).

Green Chemistry and EIA

Basic principles of green chemistry with examples, Matrices to explain greenness, R 4M4 model, life cycle
analysis. Importance, scope and principles of EIA with a case study.

Textbook

1. A. K. De, Environmental Chemistry, New Age International Publishers, 9th Edition.

Reference books

1. S. Chakroborty, D. Dave, and S. S. Katewa, Environmental Chemistry-, Cengage Learning India Pvt.
Ltd., 1st Edition.
2. Aloka Debi, Environment Science and Engineering, Universities Press,2nd Edition.
3. Erach Bharucha, Textbook of Environment studies for undergraduate courses, Universities Press, 2 nd
Edition.
4. D. De and D. De, Fundamentals of Environment and Ecology, S. Chand &Co, 2013.
5. Jain and Jain, Engineering Chemistry, Dhanpat Rai,Publishing Company.
6. S.C. Santra, Environmental Science,New Central Book Agency, ISBN: 9788173814044.

PHYSICS LABORATORY

Subject Code : PH19001

Credit : 0-0-2 1
Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objective

This lab course covers different measurement techniques of various parameters using the instruments i.e.
interferometer, spectrometer, spherometer, screw gauge, vernier calliper, microscope, and telescope. It includes
the application of photoelectric effect and photovoltaic effect in photo cell and solar cell respectively.
Evaluation of the mechanical strength of materials by calculating elastic constants such as Young’s modulus,
rigidity modulus and Poisson’s ratio are also included. This course provides hands on training for the usage of
electrical, optical and mechanical systems for various measurements with precision and analysis of the
experimental data by graphical interpretation and error calculation.

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO1: Understand the wave nature of light through experiments based on interference and diffraction
Phenomena,
CO2: Apply the laws of quantum physics to understand the photoelectric emission using the particle nature
of light,
CO3: Characterize photovoltaic cells to find out efficiency in terms of power output,
CO4: Evaluate mechanical properties of materials using their elastic properties,
CO5: Apply the principles of optics such as refraction, total internal reflection to calculate refractive index
and related parameters, and

16
CO6: Use the principles of oscillation to understand phenomena such as damping, resonance and to
determine the factors (such as gravity, elasticity etc) affecting the time period of various oscillators.

Topics

Measurement by vernier callipers, screw gauge, spherometer: A review

 Determination of wavelength (λ) of a monochromatic light by Newton’s ring experiment.

 Determination of wavelength (λ) and difference (dλ) between wavelengths of sodium D-lines by
Michelson’s interferometer.
 Determination of grating element (e+d) of a plane diffraction grating.
 Determination of Planck’s constant using photocell.
 Study of the characteristics of a photo cell.
 Study of the characteristics of a solar cell.
 Determination of Young’s modulus (Y) of a material by bending of beam method.
 Determination of Poisson’s ratio (σ) of rubber.
 Determination of rigidity modulus (η) of a material by dynamic method.
 Determination of refractive index (µ) of a transparent liquid by Boy’s method.
 Determination of numerical aperture of optical fibre.
 Determination of acceleration due to gravity (g) by bar pendulum.
 Determination of damping coefficient, relaxation time and quality factor of damped harmonic
oscillation by simple pendulum.
 Measurement of velocity of sound in air using resonance column method.
 Studies on dielectric/multi-ferroic materials (Open ended)
 Diffraction studies using Laser sources (Open ended)

Reference Materials

1. Physics laboratory instruction manual, School of Applied Sciences, Department of Physics, KIIT
Deemed to be University, Bhubaneswar.
2. S. L. Gupta and V. Kumar, 2018, Practical Physics, Pragati Prakashan, 33 rd Edition, ISBN: 978-93-
87151-58-1.

CHEMISTRY LABORATORY

Subject Code : CH 19001

Credit : 0-0-2 1
Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objective
This lab course covers different types of chemical experiments ranging from volumetric analysis to
spectroscopic techniques. This course provides the students with hands-on training in many of the advanced

17
spectroscopic and analytical techniques in chemistry. The experiments in the course span over diverse
applications in chemistry. It contains experiments dealing with environmental chemistry, volumetric analysis,
organic and inorganic synthesis, electrochemistry, and spectroscopy.

Course outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Handle different chemicals with proper safety protocols in an advanced Chemistry laboratory,
CO 2: Learn and apply basic techniques used in Chemistry laboratory for preparation, purification and
identification,
CO 3: Analyze the kinetics of 1st order reactions and estimate the rate constant,
CO 4: Use different instrumental techniques such as Conductometry, pH-metry, Potentiometry and
Colorimetry,
CO 5: Analyse basic water quality parameters like hardness, dissolved oxygen, alkalinity, chloride, ferrous
iron contents etc,and
CO 6: Rationalize and learn the spectroscopic and synthesis techniques in chemistry.

Topics

 Estimation of total hardness in a given water sample in terms of calcium and magnesium hardness by
EDTA method.
 Estimation of the amount of NaOH and Na2CO3 present in a given mixture solution
 (a) Determination of the strength of KMnO4 solution by using standard sodium oxalate solution. (b)
Determination of the amount of Ferrous (Fe2+) ions present in the Mohr's salt solution by using standard
KMnO4 solution.
 Determination of the amount of dissolved oxygen present in a given water sample by Winkler's method.
 Finding the strength of Fe2+ present in the supplied Mohr’s salt solution by potentiometric titration.
 Determination of the rate constant of acid-catalyzed hydrolysis of ethyl acetate.
 Determination of the chloride ion (Cl-) present in a given water sample by the argentometric method.
 Finding the strength of supplied acid by pH-metric titration against a standard alkali.
 Finding the strength of a given hydrochloric acid solution by titrating it against standard sodium
hydroxide solution conducto-metrically.
 Verification of Beer Lambert’s Law and application of this law to determine the unknown concentration
of a given solution.
 Determination of the concentration of ferric ions (Fe3+) in a given water sample by a spectrometric
method using KCNS as color developing agent.
 Determination of the Isoelectric point (pI) of glycine amino acid.
 Synthesis of transition metal complexes and characterization by using IR and 1H-NMR. (Open ended)
 Determination of the concentration of different ions (cations and anions) in a given water sample by
colorimetry. (Open ended).
 Application of potentiometric titrations (Open ended).

Reference Materials

1. Chemistry laboratory Instruction manual, School of Applied Sciences, KIIT Deemed to be University
2. Vogel's Quantitative Chemical Analysis, J. Mendham, R.C. Denney J. D. Barnes, M.J.K. Thomas, 6th
Edition, Longman

18
 3. Standard methods for examination of water and wastewater, 23rd Edition, APHA.

DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND LINEAR ALGEBRA

Subject Code : MA11001

Credit : 3-1-0 4
Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objective

The objective of this course is to familiarize the prospective engineers with techniques in ordinary differential
equations and linear algebra. It aims to equip the students to tackle advanced level of mathematics and
applications that they would find useful in their disciplines.
.
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand the concept of modelling and formulation of Differential equation of physical problems,
CO 2: Apply different methods to solve ODE problems involving growth-decay, cooling effects and electrical
circuits etc,
CO 3: Develop an ability to solve 2ndand higher order ODEs,
CO 4: Apply the knowledge of special function in engineering problems,
CO 5: Use the essential tool of matrices and linear algebra in a comprehensive manner, and
CO 6: Apply the knowledge of Eigen value and Eigen vector in the field of engineering and also get the
concept of complex matrices.

Ordinary Differential Equations of First Order

Introduction and formation of differential equations, Overview: Variable separable, homogeneous, equations
reducible to homogeneous form.Exact differential equations, equations reducible to exact form, linear
differential equations, equations reducible to linear form (Bernoulli’s equation). Applications of differential
equations: Growth-Decay Problem, Newton’s Law of Cooling, Mixing problem, Orthogonal trajectories.

Linear Differential Equations of second order

Second order linear homogeneous equations with constant coefficients; differential operators; solutions of
homogeneous equations; Euler-Cauchy equation; linear dependence and independence; Wronskian; Solutions of
non-homogeneous equations: general solution, complementary function, particular integral; solution by
variation of parameters; undetermined coefficients. Applications of 2nd order differential equations in Electric
circuit.

Special Functions
Improper Integrals for one variable, some test for convergence of improper integrals, Gamma function,
Properties, Beta function, Relation between Gamma and Beta functions. Radius of convergence of power series,
Legendre equation. Legendre polynomial. Recurrence relations and Orthogonality property of Legendre
polynomial. Bessel’s equation, Bessel’s function, Recurrence relation.

System of Linear Equations and Vector Space

19
Linear system of equations; rank of matrix; consistency of linear systems; Solution of system of linear
equations: Gauss elimination, inverse of a matrix by Gauss Jordan method, Vector Space, Sub-space, Basis and
dimension, linear dependence and independence, Linear transformation.

Matrix-Eigen value problems

Eigen values, Eigen vectors, Eigen basis, quadratic form; Hermitian, Skew-Hermitian forms; similar matrices;
Diagonalization of matrices.

Textbook

1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley INC, 10th Edition,2011.

Reference books

1. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 44th Edition.

2. H.K. Das, Introduction to Engineering Mathematics, S.Chand & Co Ltd, 11th Edition.
3. B.V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw-Hill Publications 2007.
4. J. Sinha Roy and S. Padhy, A course on ordinary & partial differential Equation, Kalyani
Publication, 3rd Edition.

TRANSFORM CALCULUS AND NUMERICAL ANALYSIS

Subject Code : MA11002

Credit : 3-1-0 4
Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objective

The objective of this course is to familiarize the students with the methods of Laplace and Fourier
transformation and various numerical techniques to solve engineering problems.

Course outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Apply Laplace Transform to problems in the field of science and engineering,

CO 2: Use Fourier series and Transform as a tool to solve differential equations,
CO 3: Estimate the error in the results obtained in the numerical methods,
CO 4: Solve nonlinear equations that arise in engineering problems and interpolation,
CO 5: Know various numerical methods of differentiation and integration, and
CO 6: Apply numerical solution of differential equations and systems of linear equations.

Laplace Transforms
Laplace Transform, Inverse Laplace Transform, Linearity, Transform of derivatives and integrals, Unit Step
function, Dirac delta function, Second shifting theorem, Differentiation and integration of transforms,
Convolution, Solution of ODEs and integral equation by Laplace transform.

20
 Fourier Series and Transform: Fourier series, Arbitrary periods, Even and odd functions, Half range expansions,
Fourier integral, Cosine and sine transforms, Fourier Transform, Inverse Fourier Transform, Linearity, Fourier
Transform of derivative, Convolution.

Approximations & Errors

Approximation of numbers by truncation and rounding-off, Types of errors.
Numerical solution of Nonlinear equations: Solutions by Bisection Method, Fixed Point Iteration Method,
Newton-Raphson Method, Regula-Falsi and Secant Method, Rate of Convergence of Secant & Newton-
Raphson Method.

Interpolation & Approximation Finite Differences, Operators and Relation between them. Interpolation
Newton's forward and backward difference interpolation, Newton's divided difference interpolation and
Lagrange interpolation.

Numerical Differentiation & Integration

Numerical differentiation of first- and second-order equations using difference table. Trapezoidal rule,
Simpson's 1/3rd and 3/8th rules, Gauss-Legendre’s two-point and three -point formulae. Error in Numerical
Integration.

Numerical Solution to ODE

Taylor’s (OK?) series Method, Euler's Method, Modified Euler's Method, Runge-Kutta Methods of order 2 and
4, Reduction of second-order ODE to system of first-order ODEs and its solution by R-K method of order four.

Solution of System of Linear Equations, Solutions by Gauss-Seidel and Gauss-Jacobi methods.

Textbooks

1. E Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics by Wiley, INC, 10th Edition.

2. Jain, Iyenger and Jain, Numerical Methods for Scientific and Engineering Computation, New age
International (P) Ltd., 6th Edition.

Reference books

1. B.S. Grewal, Khanna ,Higher Engineering Mathematics, Publishers, 44th Edition.

2. B.V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw-Hill Publications, 2007.
3. A, Thangapandi and Somasundaram, Numerical Methods, Scitech Publishers, 2nd Edition.

SCIENCE OF LIVING SYSTEMS

Subject Code : LS10001

Credit : 2-0-0 2
Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objective

The objective of the course is to enrich the basic knowledge of students in the field of biology and use that
knowledge to support the engineering and research programs. Besides, the course also helps to learn
methodology to establish models for various biological phenomena and apply the aforementioned models to
predict/analyse the functionality of various systems.
21
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Learn the typical characteristics that distinguish life forms and analyze life process at cellular level,
CO 2: Apply concepts on structure and function of simple biomolecules in life processes
CO 3: Understand different process involved in life and analyse their effects,
CO 4: Analyse different biological phenomena and relate them to engineering applications,
CO 5: Comprehend different physiological functions and relate them to computer-based techniques, and
CO 6: Implement concepts of biology and their relevance to engineering and technology.

Cellular Organization of a Living Organism

Biology in engineering, The Living World: Biodiversity of living world, Microorganisms, Cell as the basic unit
of life, Cell theory, Structure and function of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic cells, Cell growth and reproduction,
Homeostasis, Concept of gene, Basic structure and function of chromosomes.

Molecular and Biochemical Basis of an Organism

Chemical Context of Life: Water, Carbon, Structure and Function, Types of bonding, Bio- macromolecules
(Carbohydrates, Proteins, Amino acids, Lipids and Nucleic acids), Protein synthesis, Cell differentiation, Stem
cells and their applications.

Enzymes, Photosynthesis, Metabolism and Bioenergetics

Enzymes: Introduction, structure, properties, Classification, Mechanism of enzyme actions, Factors affecting
enzyme action, Strategies utilized by enzymes to affect catalysis. Photosynthesis: Introduction, pigments,
process of photosynthesis, Mechanism of photosynthesis (light reaction and dark reaction). Metabolism and
Bioenergetics: Anabolism and catabolism.

Nervous system, Immune system and Cell Signaling

Nervous system: Introduction, History of neuroscience, Types of glial cells, Nerve cells - Neurons,
Organization of the nervous system, Action potential, Diseases of the nervous system, Computer-based Neural
Networks. Immune system: Introduction, Innate Immunity, Adaptive or acquired immunity, Diseases of the
immune system, Immune engineering. Cell signaling: General principles of cell signaling.

Molecular Machines, Biosensor and Bioremediation

Molecular Machines: Introduction, Molecular motors and Machines, F0F1-ATP synthase motors, Cytoskeleton
associated motors. Biosensors: Concept of biosensor, Working principle, Types of biosensors, Glucose
biosensors, Bio-detectors: DNA detection biosensor, Detection of pollutants, Biosensor in food industry.
Bioremediation: Introduction, Role of microorganisms, Factors determining bioremediation, Types – in situ/ex
situ, Advantages and disadvantages, Biofuel.

Textbook
1. S. Thyagarajan, N. Selvamurugan, M.P Rajesh, R.A Nazeer, Richard W. Thilagarajan, S. Bharathi and
M.K. Jaganathan, Biology for Engineers, McGraw Hill Education (India),7th Edition, 2022.

Reference books

1. P. H. Raven and G.B. Johnson. Biology (Indian Edition), Tata McGraw Hill Education
Publication,13th Edition, 2023.
2. E D. Enger, Feederick C, Ross and David B. Bailey. Concepts of Biology,Tata McGraw-Hill
Publication, 14th Edition, 2011.
22
 3. Neil A. Campbell and Jane B. Recee, Biology, Pearson Education, 8th Edition , December 2007.
4. Cecie Starr, Biology Concepts and Application, Thomson Books, 6th Edition, January 2006.

ENGLISH
Subject Code : HS10001
Credit : 2-0-0 2
Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objective
The objective of the course is to develop and improve, in the students, the skills of active listening, speaking,
reading, and writing in English, through lecture classes and practice sessions, and improve their professional
communication abilities. The course will help the students to enhance their critical thinking and situational
communicative skills through the study of contemporary social issues depicted in literature.

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Apply verbal and non-verbal modes of communication effectively in practical Situations,

CO 2: Retain a grammatically correct and logical flow while drafting reports and other technical pieces of
writing,
CO 3: Develop competence in reading and comprehension,
CO 4: Implement active listening responses in professional practice,
CO 5: Utilize neutral accent in English pronunciation successfully, and
CO 6: Understand situational and conversational English used for different purposes and contents.

Professional Communication
Process of Communication: Definition, Explanation & Diagram, Difference Between General and Technical
Communication; Methods of Communication (Verbal & Non-Verbal); Non-Verbal Communication (Kinesics,
Proxemics, Chronemics, Oculesics, Olfactics, Gustorics, Haptics, and Iconics); Paralanguage; Flow of
Communication (Formal & Informal); Levels of Communication; and Barriers of Communication
(Intrapersonal, Interpersonal, and Organizational).

Basics of Grammar and Writing Skills

Error Detection in Sentences: Articles, Prepositions, Tense, Subject-Verb Agreement, Active and Passive
Voice; Use of Punctuation: Full Stop, Comma, Colon, Semi-colon, Single & Double Inverted Commas,
Exclamation & Interrogation Marks, Hyphens and Dashes, and Ampersand;
Paragraph Writing – Components; Writing Bias-free English; Business Letters: Enquiry, Claim/Complaint, and
Order; Technical Reports: Formats, Style & Referencing; and Reading Techniques: Skimming, Scanning,
Intensive & Extensive Reading.

Basic Sounds of English

Hearing & Listening: Types of Listening – Appreciative, Empathetic, Critical, Comprehensive, Superficial,
Differences between Listening & Hearing; Introduction to Basic Sounds of IPA: Symbols of IPA, Types of
Vowels & Consonants; and Problem Sounds & Mother Tongue Influence: Concept of MTI with Examples.

English Literature

23
Short Story – O. Henry: ‘Gift of the Magi;’Short Story – Ismat Chughtai: ‘Sacred Duty;’; Poem – Robert Frost:
‘Stopping by Woods on a Snowy Evening;’Poem – Tennessee Williams: ‘We Have Not Long to Love;’ and
Drama: William Shakespeare: Merchant of Venice.

Text book

1. M. Ashraf Rizvi, Effective Technical Communication, Tata McGraw Hill Education Publication, 2005.

Reference books

1. Sidney Greenbaum. The Oxford Grammar (English). Oxford University Press, 1st Edition. 2005.
2. S Verma,Technical Communication for Engineers, Vikas Publishing House,2015.
3. R Dove,The Penguin Anthology of 20th Century American Poetry,Penguin Books. 2013.
4. The Merchant of Venice (The New Cambridge Shakespeare). Mahood & Lockwood eds. CUP. 2018.

COMMUNICATION LABORATORY

Subject Code : HS18001

Credit : 0-0-2 1
Prerequisite : NIL

Course Objective
This subject is designed to enrich the basic knowledge of engineering students in the field of communication and
to support the engineering and research programs.

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Use English grammar correctly and unambiguously in technical writing,

CO 2: Apply verbal and non-verbal modes of communication effectively in practical situations,
CO 3: Have a basic understanding of the communication process and to know the practical implementations in
the workplace,
CO 4: Retain a logical flow while drafting reports and other technical pieces of writing,
CO 5: Develop competence in reading and comprehension, and
CO 6: Be familiar with English pronunciation and use neutral accent successfully.

Reading Comprehension
Understanding meaning and sequence of ideas in written language
Activity based on matching, multiple choice questions, open close, appropriate headings.

Time & Tense + Subject-Verb Agreement

Applying correct grammar in everyday writings.

Vocabulary Building (Mind Mapping/Phrasal Verbs)

Developing vocabulary through associating key ideas, and learning idioms and phrases.
24
Listening Comprehension
Interpreting meaning and syntax in spoken language.

E-mail Writing
Formulating appropriate e-mails with relevant salutation, language & conclusion

Resume Writing/ Video Resume

Creating suitable, job-oriented resume

Thematic Speaking:
Practising and implementing theme-based individual speaking skills.

PowerPoint Presentation
Developing skills to design and deliver engaging, informative and impactful presentations

Class Participation.

BASIC ELECTRONICS

Subject Code: EC10001

Credit: 2-0-0 2
Prerequisite: Nil

Course Objective

The subject is designed to familiarize students of all branches to the all-pervasive field of Electronics, enable
them to carry out research in interdisciplinary fields involving semiconductor devices, and utilize the knowledge
in solving practical problems in real life in today’s age of electronics.

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand the properties of semiconductor and current conduction mechanism,

CO 2: Comprehend the working of P-N junction diodes; identify different diode circuits and analyze them,
CO 3: Understand the working of different types of transistors,
CO 4: Know about OP-AMP and its applications,
CO 5: Analyze the working of op-amp using either inverting or non-inverting configurations, timing circuit,
regulated power supply ICs, and their applications, and
CO 6: Realize the importance of various analog and digital electronic systems and electronic devices.

Semiconductors, Diodes and Transistors

Properties of semiconductor materials, Applications of semiconductors as p-n junction diode, Diode
characteristics and breakdown mechanisms, Half-wave and full-wave rectifiers with filters, Zener diode,
Transistor constructions, operations and their characteristics. Transistor biasing, amplifiers, and load line
analysis, Concepts of JFET and MOSFET.

Operational Amplifier (Op-amp) and applications

Introduction to Op-amp and its Characteristics. Application of Op-Amp as Inverting amplifier, Non-inverting
Amplifier, Summing, Difference amplifier and comparator
25
Introduction to Digital Electronics
Different number systems and its conversions, Logic gates and truth tables of OR, AND, NAND, EX-OR.
Combinational circuit and Sequential circuit.

Miscellaneous Electronic Devices

SCR, Opto-electronic devices and fiber techniques, Introduction and description of sensor performance,
Fundamentals of analog communication techniques (AM and FM).

Text book

1. J Millman, Christos C. Halkias & C D. Parikh, Integrated Electronics: Analog and digital circuits and
Systems , 9th Edition, 2021.

Reference books

1. R. L. Boylestad & L. Nashelsky, Electronic Devices & Circuits,PHI,7th Edition,2021

2. D. A. Bell. Electronic Devices and Circuits.(Oxford )5th Edition,2021.
3. D. Chattopadhyay and P. C. Rakshit. Fundamentals & Applications ,New Age International, 15th
Edition 2021.

WORKSHOP

Subject Code : ME18001

Credit : 0-0-2 1
Prerequisite(s) : Nil

Course Objective

This workshop practice is designed to impart students the basic knowledge on manufacturing or developing a
given object irrespective of their branch of engineering. While furnishing the given object, students will familiar
with various mechanical operations and the respective tools or machines. This course involves four different
sections namely Fitting, Welding, Turning and Sheet metal which cover both conventional and advanced tools
to provide students the updated manufacturing experience. Students are also advised with various safety
precautions to be followed during a specific manufacturing practice. At the end, students will also gain
knowledge on different advanced machines such as CNC machine tools and 3D printing.

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO1: Practice different operations related to fitting shop,

CO2: Use different welding tools to prepare a given type of joint,
CO3: Demonstrate various turning operations including taper turning and knurling using a conventional lathe
machine,
CO4: Design a tray and prepare it using sheet metal equipment involving soldering,
CO5: Appraise different operations using a CNC machines,and
CO6: Interpret different advanced machines such as 3D printing/additive manufacturing.

Topics
26
• Turning operations
• Sheet metal operations
• Fitting
• Welding

ENGINEERING DRAWING & GRAPHICS

Subject Code : CE18001

Credit : 0-0-2 1
Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objective

The objective of this course is to provide students with knowledge and abilities to design a 3D object on 2D
paper by hand sketching method and by means of computer aided drafting software.

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO1: Use common drafting tools properly,

CO2: Select, construct and interpret appropriate drawing scale as per the situation,
CO3: Draw orthographic projections of points, lines and planes,
CO4 : Draw orthographic projection of solids like cylinders, cones, prisms and pyramids,
CO5: Develop the section of solids for practical situations, and
CO6: Communicate ideas effectively using Computer Aided Drafting.

Topics

• Introduction to Engineering graphics

• Lettering
• Projection of points & lines
• Line inclined to both the planes
• Projection of planes
• Introduction to Computer Aided Drafting
• Projection of solids
• Section of solids
• Development of surface

Textbook
1. K. Venugopal,Engineering Drawing + AutoCAD New Age Publishers, 1st Edition, 2011.

Reference book
1. S. N. Lal Engineering Drawing with an Introduction to AutoCAD, Cengage India Private Limited, 1st
Edition, 2017.

PROGRAMMING LABORATORY

Subject Code : CS13001

Credit : 0-2-4 4

27
Prerequisite(s) : Nil

Course Objective

The course aims to provide exposure to problem-solving through programming. It aims to train the student to
the basic concepts of the C-programming language. This course involves lab component which is designed to
give the student hands-on experience with the concepts.

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Have fundamental knowledge of computers hardware and number systems with commands in Linux,
CO 2: Write, compile and debug programs in C language.
CO 3: Design programs involving decision structures, loops, and functions.
CO 4 : Construct arrays to store, manipulate, search and display data.
CO 5: Apply the dynamics of memory by the use of pointers.
CO 6: Use different data structures and create/update basic data files.

Topics

• Basic linux commands

• Operators and Expressions
• Branching statements (if-else, switch).
• Control statements (looping - for, while, do-while).
• Arrays
• Character Arrays (strings).
• Functions.
• Pointers and Dynamic Memory Allocation.
• Structures and Unions
• File Handling

SCIENCE ELECTIVE

NANOSCIENCE
Subject Code : CH10005
Credit : 2-0-0 2
Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objective
This course is designed to educate, inspire, and motivate young students about nanoscience, nanotechnology,
and their applications. The course provides information on the latest innovations in this field to get insights into
the nanomaterials synthesis/fabrication and applications that can be achieved at a nanoscale.

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO1: Learn fundamental aspects of nanoscience,

CO2: Classify different types of nanomaterials based on their dimension and composition
28
 CO3: Understand different synthesis techniques to grow nanomaterials,
CO4: Analyse nanomaterials using different characterisation techniques,
CO5: Apply the acquired knowledge to design new materials, and
CO6: Evaluate the importance of nanoscience in engineering applications.

Introduction
Concept and Classifications based on dimensions and compositions, Significance of nanosize: Surface area to
volume changes; Properties changing with size (reactivity, melting point, catalytic,
electrical, optical), Nanoscience in nature, and Quantum dots as data storage.

Synthesis of nanomaterials
Top-down synthesis (Mechanical method-ball milling, Photolithography, Laser ablation, sputtering), Bottom up
(pyrolysis, sol-gel, CVD, self-assembly), Green synthesis (metallic nanoparticles, metal oxides), Biosynthesis.

Characterization
XRD-X-ray generation, Working principle (Bragg’s law), Peak broadening in nanomaterials (Scherrer formula),
Electron microscopy (SEM, TEM)—high energy electron generation, electron optics, Scanning Electron
Microscopy (SEM)—secondary, back scattered, EDX, Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM)—bright field
imaging, dark field imaging, and Selected area diffraction pattern.

Applications
Cosmetics—ZnO, SiO2, TiO2 Nanoparticles in cosmetics, SiO2 TiO2 in toothpaste, silver, gold, copper
nanoparticles in skin care product; Medical Fields—MRI, CT scan contrast enhancement agent, Drug and gene
delivery system, Magnetic hyperthermia treatment; Agriculture—Nano-pesticides, herbicides, and fungicides,
Food packaging; Aerospace and Aviation Industries—Carbon nanotubes (CNT)nanocomposites, Metal
Nanoparticle-Polymer composites, SiC Nanoparticle reinforced alumina (high temperature strength, creep
resistance); and Nanomaterials for Environmental Remediation—Degradation/removal of pollutants.

Text book
1. B S Murty, P Shankar, Baldev Raj, B B Rath and James Murday,Textbook of Nanoscience and
Nanotechnology, 1st Edition, , ISBN- : 978-8173717383.

Reference books
1. Luisa Filipponi and Duncan Sutherland.,Nanotechnologies: Principles, Applications, Implications and
Hands-on Activities, Edited by the European Commission Directorate-General for Research and
Innovation Industrial technologies (NMP) program, 2012, ISBN: 978-92-79-21437-0.
2. Charles P. Poole Jr., Frank J. Owens., Introduction to Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, An Indian
Adaptation, 3rd Edition, , ISBN- : 978-9354240201.
3. P. I. Varghese, T. Pradeep. A Textbook of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, Tata McGraw
Hill Education, 2017, ISBN: 9781259007323.

SMART MATERIALS

Subject Code: PH10003

Credit: 2-0-0 2
Prerequisite: Nil

Course Objective

29
This course is designed with the objective of enabling engineering students to get a flavour of advances in
materials science. The knowledge of smart materials learnt by the students in the course will let them to realize
the usefulness of various new-age materials for technological advances and allow them to explore further in
their higher semesters. This course will help them bridge the gap between traditional text book science put into
physics, chemistry, etc. and the state-of-the-art science of materials.

Course outcomes

At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Learn about smart materials, their properties and applications,

CO 2: Understand types of smart material based on their electrical and magnetic properties,
CO 3: Characterize piezoelectric, ferroelectric and multiferroic materials,
CO 4: Identify novel functions of smart materials,
CO 5: Apply the acquired knowledge of smart materials in different applications, and
CO 6: Evaluate the importance of smart materials in day-to-day life.

Introduction to Smart Materials

common smart materials and associated stimulus-response, Classification: active and passive, Piezoelectric,
Shape-memory alloys, Photo-responsive polymers, Electroactive polymers, Magnetostriction and Electro-
strictriction, Thermo-responsive polymers, Dielectric elastomers, Halochromic, Thermoelectric materials;
Application areas of smart materials: Space, health care and biomedical sectors.

Piezoelectric Materials: Piezoelectric Effect

Direct and Converse, Piezoelectric coefficients, Piezoceramics, Piezopolymers, Piezoelectric Materials as
Sensors, Actuators etc.

Shape-memory Alloys
Shape memory alloys (SMAs) and properties, Phase change in SMAs, Shape memory effect: One-way and two-
way, binary, and ternary alloy systems, Applications.

Chromic Materials
Photochromic, Thermochromic, Electrochromic, Magneto-chromic and Piezo-chromic Materials.

Multiferroic Materials
Multiferroics definitions, Ferroic phases, Magnetoelectric coupling; Type-I and Type-II multiferroics,
Mechanism: Charge ordering, lone pair, geometric effect, and spin driven mechanism; Multiferroic materials,
Applications.

Text book

1. B. K. Pandey and S. Chaturvedi, Engineering Physics, Cengage Publication, New Delhi, 2nd Edition
2022, ISBN-13: 978-81-953536-7-5.

Reference books

1. Mohsen Shahinpoor, Fundamentals of Smart Materials, 2020, Royal Society of Chemistry,

ISBN: 9781782626459.
30
 2. M. Schwartz, Smart Materials, 1st Edition, 2008, CRC Press, ISBN 9781420043723.

MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS

Subject Code : LS10003

Credit : 2-0-0 2
Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objective

The objective of the course is to understand methods and techniques that are used to study biological processes
in living beings. They include experimental and methodological approaches, protocols and tools for biological
research.

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Learn the basics of Genes, Chromosomes, DNA, RNA and proteins along with their Aberrations,
CO 2: Understand the principles and working mechanisms of various instruments used in the study of
biological processes in living things,
CO 3: Apply the knowledge of different diagnostics methods for quantitative estimation of xenobiotics (drugs
and their metabolites) and biotics (proteins, DNA, metabolites) in biological systems,
CO 4: Analyze the recent developed techniques which are required for gene editing and their Applications,
CO 5: Evaluate the role of various bio-analytical techniques in environmental studies, biomedical sciences,
life sciences, molecular biology, and biotechnological research, and
CO 6: Implement the knowledge of diagnostics in designing point-of-care instruments for different diseases.

Biomolecules
Overview of DNA, RNA, and Proteins, Chromosomal structure & mutations, DNA polymorphisms; and Gene
and Genetic errors.

Molecular Basis of Diseases

Infectious, non-infectious; Diagnosis- traditional, modern tools, Concepts of molecular diagnostics.

Molecular Diagnosis and Techniques

DNA fingerprinting, Auto-antibody fingerprinting, Southern blotting, PCR, Real-time PCR and
variations; Nucleic acid sequencing: New generations of automated sequencers, CRISPR technology and its use
in diagnostics and gene editing.

Protein Diagnostics Techniques

Antigen-antibody reactions, ELISA, variations of ELISA; Western blotting.

Point-of-Care Devices
Biosensors and nano-biosensors for disease and metabollites detection.

Text book
1. M K. Campbell, S O. Farrell, O M. McDougal, AE Biochemistry, Cengage Publisher,9th Edition 2017,
ISBN-13: 9789814846448.
31
Reference books
1. N Rifai, Andrea Rita Horvath and Carl T. Wittwer, Principles and Applications of Molecular
Diagnostics,2018, Elsevier Publisher, 1st Edition, 2018.
2. K G Ramawat & Shaily Goyal, Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, ISBN9788121935128 Publisher S
Chand & Co., 2nd Edition, 2010.
3. H Lodish, Arnold Ber, Molecular Cell Biology, WH Freeman Publisher, 8th Edition, 2016, ISBN-10
9781464187445.

SCIENCE OF PUBLIC HEALTH

Subject Code : PE10002

Credit : 2-0-0 2
Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objective

The objective of this course is to orient the students to core scientific disciplines in public health practice.

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to

CO 1: Understand and enlist the scientific approaches in public health,

CO 2: Understand and apply the epidemiologic and biostatistical science in evidence synthesis,
CO 3: Understand and apply the environmental health science in public health practice,
CO 4: Understand and apply the social and behavioral science in public health practice,
CO 5: Understand and apply the health economic and health management principles in setting priority for
resource allocation, and
CO 6: Understand and apply the health economic and health management principles in health system
optimization.

Scientific Approaches to Public Health

Health and public health concepts, Science and practice of applied public health: Scientific disciplines as part of
interdisciplinary public health, Examples of use of behavioral model in changing the community perception of
public health interventions

Social and Behavioral Sciences in Public Health

Social and behavioral determinants of health and disease, WHO and CDC models of social determinants of
health, Disease and social status, Disease and poverty, Social interventions for good health.

Health behavior change models for public health interventions, Health Belief Model, Transtheoretical Model.
The theory of planned behavior, Health communication to improve the outcome of public health interventions

Environment Health Sciences in Public Health

Environment & climate change, Ecosystem, Lifestyle and dietary effects on health, food safety and sanitation,
Environmental pollution, waste disposal and treatment.

32
Epidemiology and Data Science in Public Health
Epidemiology and achievements in public health, Measurements in Epidemiology—Incidence and prevalence,
Causation and association, and Measures of association.

Outline of study designs (including cross-sectional study design, case-control study design, cohort study design
and randomized control trials); Introduction to confounding and bias; Screening tests- validity and reliability
methods.

Management and Economic Sciences in Public Health

Systems approach (input, process and outcome) in public health. Health management information system,
Horizontal and vertical integration of public health interventions, Public-Private mix.

Understanding community, Community health related needs assessment, Community orientation and
Community mobilization, Introduction to digital health.

Textbooks

1. R Detal, Oxford Textbook of Global Public Health, Oxford, 7th Edition, 2021.
2. K Parks, Textbook of Preventive and Social Medicine, M/S Banarsidas Bhanot Publishers, . 26th
Edition, 2021.

Reference books

1. Robert H. Friis,. Essentials of Environmental Health, Jones & Bartlett Publishers, 2018
2. Warrier S,. Information and Communication Technologies in Public Health A Sociological
Study,CBS Publishers, 2020.
3. Baker JJ. Baker RW, Dworkin NR, Health Care Finance: Basic Tools for Non-financial
Managers., Jones and Bartlett Publishers, Inc, 5th edition. 2017.
4. Ross TK, Practical Budgeting For Health Care: A Concise Guide, Jones and Bartlett
Publishers, Inc, 2020.

OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES

Subject Code: MA10003

Credit: 2-0-0 2
Prerequisite: Nil

Course Objective

To familiarise the students with a few rudimentary and popular optimization techniques to enable them to solve
resource-constrained real world problems.

Course outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Know the concept of Linear programming problem (LPP) and will able to formulate linear
programming problem,
CO 2: Understand the basic terminology and concepts of solving LPP,
CO 3: Solve LPP by simplex method,
33
CO 4: Know the concept of duality in Optimization technique,
CO 5: Apply optimization technique to solve transportation problem, and
CO 6: Solve assignment problem.
Linear Programming
Mathematical foundations and basic definitions, Linear optimization: Formulation and graphical solution of
linear programming problems, Simplex method, Duality.

Transportation:
General structure of a transportation problem, Finding initial basic feasible solution by North-West corner rule,
Least-Cost method and Vogel’s Approximation Method, and Testing for optimality.
Assignment Problem
Hungarian assignment method, Unbalanced assignment problems, Restrictions in assignment, Travelling
Salesman model.
Textbook
1. H.A. Taha, Operation Research, An Introduction, Pearson Education, 10th Edition.

Reference books

1. K. Gupta, Kanti Swarup, and Man Mohan .,Operations Research, P., S.Chand &Co, 2004.
2. N. S. Kambo, Mathematical Programming Techniques.,East West Press, 1997.
3. R. Fletcher., Practical Methods of Optimization, 2nd Ed., John Wiley, 1987.
4. Hanif D, Sherali, M. S. Bazarra. & J.J. Jarvis, Linear Programming and Network Flows, Wiley
Publication. 2nd Edition.

ENGINERING ELECTIVE - I

BASIC CIVIL ENGINEERING

Subject Code : CE10001

Credit : 2-0-0 2
Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objective

The course is designed to provide an overview of different aspects of civil engineering profession , namely,
surveying, materials, structural, and geotechnical engineering, hydraulics and water resources, environmental
engineering, and transportation engineering and their roles in the societal development.

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the students will be able to

CO1: Understand the importance and practical applications of different types of surveying,
CO2: Learn about the different construction materials and understand the philosophy of structural
analysis and design,
CO3: Understand engineering behaviour of soil and types of foundations,
CO4: Understand different hydraulics, hydrological and water resources engineering applications,
CO5: Learn about the management strategies of wastewater and solid waste, and
CO6: Understand the basics of different types of highways, railways, ports and harbours.

34
 Introduction
Role of civil engineers in designing, building, and maintaining infrastructure and improving quality of
life,Specializations in the civil engineering and their specific roles.

Surveying
Plans, maps, scales, divisions of surveying, classification of surveying, leveling, and advanced methods of
surveying.

Construction Materials & Structural Engineering

Different construction materials and their uses, structural analysis and design philosophy.

Geotechnical Engineering
Overview on origin of soil, engineering properties and their classification; Soil exploration; Foundations: Their
importance and purpose; Factors to consider in foundation design and stability of slopes; and Improving site
soils for foundation use.

Hydraulics & Water Resources Engineering

Overview of fluid properties, open channel flow, surface and groundwater hydrology, and irrigation
infrastructures.

Environmental Engineering
Types of waste water, Principles of wastewater management, Types of solid waste, and Principles of solid waste
management.

Transportation Engineering
Classification of highways, Typical construction methods of roads, traffic surveys and their applications in
traffic planning, Railways, Ports and Harbours.

Textbook

1. Er. Shrikrishna A. Dhale and Er. Kiran M. Tajne, Basics of Civil Engineering, S. Chand & Co., 1st
Edition, 2014.

Reference books

1. S. S. Bhavikati, “Basic Civil Engineering” by New Age International Publisher, st

Edition, 2021.
2. M. S. Palanichamy “Basic Civil Engineering”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publication.

BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Subject Code : ME10003

Credit : 2-0-0 2
Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objective

35
The course is designed to give an overview of the fundamental aspects of mechanical engineering so that a
student pursuing any branch of engineering will realize the possibilities that the branch of mechanical
engineering offers.

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand the basic principles of thermodynamics,

CO 2: Develop an understanding of fluid machines like turbine and pump,
CO 3: Determine stress and strains in a component subject to a load,
CO 4: Understand the working and design aspect of power drives,
CO 5: Recognize appropriate material for a particular engineering application, and
CO 6: Understand the fundamentals of manufacturing processes.

Concepts of Thermodynamics
Systems, properties, state, and cycle, Thermodynamic equilibrium and quasi-static process, First law of
thermodynamics for closed system, First law of thermodynamics for open/flow systems, Second law of
thermodynamics, Kelvin Plank statement, Clausius statement, and Basic concept of entropy

Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines

Introduction to fluids, Properties of fluids, Pressure variation with depth, Bernoulli’s equation and its
applications, and Introduction to hydraulic turbines and pumps.

Mechanics of Materials
Stress, Strain, Stress-Strain diagrams for ductile and brittle materials, Elastic constants, Hooks Law, Factor of
Safety, One-dDimensional loading of members of varying vross sections.

Power Transmission
Gear, , Belt, and Chain Drives, Shaft under varying loading conditions, Introduction to robots, Applications of
robotics, Basic robot motions, Sensors and Actuators.

Manufacturing Processes
Introduction to engineering materials, Types and classification of materials, Properties of materials, Introduction
to casting, forming, forging, rolling, extrusion and welding, Introduction to machine tools, NC, CNC, and 3-D
Printing.

Text book

1. P Kumar, Basic mechanical Engineering, Pearson Education, 2nd Edition, 2018

Reference books

1. J K Kittur and G D Gokak, Elements of Mechanical Engineering Willey, 1st Edition, 2015.
2. B Agrawal, C M Agrawal ,Basic Mechanical Engineering, Willey, 1st Edition, 2011.

36
 BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Subject Code: EE10002

Credit: 2-0-0 2
Prerequisite: Nil

Course Objective

The course is designed to provide to the students a comprehensive overview of the basics of the electrical
engineering discipline. In particular, the course includes fundamental aspects of DC, AC and magnetic circuit
analysis, working principles and applications of machines, and safety measures used in various electrical
apparatus and appliances.

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course the students will be able to

CO 1: Analyze the concept of DC circuit,

CO 2: Understand the concepts of AC circuits,
CO 3: Analyze the three phase circuit,
CO 4: Interpret the behavior of magnetic circuits,
CO 5: Remember the principles and operation of electrical machines, and
CO 6: Know the concepts of electrical safety and protection systems.

D. C. Circuits
Kirchhoff’s law, Source transformation, Star-delta transformation and equivalent resistance of the circuits, Mesh
and Nodal analysis, Superposition theorem.

A.C. Circuits
Peak, average, R.M.S. values of sinusoidal quantities, Peak factor, Form factor, Phase difference, Phasor
representation, AC through R, L, C, AC Series Circuit (RL, RC, RLC), Three-phase AC circuits: Voltage,
current and power in star and delta connections.

Electromagnetic Circuits
Magnetizing Force, Reluctance, Permeance, Magnetic field, Magnetic permeability, Analogy between Electric
Circuits and Magnetic Circuits. Series magnetic circuit, BH curve.

Scope and Safety Measures

Electrical Energy Scenario in India, Application of Transformer, Three-phase and single-phase induction
Motors, Power ratings of air conditioners, PCs, laptops, printers, refrigerator, washing machine, different lamps,
electricity tariff, calculation of electricity bill for domestic consumer.

Personal Safety Measures

Electric Shock, Earthing and its types, Safety Precautions to avoid shock.

Equipment Safety Measures

Working principles of fuse and miniature circuit breaker (MCB), Residual Current Circuit Breaker (RCCB).

Text books

37
 1. V K Mehta, Rohit Mehta, Principles of Electrical Engineering and Electronics S
Chand and Company, New Delhi ,Revised Edition 2013.
2. D.C. Kulshreshtha, Basic Electrical Engineering Tata Mcgraw publication, 1st Edition 2011.
3. T.K. Nagasarkar and M.S. Sukhija Basic Electrical Engineering, , Oxford University press, 3rd
Edition 2017.

Reference book

1. Sanjeev Sharma, Basics Electrical Engineering I.K.International, New Delhi ,Third Reprint 2010.

ENGINERING ELECTIVE II

ELEMENTS OF MACHINE LEARNING

Subject Code : EE10001

Credit : 2-0-0 2
Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objective

Today, we have access to massive data which get generated through information and computer technology in
our connected world. Most of these data lie unused and often overwhelm us due to their size and variety. The
objective of this course is to introduce to the students to the field of learning from data, discovering data
patterns, converting them into knowledge, and applying it to solve real-world problems.

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Demonstrate fundamentals of machine learning,

CO 2: Identify data types, apply suitable processing and visualize using suitable methods,
CO 3: Describe Unsupervised Learning and apply clustering techniques,
CO 4: Describe Supervised Learning and apply classification techniques,
CO 5: Demonstrate perceptron and Multi-layer Perceptron models, and
CO 6: Apply machine learning techniques for real world requirement.

Introduction
Importance and Applications of Machine Learning, Supervised, Unsupervised, Reinforcement Learning and
Evolutionary Learning.

Data Analysis
Measurement Scales and Data Types; Visualization, Pre-processing and Transformation of Data;
Dimensionality Reduction; and Data (Dis)Similarity.

Unsupervised Learning
K-means and Density-based,Clustering Methods.

Supervised Learning
K-Nearest Neighbour, Decision Tree by Qualitative and Quantitative(information Gain method); Evaluation by
Confusion Matrix of Supervised Learning Methods.

38
Learning with Neural Networks
Perceptron, Multi-layer Perceptron and, Error Backpropagation Learning.

Textbooks
1. Gopal, M., Applied Machine Learning, McGraw Hill Education, 2018
2. Pradhan, M. and U. D. Kumar,Machine Learning Using Python,Wiley India Pvt.Ltd, 2019.

Reference Books

1. Alpaydin, E., Introduction to Machine Learning, 3rd Edition, The MIT Press, 2014.
2. Bishop. C M, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer, 2006.
3. Jain, V. K., Big Data Science Analytics and Machine Learning, Khanna Publishers, 2021
4. Mitchell, T. M.,Machine Learning, McGraw Hill, 1997.
5. Müller, A. C.,Introduction to Machine Learning with Python, O'Reilly Media, Inc, 2016
6. Raschka, S. and V. Mirjalili, Python Machine Learning, 3rd Edition, Packt Publishing, 2019.
7. Shalev-Shwartz, S. and S. Ben-David ,Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms,
Cambridge University Press, 2014.

ENGINEERING MECHANICS

Subject Code : ME10001

Credit : 2-0-0 2
Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objective

Engineering Mechanics is a specialized need-based extension of Applied Physics and uses the principles of
Statics and Dynamics. The objective of this course is to build the foundational knowledge of the students which
is required for the design of mechanical systems. In particular, the course will cover aspects of analysis of rigid
body, frame and machine under the action of force system, and analysis of free body diagram of a system
whether at rest or in motion

Course outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Draw complete and correct free-body diagrams and write the appropriate equations from the free-body
diagram,
CO 2: Use scalar analytical techniques for analyzing forces and moments in mechanical systems,
CO 3: Analyze forces in statically determinate structures such as trusses, frames and problems related to
friction,
CO 4: Determine the centroid and second moment of area,
CO 5: Apply fundamental concepts of kinematics and kinetics of particles to the analysis of simple and
practical problems, and
CO 6: Solve real life problems by using mathematics, physical laws and theorems.

Concurrent Forces in a Plane

Introduction to Engineering Mechanics, Free-body diagrams, Composition and resolution of forces, Methods of
moments. Friction: Concept of friction, Wedge friction.

39
Force Analysis of Plane Trusses
Methods of joints, Method of Sections,Centroid: Parallel forces in a plane, Centroid of plane figures, Theorem
of Pappus, and Centroid of composite plane figures.

Moment of Inertia
Moment of Inertia of plane figures, Parallel axis theorem, Perpendicular axis theorem, and Moment of Intertia
of composite figures.

Principle of Virtual Work

Equilibrium of Ideal Systems, Virtual work.

Dynamics of Particles
Differential equations of rectilinear motion, Free vibration, D’Alembert’s Principle, Momentum and Impulse,
Work & Energy, Conservation of energy, Impact.

Curvilinear Motion
Normal and tangential acceleration, Motion of a projectile, Work and Energy in curvilinear motion.

Rotation of a Rigid Body

Kinematics of rotation, Rotation under the action of a constant moment.

Textbook
1. S Timoshenko, D. H Young & J.V. Rao, Engineering Mechanics, Tata McGraw-Hill Publication 5th
Edition, 2017.

Reference books
1. IH Shames .,Engineering Mechanics (Statics and Dynamics) , Prentice Hall, 4th Edition, 2005.
2.. S.S. Bhavikatti, Engineering Mechanics –New Age International,8th Edition, 2021.
3. S. Rajasekaran and G. Sankarasubramanian Engineering Mechanics (Statics and Dynamics),Vikas
publishing House, 3rd Edition, 2017.

BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

Subject Code: EC10003

Credit: 2-0-0 2
Prerequisite: Nil

Course Objective

Biomedical Engineering is a multidisciplinary field that combines knowledge available in a wide range of
disciplines such as engineering, medicine, and societal science. The course focuses on innovating newer
equipment and technologies to improve human health and enhance health care facilities in a holistic manner.

Course Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students will be able to

CO1: Apply knowledge of basic engineering and biology to solve the problems,
CO2: Knowledge of human body about cell, potential and organs of body,
40
CO3: Develop a thorough understanding on principles of bio-instrumentation,
CO4: Explain the role of bio-potential electrodes, and design of sensors,
CO5: Differentiate and analyse the biomedical signal sources, and
CO6: Knowledge about imaging techniques used in hospital.

Introduction and Overview

Introduction to biomedical engineering, Applications of biomedical engineering.

The Human Body

cCll-structure and function, Tissue & organs, Bio-potentials, Action potential, Major human systems
(musculoskeletal, circulatory, nervous, and respiratory system)

Bio-instrumentation
Instruments in medical practice, Man-instrumentation system, Basic components, Linear network analysis,
Bioelectric amplifier (OpAmp, isolation amplifier, instrumentation amplifier), Bio-instrumentation design, and
Intelligent medical instrumentation.

Biomedical Electrodes and Sensors

Ssignal acquisition, Bio-potential measurements, Active and passive sensors, and Electrodes for biophysical
sensing (Ag-AgCl, surface electrodes, microelectrodes), transducers, sensors.

Biomedical Signals, Imaging and Informatics

Bioelectric phenomena, Sources of biomedical signals, Origin of biopotentials, Basics of bio-signal processing,
noise, Interference, Electrical safety issues, Principle of medical imaging techniques, such as X-ray, US, MRI,
CT scan, and nuclear imaging, and Fundamentals of bio-informatics.

Textbook

1. John D. Enderle & Joseph D. Bronzino Introduction to Biomedical Engineering, Academic press, 3rd
Edition, 2012.

Reference books

1. Joseph D. Bronzino, Donald R. Peterson,The Biomedical Engineering Handbook, CRC press, 4th Edition
2015.
2. G.S. Sawhney, Fundamentals of Biomedical Engineering, New Age International (P) Ltd, 2011.

BASIC INSTRUMENTATION
Subject Code: EE10003
Credit: 2-0-0 2
Prerequisite: Nil

Course Objective

The course is designed to impart, to the students, the principles of analog and digital measuring instruments
which include the working mechanisms of sensors and transducers and their applications in industrial and
biomedical systems.

41
Course Outcome
At the end of this course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Know the basics of measuring instruments,

CO 2: Measure different electrical quantities,
CO 3: Understand the working principles of optical and electrical transducers and sensors,
CO 4: Understand the working of electrical transducers and sensors,
CO 5: Apply the transducers in industrial applications, and
CO 6: Use instruments in biomedical applications.

Analog and Digital Instruments

Basics of measuring instruments, Types of analog instruments, Measurement of voltage, current, power and
energy in single and three phase circuits; Digital Instruments: Digital voltmeter, Digital multimeter,
Timer/counter, and Time, phase and frequency measurements in oscilloscope.

Sensors and Transducers

Optical sources and detectors: LED, photo-diode, light dependent resistor; Basics of fiber optic sensing, IR
Sensors. Resistive, capacitive, inductive, piezoelectric, and Hall effect sensors, Temperature transducers:
Thermocouple, RTD , and thermistor.

Transducers in Industrial Applications

Measurement of displacement (linear and angular), velocity, acceleration, force, torque, vibration, shock,
pressure, flow, liquid level, pH, conductivity and viscosity.

Instruments in biomedical applications

ECG, Blood Pressure measurement, CT Scan, and Sonography

Text book

1. R. K. Rajput ,Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instruments,S Chand Publication, 4th Edition,
2015,William David Cooper,Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques, by PHI, 2010.

Reference books

1. Er. R.K. Jain, Mechanical and Industrial Measurements (Process Instrumentation and Control), Khanna
Publishers, 1995.
2. A.K Sawhney, A course in Electrical and Electronics Measurements and Instrumentation Dhanpat Rai
Publication, 10th Edition, 2012.
3. D Patranabis, Sensors And Tranducers, PHI Publication, 2ndEedition, 2017.

HASS ELECTIVE I

SOCIETY, SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

Subject Code : HS10013

Credit : 2-0-0 2
Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objective
42
There is a circular relationship between society, science, and technology. Society creates a need and an
ambience to develop science and technology, and science and technology create means to meet societal needs
and new opportunities to make human life better. Studying this relationship is the objective of this subject. The
subject will expose, before the students, the past developments of science and technology and the social forces
that played a dominant role in making these developments possible and the way these were used in the society.
The subject will also present the ethical principles that underlie the development and use of science and
technology in the society.

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand the forces that shape the development of science and technology,
CO 2: Understand the major milestones of scientific discoveries have impacted human thought processes,
CO 3: Understand the effect of technological developments in societal transformation,
CO 4: Analyse the contribution of Science and Technology in solving societal and Environmental problems,
CO 5: Evaluate the ethical issues related to abuse of science and technology, and
CO 6: Apply the skills learned to suggest solutions to global problems linked to science and Technology.

Introduction
Human Curiosity to Know the Truth of Nature, Need to Improve Quality of Life, Emergence of Science and
Technology, Characteristics of Society, Science, and Technology, and Impact of Science and Technology on the
Society.

Scientific Discoveries
Milestone Scientific Discoveries of the Past and the Ways They Impacted Human Thought Process and Culture;
Scientific Method, Developing a Theory, and Making of a Discovery; Discoveries in the Physical, Biological,
and Mathematical Sciences; Normal Science, Paradigms, Anomalies, Crisis and Emergence of Scientific
Theories, and Scientific Revolutions.

Technological Developments
Milestone Developments of Technologies and the Ways They Transformed the Society. Stories of
Technological Developments such as Steam Engines, Electricity, Semiconductors, and IoT.

Science and Technology in the Service of the Society

Contributions of Science and Technology to Solving Societal, Environmental, and Global Problems.
Successes and Limitations, and Abuses and Control of Science and Technology; Ethical Considerations.

Text Book

1. Bucchi, M., Science In Society: An Introduction to Social Studies of Science, Routledge Publication, 1st
Edition,2004.

Reference Books

1. Collins, H. and T. Pinch, The Golem: What You Should Know about Science, 2nd Edition, New York:
Cambridge University Press,1998.
2. Collins, H. and T. Pinch,The Golem: What You Should Know about Technology, 2 nd Edition. New
York: Cambridge University Press, 2014.
3. Kuhn, T. S.,The Structure of Scientific Revolutions, 4th Edition, Chicago University Press, 2012.
4. Hatton, J. and P. B. Plouffe, Eds., Science and Its Ways of Knowing, New Jersey: Prentice Hall,1997.
43
 5. Moskovites, M., Ed., Science and Society, Ontario: House of Anansi Press Limited,1997
6. Sismondo, S. An Introduction to Science and Technology Studies, 2nd Edition. Maldon, MA: Blackwell
Publishing, 2009.
7. Sarukkai, S. What Is Science?, New Delhi: National Book Trust, India, 2012.
8. USSR Academy of Sciences Science and Society, Moscow: Nauka Publishers, 1989.

SOCIO-POLITICAL ENVIRONMENT

Subject Code:SO10043
Credit: 2-0-0 2
Prerequisite: Nil

Course Objective

The objective of this paper include providing basic knowledge on socio-political environment of India and
to equip the students with an understanding of their roles, duties and responsibilities in a democratic set up.

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand contemporary Indian social problems,

CO 2: Understand the roles and functions of the three political institutions in our democraticup,
CO 3: Familiarize the students with the Rights and Duties enlisted in the Indian Constitution,
CO 4: Grasp the interrelationships among political, social and economic issue,
CO 5: Visualize contemporary changes in Political Institutions, and
CO 6: Realize the importance of equity, equality, and dignity in a democratic system.

Social Problem in India

Meaning and Definition of Social Problems, Characteristics, Causes and Consequences, Problems of
Poverty, Unemployment, Population growth, Problems ofWomen and Aged, Corruption and
Nepotism, Illiteracy, Substance Abuse, and Terrorism.

Social Stratification
Equity and Equality, Caste, Religion, Class, Gender Discrimination, UrbanSlums.

Political Institutions
Meaning and Basic Concepts of PoliticalInstitutions: Legislative, Executive and Judiciary Systems of the
Indian Constitution.

Fundamental Rights and Duties

Fundamental Rights and Duties in Indian Constitution, Directive Principles of State Policy.

Contemporary Changes in Political Institutions

Changing Role of the Government in Contemporary India, Role of Government in the Formation of National
and International Policies and Their Impact on Business and Trade.

Text books
1. C. N. Shankar Rao, S. Chand., Indian Social Problems,by S.cahand Publication,2017
2. M. Laxmikanth., Constitution of India,Cengage Learning,2020.
3. Himanshu Roy & M.P Singh Indian Political System, Pearson publisher,4th Edition,2018.
4. Ram Ahuja ,Social Problems in India, Rawat publisher,4th Edition,2014.

Reference books

1. Our Parliament, Subhash C Kashyap, NBT, 2021.

44
2. Social Stratification, Dipankar Gupta (Ed), Oxford India Publication, 1997.
3. Modernisation of Indian Tradition, Yogendra Singh, Rawat Publication, 1986.

THINKING PERSPECTIVES

Subject Code: PS10043

Credit: 2-0-0 2
Prerequisite: Nil

Course Objective

Cognition plays a significant role in accumulation and processing of information. This subject provides an in-
depth understanding of some of the cognitive processes in terms of current theories, models and applications. It
helps learners to understand the importance of these cognitive processes and the rationale behind cognition,
problem solving, critical thinking, and scientific thinking. It facilitates students to identify and analyze the key
conceptual and theoretical frameworks underpinning cognitive process.

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand the definition and scope of cognition, problem solving, and creativity,
CO 2: Understand the theories related to cognition, decision making, and critical thinking,
CO 3: Understand the classic and current experimental research in cognitive processes,
CO 4: Develop skills essential in designing and conducting experiments in cognition, reasoning, and problem
solving,
CO 5: Understand various aspects of critical thinking, scientific thinking, and design thinking process, and
CO 6: Apply the knowledge of cognitive processes to one’s own personal life and to real life issues.

Basics of Cognition

A Brief History, Emergence of Modern Cognitive Approach, Thinking, Basic Elements of Thought: Forming
Concepts, Propositions, Images.

Reasoning, some Basics sources of error, Information-processing approach, connectionist approach,

evolutionary approach, ecological approach.

Memory Processes and Critical Thinking

Organization of Long Term Memory, Forgetting, Retrieval and Metamemory; Proactive and Retroactive
inference; Amnesia and Retrieval, Flashbulb Memory, Eyewitness Memory, Traumatic Memory, False
Memories.

Phases of Critical Thinking: Intellectualization, Suggestion, Hypothesis, Reasoning, and Testing, Critical
Thinking Abilities: Thinking, Observational, and Questioning and Dispositions, Critical Thinking Skills:
Analysis, Communication, Creativity, Problem-solving Skills, and Open-mindedness.

Systems Thinking and Scientific Thinking

System Definition and Characteristics, Approaches to System Modelling, Causal-Loop Diagramming, System
Archetypes, Micro world and Learning Laboratory, The Learning Organization and the Fifth Discipline,
Systems Thinking Study, Examples.

Characteristics of Science: Systematic observation and experimentation, Inductive and deductive reasoning,
Lessons from Scientific Thinking: Empirical Evidence, Logical Reasoning.

45
Creativity and Designing Thinking
Creative Thinking, Stages in Creative Thinking, Nature of Creative Thinking, Features of Creativity—Novelty,
Originality and Usefulness, Guilford’s Measure of Creativity—Fluency, Flexibility, and Originality, Barriers to
Creativity, Enhancing Individual and Organizational Creativity.

Designing Thinking as a Process of Problem Solving: Defining Problems, Challenging Assumptions,

Developing Concepts, identifying Alternative Strategies and Solutions, Prototyping, and Experimenting
Problem Solving through Innovative Solutions, Stages of Design Thinking—Empathize, Define, Ideate,
Prototype and Test.
.
Text books

1. Solso, R. L.,Cognitive Psychology, Pearson Education, 6th Edition. 2004.

2. Baron, R. A. Psychology,Pearson Education, 5th Edition, 2002
3. Rathus, S.A. Introductory Psychology Wadsworth Cengage,5th Edition, 2016.
4. Ciccarelli, S. & White, N.J, Psychology 5th Edition, Pearson Education.2017
5. The Fifth Discipline: The Art & Practice of the Learning Organization, Cengage Publication,2nd Edition,
2006.
6. Cross, N., Design Thinking: Understanding How Designers Think and Work, Berg Publishers.

Reference books

 Baddley, A.,Human memory: Theory and practice. New York Psychology Press,1997.
 Treror, A.,The psychology of language: From data to theory. Taylor Francis,2002
 Smith, E.E. &Kosslyn, Cognitive psychology: Mind and brain. Prentice Hall,2007.
 Tripathi, A.N. &Babu, Nandita (2008). Cognitive processes. In Misra, G. Psychology in India: Advances in
Research, Vol. 1,Pearson Education.
 Vaid, J., & Gupta, Ashum,Exploring word recognition in a semi-alphabetic script: the case of Devanagari.
Brain and Language, 81, 679-690.

CREATIVITY, INNOVATION AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP

Subject Code : PS10045

Credit : 2-0-0 2
Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objective

The course is designed for students who want to enhance their creative and innovative skills and apply them to
prepare business plans to form entrepreneurial enterprises. More specifically, the course is designed to help
students to stimulate creativity in themselves and learn the impact of innovation on growth creation and design
thinking in real-world business situations. In this course, the concepts of entrepreneurship and the environment
in which the entrepreneurs act will be developed along with business plans and business models for start-ups.

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand the key elements of creativity and innovation,

CO 2: Visualize the impact of innovation on growth creation,
CO 3: Apply creative and design thinking to real-world business situations,
CO 4: Create a foundation of entrepreneurship development and its theories,
CO 5: Develop business plans and business models to start entrepreneurial enterprises, and
CO 6: Analyze the business plan and implement it in real field.

46
Introduction

Definitions, Importance, and Relationships among Creativity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship; Examples.

Creativity

Definitions, Importance, and Relationships among Creativity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship; Examples,
Creative Thinking and Stages of Creative Thinking, Barriers to Creativity, Enhancing Individual Creativity,
Guilford’s Usual Unusual Test, Psychometric Approaches to Tests of Creativity, Structured tools of Creativity
(Developing Creative Focus, Exercising Mind, Setting Directions, Suspending Rules, Thinking Differently,
Establishing Formatted Work Space, Stimulating Mechanisms, Utilizing Experiences.

Innovation

Innovation, Benefits, Keys to Successful Innovations, Types of Innovation, Barriers to Innovation, Methods of
Generating Ideas, Design Thinking. Creative Problem Solving, and Measures of Innovation.

Entrepreneurship

Entrepreneur, Functions of an Entrepreneur, Types of Entrepreneur, Intrapreneur, Social Entrepreneur, Case

Study on the Entrepreneurial Excellence of N. R. Narayan Murthy, Introduction to Agricultural, Rural, Tourism,
Social and Digital Entrepreneurship, Entrepreneurial Motivational Behavior (Creativity, Self-Efficacy, Locus of
Control, Risk Taking, Leadership, Communication),

Converting Ideas into Products/Services with Differentiating Features, Niche Market, Design of the
Products/Services, Bootstrap Marketing, Formulation of Business Plan, Business Model, Financial Planning,
and Sources of Finance.

Practical classes will be devoted to organizing practicing sessions on creativity, case study discussion sessions
and market analysis sessions on generating novel ideas, and developing and presenting business plans.
Students, in groups, will design a new product/service, do a bootstrap market study, develop a business plan,
and make an elevator pitch.

Textbooks

1. Khanka, S. S. Creativity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship, S.Chand .

2. Praveen Gupta, Business Innovation, S. Chand , 2007

Reference books

1. Barringer B. R. and R. Duane,Entrepreneurship: Successfully Launching New Ventures: Pearson Prentice

Hall, Ireland, 3rd Edition 2009.
2. Duening, T. N., R. D. Hisrich, and M. A. Lechter , Technology Entrepreneurship: Taking Innovation to the
Marketplace, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 2nd Edition 2015.
3. Harrington, H. J., Creativity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship: The Only Way to Renew Your
Organization, Routledge, 2019.

ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT

Subject Code : HS10202

Credit : 2-0-0 2
Prerequisite : Nil

47
Course Objective

This course explores the basic concepts and processes of management. Students will learn the importance of
management in their professional life from the stories on the evolution and practices of management. Students
will examine the fundamental roles and processes of planning, organizing, staffing, directing and controlling
that comprise the managers' role. This course also examines the fundamentals of marketing and financial
management for the success of the organization. This course will make an attempt to introduce students to the
business environment and strategic management process to understand the nuances of business. Students will
develop skills related to the manager’s function as required in today’s competitive environment.

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Learn different approaches, theories and stories of various practitioners of management and know how
such knowledge could be applied to achieve goals of Organizations within the changing environment,
CO 2: Understand the core functions of management in order to facilitate efficient and effective decision
making both at individual and organizational level,
CO 3: Identify the human resource requirement of the organization for achieving its objective effectively,
CO 4: Synthesize various marketing and financial skills and techniques in order to be successful in
corporate world,
CO 5: Assess the business environment and understand the importance of various types of business
environment for better decision making, and
CO 6: Acquire the lesson learnt in strategic management process for strategic decision making by leveraging
the core competencies of the organization.

Evolution of Management Thoughts

Concept, Scope and Significance of Management; Classical Approach; Scientific, Bureaucratic &
Administrative theory of Management; Neo-classical and Modern Approach; Contribution of Management
Practitioners

Functions of Management (Part I)

Nature, scope and significance of Planning; Types of Planning; Process of Planning; Barriers to effective
planning; Decision making: concept, types and process; Organizing: concept and significance; Delegation of
authority; Authority vs.Responsibility; Structure of Organization: departmentalization, Centralization vs.
Decentralization

Functions of Management (Part II)

Concept of Staffing, Manpower planning and Job design; Recruitment and selection; Training and development;
Performance Appraisal; Directing: Concept, Direction and Supervision; Controlling: Concept, Importance and
levels; Process and types of controlling

Marketing and Financial Management

Marketing Mix (Product, place, price, Promotion); Market Segmentation; Introduction, scope, importance and
functions of Financial management; Introduction to Financial statements: Profit and loss account; balance sheet

Business Environment and Strategic Management

Business environment: concept, importance, elements; Types of business environment; Strategic Management:
Concept, Importance and levels of strategy; Process of Strategic Management

Text Books

1. S.A. Sherlekar & V.S. Sherlekar, Modern Business Organization & Management (Systems Approach) by
Himalya Publishing House, 2018.

2. Harold Koontz and Heinz Weihrich ,Essentials of Management: an International Perspective by, McGraw
Hills, 2020
48
Reference Books

1. K. Ashwathappa, Essentials of Business Environment, Himalaya Publishing House, 2017.

2. Joseph L. Massie, Essentials of Management Pearson Education India, Fourth edition, 2015.
3. Azhar Kazmi & Adela Kazmi, Strategic Management, McGrawHill, 5th edition 2020.

SHADES OF ECONOMICS

Subject Code: HS10102

Credit: 2-0-0 2
Prerequisite: Nil

Course Objective
This course will provide technical students with knowledge in concepts of environmental economics, resource
economics, and circular economy, allowing prosperity for present and future generations. The course will equip
future engineers with skill to handle resources efficiently and effectively. Acquaint them with the contemporary
trends in business settings and thereby innovate novel solutions to existing problems.

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand the economic drivers that shape the future of India,

CO 2: Understand sustainability issues related to usage of factor endowment,
CO 3 : Ability to create linkage between Economics, Science and Technology,
CO 4 : Apply knowledge, reasons and the need for regulating circular economy,
CO 5 : Assess and analyses scope for global market opportunities, and
CO 6 : Explore yet to be unearthed employment opportunities.

Purple Economy: Economics of Glocalization

Introduction to colours and world of economics (including White, Blue, Black, Green, Purple, Grey, Red, Pink,
Silver); Concept and definition of purple economy; Cultural footprint; Local and global cultural economy;
Culture and well being; Rethinking employment and training in the purple economy; Vocal for Local; Make in
India.

Grey Economy: Economics of Informal Sector

Concept and definition of grey economy; Introduction to formal and informal Sector; Formal and informal
sector linkage; Labour absorption and dualism in economy; Theoretical and policy issues; Migration in informal
sector.

Green Economy: Economics of Reduce, Reuse, and Recycle

Concept and definition of green economy; Green investment and green bond; Green technology and renewable
resources; Carbon footprint; Waste management.

Blue Economy: Economics of Ocean Resources

Concept and definition of blue economy; The marine environment; Fisheries and aquaculture; Tourism; Ocean-
based renewable sources of energy; Transportation and the blue economy; ; Pollution of water resources; Water
resource management.

Black Economy: Economics of Unsanctioned Sector

Concept and definition of black money; Causes and consequences of black economy; Global black income
generation; Extent of black money in India. Government measures to curb black money.

49
Textbook

1. S.K Mishra and V. K. Puri, Indian Economy. Himalaya Publishing House,2022, ISBN: 978-93-5596-
423-6

Reference books

1. Uma Kapila. Indian Economy:Economic Development and Policy. Academic Foundation -

9332705550 and - 978-9332705555,2022.
2. Taneja and Myer :Economics of development and Planning, Vishal Publishing Co. ISBN- : 978-
9382956068.
3. Datt Gaurav & Mahajan Ashwani , Indian Economy, S Chand & Company Limited. 2017.
4. Adrian C. Newton, Elena Cantarello, An Introduction to the Green Economy. Science, Systems and
Sustainability,2014
5. Shalini Goyal Bhalla. Circular Economy- (Re) Emerging Movement.,2020.
 Somnath Hazra & Anindya Bhukta,The Blue Economy. An Asian Perspective. The Informal Economy: an
Employer’s Approach. The Informal Economy: an Employer’s Approach. .
 The Purple Economy: An Objective, An Opportunity, 2013.
8. Tom Tietenberg, Lynne Lewis, Environmental and Natural Resource Economics. 2018.

INDIAN ECONOMY POST LIBERALISATION

Subject Code : HS10123

Credit : 2-0-0 2
Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objective

Study of this course provides an extensive understanding of changing structure of Indian economy over time.
This course targets to put emphasis on inclusive growth, reducing poverty, inequality and creating decent
employment in the economy. This course will give an understanding about the issues faced by an economy in
achieving sustainable development.

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Interpret the changing structure of Indian economy,

CO 2: Perceive the issues and challenges faced by Indian economy,
CO 3: Evaluate the policies and programmes required to achieve inclusive growth,
CO 4: Realise the importance of human capital in triggering economic development,
CO 5: Comprehend the state and role of external sector in strengthening Indian economy,and
CO 6: Help in achieving sustainable development for the economy.

Introduction and features

Changing structure of the Indian economy Changing paradigms of Development Strategies and Economic
Reforms.

Poverty, Inequality and Employment

Various concepts and estimates of poverty; Income inequality; Problem of unemployment; Interface among
growth, poverty and employment; Inclusive growth and Human Development; Sustainable Development
Goals—Targets for reduction in Poverty, Inequality and Decent Employment.

Demographic Issues
Demographic trends, size and structure of population; Health and Education; Skill challenges and demographic
dividends; Sustainable Development Goals—Targets forGreater Wellbeing and Better Human Capital.
50
Perspectives in Agriculture, Industry and Services

Agricultural growth performance and food security; Growth, trends and changing pattern of Indian industries,
industrial reforms and policies; Services in India’s growth process; Sustainable Development Goals—Targets
for Inclusive and Sustainable Growth.

External Sector and Issues in Indian Public Finance

Foreign trade and trade policy; fiscal devolution, Indian Union Budget and Tax System

Textbook
1. Uma Kapila, Indian Economy Perfomance and Policies,academic foundation, 2020,ISBN:978-933270545

Referencebooks

1. S.K. Mishra, and V. K. Puri, Indian Economy, Himalaya Publishing House,2022, ISBN: 978-93-5596-
423-6
2. Gaurav Datt and Ashwani Mahajan,Indian Economy, GENERIC. Classic Edition, ISBN-
: ISBN- : 978-9352531295

COMMUNIT/ENVIRONMENT-BASED PROJECTS

Subject Code : EX17001

Credit : 0-0-4 2
Prerequisite : Nil

Course Objective

This course is offered to give the students an opportunity to connect with the community and the environment,
learn and prioritize their problems, and define the problems in ways that make them amenable to scientific
analysis and pragmatic solution. Appreciating the community problems, visualizing and experiencing them in
person, self-learning, applying to realities, searching for and finding implementable solutions are the primary
benefits of this project-based subject.

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Identify need of the community,

CO 2: Formulate objective of a project,
CO 3: Communicate orally and through formal technical write-ups,
CO 4: Analyze and interpret data wherever essential,
CO 5: Provide an implementable solution to the problem, and
CO 6: Work in team following ethical manners.

The projects will be applied to problems uppermost in the minds of the community regarding the problems that
they confront regularly. The problems may range from social inequality and social justice to lack of common
services such as health, education, water, power, banking, and from lack of access to government subsidies and
policies to deforestation and environmental problems.

51
 SCHOOL OF ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
Vision
To impart world-class education and research in Electronics Engineering, with particular regard to their
applications in industry, healthcare and commerce in a diverse society.

Mission

To prepare students for professional career, higher studies or entrepreneurship.

To facilitate students to utilize fundamental technical knowledge and skills in Electronics

engineering, to analyze and solve problems, and apply these abilities to generate new knowledge, ideas or
products in academia, industry or Government.

To encourage and facilitate students, to involve themselves in research work through continuous learning,
to build skills beyond curriculum.

To integrate training in engineering principles, critical thinking, hands-on projects, open-ended problem
solving to build up creative abilities and research spirit.

To impart the essential skills of leadership, teamwork, communication and ethics so that they can interact
and communicate effectively (written and/or oral) with others (e.g., supervisor, client and/or team).

To engage students with alumni, industry, Government, and community partners through outreach activities
in order to inculcate global perception.

B.Tech Programs Offered

1. B. Tech (Honors / Research) in Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
2. B. Tech (Honors / Research) in Electronics and Electrical Engineering
3. B. Tech (Honors / Research) in Electronics and Computer Science Engineering

52
 B. Tech. Honors/ Research Degree
in
Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
B. Tech in Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering Program Educational
Objectives (PEOs):
1. Lead a successful career in industries or undertake entrepreneurial endeavors and provide
solutions in the areas of electronic system design, communication & networking and allied
areas of Electronics and Telecommunication engineering or pursue advanced studies.
2. Utilize their knowledge, skills and resources to design, invent and find creative and innovative
solutions to engineering problems in a multidisciplinary work environment following
appropriate ethical practices.
3. Develop attitude in lifelong learning, apply and adapt new ideas as the technology evolves.

Program Outcomes (POs):

The program outcomes are:
a) Engineering knowledge: Ability to apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering
fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering
problems.
b) Problem analysis: Ability to identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze
complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of
mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
c) Design/Development of solutions: Ability to design solutions for complex engineering
problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with
appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and
environmental considerations.
d) Conduct investigations on complex problems: Ability to use research-based knowledge and
research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and
synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.

e) Modern tool usage: Ability to create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and
modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering
activities with an understanding of the limitations.

f) The engineer and society: Ability to apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to
assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities
relevant to the professional engineering practice.
g) Environment and sustainability: Ability to understand the impact of the professional
engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge
of, and need for sustainable development.
h) Ethics: Ability to apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities
and norms of the engineering practice.
i) Individual and team: Ability to function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader
in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
53
 j) Communication: Ability to communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the
engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write
effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive
clear instructions.
k) Project management and finance: Ability to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the
engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and
leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
l) Life-long learning: Ability to recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to
engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs)

The program specific outcomes are:
a) Ability to design, and comprehend electronics sub-systems using the knowledge of electronic
circuits, signal processing, communication engineering, networking and embedded technology.
b) Ability to carry out research in the fields of VLSI, advanced communication and related
technologies.
c) Ability to design and develop complex products using suitable tools for societal and
engineering needs with skills to communicate effectively in groups.

CURRICULUM
The total minimum credits required for completing the B. Tech. programme in Electronics and
Telecommunication Engineering is 162

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE COURSES

Professional elective-I, II, III are offered during semester five and six. Professional elective IV and V are
offered during semester seven and eight. List of electives to be offered during an academic year is announced
at the beginning of respective semesters. An elective will be offered only if ten or more students are interested
in it. Not that all the electives will be offered in every academic year. Some electives may have seat limitations
and will be offered in first cum first serve basis. In order to accommodate more aspiring students, electives
having high demand may be offered twice, that is during autumn as elective-I or II and again as elective-III
during spring semester.

Students can select electives based on their interest in a domain. Areas of specialization or domain are optional,
however electives can be grouped to provide learning around a functional area. Students may qualify for a
maximum of one area of Specialization. Completion of the specialization will not be reflecting on transcripts or
degree certificate.

54
 Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering

SEMESTER III

Theory
Sl.No Course Course Title L T P Total Credit
Code
1. MA21001 Probability and Statistics 3 1 0 4 4
2. EC20001 Signals and Systems 3 0 0 3 3
3. EC20003 Electromagnetic Theory and Antennas 3 0 0 3 3
4. EC20007 Semiconductor Technology 3 0 0 3 3
5. EC21001 Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 4 4
6. EX20003 Scientific and Technical Writing 2 0 0 2 2
Total Credit (Theory Subjects) 17 2 0 19 19
Practical
1. EC29001 Electronic Circuits Lab 0 0 4 4 2
2. EC29003 Signal Processing Lab 0 0 2 2 1
Sessional
1. Vocational Elective 0 0 2 2 1
Total Credit (Practical and Sessional Subjects) 0 0 8 8 4
Grand Total 27 23

SEMESTER IV

Theory
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Total Credit
MA21006 Vectors, Differential Equations and Complex 3 1 0 4 4
1.
Analysis
2. EC20002 Microprocessors and Embedded Systems 3 0 0 3 3
3. EC21002 Communication Systems and Techniques 3 1 0 4 4
4. CS20001 Concepts of Data Structures and Algorithms 3 0 0 3 3
5. EX20001 Industry 4.0 Technologies 2 0 0 2 2
6. HASS Elective-II 3 0 0 3 3
Total Credit (Theory Subjects) 17 2 0 19 19
Practical
1. EC29002 Communication Engineering Lab 0 0 2 2 1
2. EC29006 Microprocessors and Embedded System Lab 0 0 2 2 1
3. CS29001 Data Structures Lab 0 0 2 2 1
Total Credit (Practical Subjects) 0 0 6 6 3
Grant Total 25 22

55
 SEMESTER V

Theory
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Total Credit
1. EC30001 Microwave Engineering 3 0 0 3 3
2. EC30003 Linear and Digital Control System 3 0 0 3 3
3. HS30101 Engineering Economics 3 0 0 3 3
4. HASS Elective-III 3 0 0 3 3
5. Professional Elective-I 3 0 0 3 3
6. Professional Elective-II 3 0 0 3 3
Total Credit (Theory Subjects) 18 0 0 18 18
Practical
1. EC39003 Microwave Engineering Lab 0 0 2 2 1
2. EC39005 Control Systems Lab 0 0 2 2 1
Sessional
1. EC38001 Electronics Product Development 0 0 2 2 1
2. SAxxxxx K-Explore Open Elective-I 0 0 2 2 1
Total Credit (Practical and Sessional Subjects) 0 0 8 8 4
Total 26 22

SEMESTER VI
Theory
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Total Credit
1. EC30002 Wireless Mobile Communication 3 0 0 3 3
2. EC30004 Data Communication and Networking 3 0 0 3 3
3. EC30005 VLSI Circuits and Systems 3 0 0 3 3
4. HS30401 Universal Human Values 3 0 0 3 3
5. Professional Elective III 3 0 0 3 3
6. Open Elective-II/ (MI – I) 3 0 0 3 3
Total Credit (Theory Subjects) 18 0 0 18 18
Practical
1. EC39006 VLSI Design Lab 0 0 2 2 1
2. EC39002 Wireless Communication and Networking Lab 0 0 2 2 1
3. EC39004 Electronics Design Lab 0 0 4 4 2
Sessional
1. EC37002 Minor Project - - - - 2
Total Credit (Practical and Sessional Subjects) 6
Total 26 24

56
 SEMESTER VII (B. Tech. (Hons.))

Theory

Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Total Credit

1. EX40003 Engineering Professional Practice 2 0 0 2 2

2. Professional Elective-IV 3 0 0 3 3

3. Open Elective – III / (MI – II) 3 0 0 3 3

4. MI – III (optional) 3 0 0 3 3

5. MI – IV (optional) 3 0 0 3 3
Total of Theory 8 8
Sessional
1. EC47001 Project- I - - - - 5

2. EC48001 Practical Training/ Internship - - - - 2

Total 8 15

SEMESTER VIII (B. Tech. (Hons.))

Theory
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Total Credit

1. Professional Elective-V 3 0 0 3 3

2. Open Elective-IV /(MI V) 3 0 0 3 3

3. MI - VI (optional) 3 0 0 3 3

Total of Theory 6 6
Sessional
1. EC47002 Project- II - - - - 9

Total 6 15

57
 SEMESTER VII (B.Tech. (Research))

Theory
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Total Credit

1. EX40001 Research Methods and Ethics 3 0 0 3 3

2. EX40003 Engineering Professional Practice 2 0 0 2 2

3. Research Elective-I 3 0 0 3 3

4. MI – II (optional) 3 0 0 3 3

5. MI – III (optional) 3 0 0 3 3

6. MI – IV (optional) 3 0 0 3 3

Total of Theory 8 8
Sessional
1. EC47001 Project- I - - - - 5

2. EC48001 Practical Training/ Internship - - - - 2

3 MI-Lab / MI Project (optional) - - - - 2

Total 8 15

SEMESTER VIII (B.Tech.(Research)

Theory
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Total Credit

1. Research Elective-II 3 0 0 3 3

2. MI-V (Optional) 3 0 0 3 3

3 MI – VI (optional) 3 0 0 3 3

Total of Theory 3 3
Sessional
1. EC47002 Project- II - - - - 12

Total 3 15

58
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES – I/II/III

Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Total Credits

1. CS20002 Operating Systems 3 0 0 3 3
2. CS20006 Database Management Systems 3 0 0 3 3
3. CS30010 Cloud Computing 3 0 0 3 3
4. CS30011 Computational Intelligence 3 0 0 3 3
5. CS30019 Web Technology and Applications 3 0 0 3 3
6. CS30029 Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition 3 0 0 3 3
Hardware Description Language for Digital
7. EC30006 3 0 0 3 3
Design
8. EC30007 ARM and Advanced Processors 3 0 0 3 3
9. EC30008 Wireless Sensor Networks 3 0 0 3 3
10.. EC30009 Compound Semiconductor Basics 3 0 0 3 3
11. EC30010 Mobile Ad Hoc Network 3 0 0 3 3
12. EC30011 Digital System Design with Verilog 3 0 0 3 3
13. EC30012 Nanoelectronics 3 0 0 3 3
14. EC30013 Optical and Satellite Communication 3 0 0 3 3
Hardware and Software Co-Design of
15. EC30015 3 0 0 3 3
Embedded System
16. EC30017 Audio and Speech Processing 3 0 0 3 3
17. EC30019 Information Theory and Coding 3 0 0 3 3
18. EC30021 Industrial IoT 3 0 0 3 3
19. EE30012 Sensors & Actuators 3 0 0 3 3
20. EE30022 Special Machines & Control 3 0 0 3 3
21. EE30038 Introduction to Electrical Machines 3 0 0 3 3
22. EE30047 Power Electronics Circuits 3 0 0 3 3
23. EL30001 Industrial Automation 3 0 0 3 3
24. EM30007 Machine Learning based Signal Processing 3 0 0 3 3
25. EM30008 Deep Learning: Algorithms and Implementation 3 0 0 3 3
26. EM30009 Data Analytics 3 0 0 3 3
27. EM30011 Data Mining 3 0 0 3 3
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE –IV/ V
1. CS30023 Software Defined Networking 3 0 0 3 3
2. CS40010 Augmented and Virtual Reality 3 0 0 3 3
3. CS40015 Cryptography and Network Security 3 0 0 3 3
4. EC40001 Optimization Techniques in Engineering 3 0 0 3 3
5. EC40002 Millimetre Waves and Terahertz Technology 3 0 0 3 3
Cognitive Radio and Cooperative
6. EC40003 3 0 0 3 3
Communication
7. EC40004 Quantum Communication 3 0 0 3 3
8. EC40005 Analog and Mixed Signal IC Design 3 0 0 3 3
9. EC40006 Advanced VLSI and SoC 3 0 0 3 3
10. EC40007 Low Power VLSI Design 3 0 0 3 3
Advanced Computer Architecture and RISC-V
11. EC40008 3 0 0 3 3
Processor Design
12. EC40009 Biomedical Signal Processing 3 0 0 3 3
13. EE30024 Electric Drives and Control 3 0 0 3 3
14. EE40010 Electric Vehicles Technology 3 0 0 3 3
15. EL40001 Process Control & Robotics 3 0 0 3 3
59
16. EL40003 Advanced Control System 3 0 0 3 3
17. EM40001 ML for Language Processing 3 0 0 3 3
18. EM40006 Cybersecurity 3 0 0 3 3
19. EM40008 Bioinformatics 3 0 0 3 3
20. EM40010 Optimization Methods in Machine Learning 3 0 0 3 3

Elective Baskets (Specialization)

PE I PE II PE III PE IV PE V Specialization
EM30009 /
CS20006 / CS30023 / EM40006 / Computer
CS20002 EM30011 /
CS30019 CS40015 CS40010 Engineering
CS30010
EC30010 / EC40003 / EC40004 / Communication &
EC30019 EC30013
EC30008 CS40015 EC40002 Networking
EC30009 / EC30011 / EC40005 / EC40006 / VLSI &
EC30015
EC30007 EC30006 EC40007 EC40008 Embedded Design
EM30008 /
CS30011 / CS30029 / EC40009 / EM40001 / Machine Learning
EM30009 /
EM30007 EC30017 EM40010 EM40008 and Applications
EM30011
EE30038 / EE30047 / EE30022 / EE30024 / EL40001 /
Automation
EC30021 EE30012 EL30001 EL40003 EE40010

60
 B. Tech. Honors/ Research Degree
in
Electronics and Electrical Engineering
B. Tech in Electronics and Electrical Engineering Program Educational Objectives
(PEOs):
The B. Tech Program in Electronics and Electrical Engineering aims to prepare the graduates with the
following objectives:
1. Lead a successful career in industries or undertake entrepreneurial endeavors and provide solutions
in the areas of electronic system design for power system, power electronic drives and allied areas
of Electronics and Electrical engineering or pursue advanced studies.
2. Utilize their knowledge, skills and resources to design, invent and find creative and innovative
solutions to engineering problems in a multidisciplinary work environment following appropriate
ethical practices.
3. Develop attitude in lifelong learning, apply and adapt new ideas as the technology evolves.

Program Outcomes (POs)

The program outcomes are:
a) Engineering knowledge: Ability to apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering
fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineeringproblems.
b) Problem analysis: Ability to identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex
engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics,
natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
c) Design/Development of solutions: Ability to design solutions for complex engineering
problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with
appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and
environmental considerations.
d) Conduct investigations on complex problems: Ability to use research-based knowledge and
research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis
of the information to provide valid conclusions.
e) Modern tool usage: Ability to create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and
modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering
activities with an understanding of the limitations.

f) The engineer and society: Ability to apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to
assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant
to the professional engineering practice.
g) Environment and sustainability: Ability to understand the impact of the professional
engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and
need for sustainable development.
h) Ethics: Ability to apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and
norms of the engineering practice.
i) Individual and team: Ability to function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in
diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
61
j) Communication: Ability to communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the
engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write
effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear
instructions.
k) Project management and finance: Ability to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the
engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader
in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
l) Life-long learning: Ability to recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to
engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs)

The program specific outcomes are:
a) Ability to design, and implement electrical and electronic circuits, electrical drives and power
system control for industrial applications.
b) Ability to conduct research in automation & control, embedded system and related technologies.
c) Ability to design and develop complex products using suitable tools for societal and engineering
needs with skills to communicate effectively in groups.

CURRICULUM

The total minimum credits required for completing the B. Tech. programme in Electronics and Electrical
Engineering is 162

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE COURSES

Professional elective-I, II, III are offered during semester five and six. Professional elective IV and V are
offered during semester seven and eight. List of electives to be offered during an academic year is announced
at the beginning of respective semesters. An elective will be offered only if ten or more students are interested
in it. Not that all the electives will be offered in every academic year. Some electives may have seat limitations
and will be offered in first cum first serve basis. In order to accommodate more aspiring students, electives
having high demand may be offered twice, that is during autumn as elective-I or II and again as elective-III
during spring semester.

Students can select electives based on their interest in a domain. Areas of specialization or domain are optional,
however electives can be grouped to provide learning around a functional area. Students may qualify for a
maximum of one area of Specialization. Completion of the specialization will not be reflecting on transcripts or
degree certificate.

62
 Electronics and Electrical Engineering

SEMESTER III

Theory
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Total Credit
1. MA21001 Probability and Statistics 3 1 0 4 4
2. EC20001 Signals and Systems 3 0 0 3 3
3. EC21001 Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 4 4
4. EE20001 Network Theory 3 0 0 3 3
5. CS20001 Concepts of Data Structures and Algorithms 3 0 0 3 3
6. EX20003 Scientific and Technical Writing 2 0 0 2 2
Total of Theory 19 19
Practical
1. EC29001 Electronic Circuits Lab 0 0 4 4 2
2. CS29001 Data Structures Lab 0 0 2 2 1
Sessional
1. Vocational Electives 0 0 2 2 1
Total Credit (Practical and Sessional Subjects) 0 0 8 8 4
Semester Total 27 23

SEMESTER IV
Theory
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Total Credit
1. MA21006 Vectors, Differential Equations and Complex 3 1 0 4 4
Analysis
2. EC20003 Electromagnetic Theory and Antennas 3 0 0 3 3
3. EE20010 Electrical Machines 3 0 0 3 3
4. EL20002 Instrumentation and Control Systems 3 0 0 3 3
5. EX20001 Industry 4.0 Technologies 2 0 0 2 2
6. HASS Elective II 3 0 0 3 3
Total of Theory 18 18
Practical
1. EC29003 Signal Processing Lab 0 0 2 2 1
2. EE29002 Electrical Machines Laboratory 0 0 2 2 1
3. EL29002 Instrumentation and Control System Lab 0 0 2 2 1
Total of Practical 6 3
Semester Total 24 21

63
 SEMESTER V
Theory
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Total Credit
1. EC20002 Microprocessors and Embedded Systems 3 0 0 3 3
2 EE30007 Power Transmission and Distribution 3 0 0 3 3
3. HS30101 Engineering Economics 3 0 0 3 3
4. HASS Elective III 3 0 0 3 3
5. Professional Elective – I 3 0 0 3 3
6. Professional Elective – II 3 0 0 3 3
Total of Theory 18 18
Practical
1. EC29006 Microprocessors and Embedded System Lab 0 0 2 2 1
2. EE39007 Programmable Logic Control Lab 0 0 2 2 1
Sessional
1. EC38001 Electronics Product Development 0 0 2 2 1
2 EE28002 Electrical System Modeling using MATLAB 0 0 2 2 1
3. SAxxxxx K-Explore Open Elective – I 0 0 2 2 1
Total Credit (Practical and Sessional Subjects) 10 5
Semester Total 28 23
SEMESTER VI

Theory
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Total Credit
1. EC20008 Communication Engineering 3 0 0 3 3
2. EE30005 Power Electronics and Drives 3 0 0 3 3
3. EE30006 Power System Operation and Control 3 0 0 3 3
4. HS30401 Universal Human Values 3 0 0 3 3
5. Professional Elective III 3 0 0 3 3
6. Open elective – II (MI – I) 3 0 0 3 3
Total of Theory 18 18
Practical
1. EC39004 Electronics Design Lab 0 0 4 4 2
2. EE39001 Power Electronics Lab 0 0 2 2 1
3. EE39002 Power Systems Lab 0 0 2 2 1
Sessional
1. EL37002 Minor Project - - - - 2
Total Credit (Practical and Sessional Subjects) 8 6
Semester Total 26 24

64
 SEMESTER VII (B.Tech (Hons))

Theory

Sl. No Course Title L T P Total Credit

1 EX40003 Engineering Professional Practice 2 0 0 2 2

2. Professional Elective-IV 3 0 0 3 3

3. Open Elective – III (MI – II) 3 0 0 3 3

4. MI – III (Optional) 3 0 0 3 3

5 MI IV (Optional) 3 0 0 3 3
Total of Theory 8 8
Practical
1. EL47001 Project – I - - - - 5

2. EL48001 Practical Training/Internship - - - - 2

Total of Practical 7
Semester Total 8 15

SEMESTER VIII (B.Tech (Hons))

Theory
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Total Credit

1. Professional Elective-V 3 0 0 3 3

2. Open Elective-IV (MI - V) 3 0 0 3 3

3. MI - VI (Optional) 3 0 0 3 3

Total of Theory 6 6
Sessional
1. EL47002 Project- II - - - - 9

Total of Sessional - 9

Semester Total 6 15

65
 SEMESTER VII (B.Tech (Research))

Theory
Sl. Course Code Course Title L T P Total Credit
No

1. EX40001 Research Methods and Ethics 3 0 0 3 3

2. EX40003 Engineering Professional Practice 2 0 0 2 2

3. Research Elective-I 3 0 0 3 3

4. MI-II (Optional) 3 0 0 3 3

5. MI-III (Optional) 3 0 0 3 3

6. MI-IV (Optional) 3 0 0 3 3

Total of Theory 8 8
Sessional
1. EL47001 Project- I - - - - 5

2. EL48001 Practical Training - - - - 2

3. MI-Lab/ MI-Project (Optional) - - - - 2

Total of Sessional - 7

Total 8 15

SEMESTER VIII (B.Tech (Research))

Theory
Sl. Course Code Course Title L T P Tota Credit
No l

1. Research Elective-II 3 0 0 3 3

2. MI-V (Optional) 3 0 0 3 3

MI-VI(Optional) 3 0 0 3 3

Total of Theory 3 3
Sessional
1. EL47002 Project- II - - - - 12

Total of Sessional 12

Total 3 15

66
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES – I/II/III

Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Total Credits

1. CS20006 Database Management Systems 3 0 0 3 3
2. CS30011 Computational Intelligence 3 0 0 3 3
3. CS30029 Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition 3 0 0 3 3
4. EC30004 Data Communication and Networking 3 0 0 3 3
5. EC30007 ARM and Advanced Processor 3 0 0 3 3
6. EC30011 Digital System Design with Verilog 3 0 0 3 3
7. EC30013 Optical & Satellite Communication 3 0 0 3 3
Hardware and Software Co-Design of Embedded 3 3
8. EC30015 3 0 0
System
9. EC30019 Information Theory & Coding 3 0 0 3 3
10 EC30021 Industrial IoT 3 0 0 3 3
11. EE30012 Sensors and Actuators 3 0 0 3 3
12. EE30013 Industrial Applications of Electric Energy 3 0 0 3 3
13. EE30014 Power Generation and Control 3 0 0 3 3
14. EE30015 IoT for Electrical Engineering 3 0 0 3 3
15. EE30016 Renewable Energy Resource 3 0 0 3 3
16. EE30020 Energy Audit and Accounting 3 0 0 3 3
17. EE30024 Electric Drives and Control 3 0 0 3 3
18. EE30045 Switch Gear and Protecting Devices 3 0 0 3 3
19. EE30047 Power Electronics Circuits 3 0 0 3 3
20. EL30001 Industrial Automation 3 0 0 3 3
21. EM30007 Machine Learning Based Signal Processing 3 0 0 3 3
22. EM30008 Deep Learning: Algorithms & Implementation 3 0 0 3 3

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE IV/V

Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Total Credits
1. CS40015 Cryptography and Network Security 3 0 0 3 3
2. EC30008 Wireless Sensor Network 3 0 0 3 3
3. EC40001 Optimization Techniques in Engineering 3 0 0 3 3
4. EC40004 Quantum Communication 3 0 0 3 3
5. EC40005 Analog and Mixed Signal IC Design 3 0 0 3 3
6. EC40006 Advanced VLSI and SoC 3 0 0 3 3
7. EC40007 Low Power VLSI Design 3 0 0 3 3
Advanced Computer Architecture and RISC-V 3 3
8. EC40008 3 0 0
Processor Design
9. EC40009 Biomedical Signal Processing 3 0 0 3 3
10. EE40010 Electric Vehicles Technology 3 0 0 3 3
11. EE40012 Smart Grid 3 0 0 3 3
12. EE40013 Wind and Biomass Energy 3 0 0 3 3
13. EE40014 Energy Management and SCADA 3 0 0 3 3
14. EE40017 Tidal and Small Hydro Power 3 0 0 3 3
15. EL40001 Process Control and Robotics 3 0 0 3 3
16. EL40003 Advanced Control System 3 0 0 3 3
17. EM40006 Cybersecurity 3 0 0 3 3
18. EM40010 Optimization Methods in Machine Learning 3 0 0 3 3

67
 Elective Baskets (Specializations)

PE I PE II PE III PE IV PE V Specialization
Communication &
EC30019 EC30013 EC30004 EC30008 EC40004
Networking
EC40005 / EC40006 VLSI and Embedded
EC30007 EC30011 EC30015
EC40007 EC40008 system
CS20006/ EM30007/ EC40009 / CS40015/ Computer Science
EM30008
CS30011 CS30029 EM40010 EM40006 &ML
EE30047/ EE30012/ EC40001 / EL40001 /
EL30001 Automation
EE30024 EC30021 EL40003 EE40010
EE30013 / EE30016 / EE30014 EE40013 / EE40012 /
Energy
EE30015 EE30020 EE30045 EE40017 EE40014

68
 B. Tech. Honors/ Research Degree
in
Electronics and Computer Science Engineering

B. Tech in Electronics and Computer Science Engineering Program Educational

Objectives (PEOs):
The B. Tech program in Electronics and Computer Science Engineering aims to prepare the graduates
with the following objectives:
1. Lead a successful career in industries or undertake entrepreneurial endeavors and provide solutions
in the areas of system design, analysis of algorithms & data, computer networking, and allied areas
of Electronics and Computer Science Engineering or pursue advanced studies.
2. Utilize their knowledge, skills and resources to design, invent and find creative and innovative
solutions to engineering problems in a multidisciplinary work environment following appropriate
ethical practices.
3. Develop attitude in lifelong learning, apply and adapt new ideas as the technology evolves.

Program Outcomes (POs):

The program outcomes are:
a) Engineering knowledge: Ability to apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering
fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineeringproblems.
b) Problem analysis: Ability to identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze
complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of
mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
c) Design/Development of solutions: Ability to design solutions for complex engineering
problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with
appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and
environmental considerations.
d) Conduct investigations on complex problems: Ability to use research-based knowledge and
research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis
of the information to provide valid conclusions.
e) Modern tool usage: Ability to create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and
modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering
activities with an understanding of the limitations.

f) The engineer and society: Ability to apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to
assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant
to the professional engineering practice.
g) Environment and sustainability: Ability to understand the impact of the professional
engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and
need for sustainable development.
h) Ethics: Ability to apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and
norms of the engineering practice.
i) Individual and team: Ability to function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in
diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
69
j) Communication: Ability to communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the
engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write
effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear
instructions.
k) Project management and finance: Ability to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the
engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader
in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
l) Life-long learning: Ability to recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to
engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs)

The program specific outcomes are:
a) Ability to design and develop systems using suitable hardware and software tools for industrial data
management and information communication requirements.
b) Ability to conduct research in networking, software engineering, embedded system, and related
technologies.
c) Ability to design and develop complex products using suitable tools for societal and engineering
needs with skills to communicate effectively in groups.

CURRICULUM

The total minimum credits required for completing the B. Tech. programme in Electronics and Computer
Science Engineering is 164.

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE

Professional elective-I, II, III are offered during semester five and six. Professional elective IV and V are
offered during semester seven and eight. List of electives to be offered during an academic year is announced
at the beginning of respective semesters. An elective will be offered only if ten or more students are interested
in it. Not that all the electives will be offered in every academic year. Some electives may have seat limitations
and will be offered in first cum first serve basis. In order to accommodate more aspiring students, electives
having high demand may be offered twice, that is during autumn as elective-I or II and again as elective-III
during spring semester.
Students can select electives based on their interest in a domain. Areas of specialization or domain are optional,
however electives can be grouped to provide learning around a functional area. Students may qualify for a
maximum of one area of Specialization. Completion of the specialization will not be reflecting on transcripts or
degree certificate.

70
 Electronics and Computer Science Engineering
SEMESTER III

Theory
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Total Credit
1. MA21001 Probability and Statistics 3 1 0 4 4
2. EC20001 Signals and Systems 3 0 0 3 3
3. EC21001 Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 4 4
4. CS21001 Data Structures 3 1 0 4 4
5. CS20005 Computer System and Architecture 3 0 0 3 3
6. EX20003 Scientific and Technical Writing 2 0 0 2 2
Total Credit (Theory Subjects) 20 20
Practical
1. EC29003 Signal Processing Lab 0 0 2 2 1
2. CS29001 Data Structures Lab 0 0 2 2 1
Sessional
1. Vocational Electives 0 0 2 2 1
Total Credit (Practical and Sessional Subjects) 6 3
Total Credit (Semester) 26 23
SEMESTER IV
Theory
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Total Credit
1. MA21002 Discrete Mathematics 3 1 0 4 4
2. CS20002 Operating Systems 3 0 0 3 3
3. EC20008 Communication Engineering 3 0 0 3 3
4. CS20006 Database Management Systems 3 0 0 3 3
5. EX20001 Industry 4.0 Technologies 2 0 0 2 2
6. HASS Elective II 3 0 0 3 3
Total Credit (Theory Subjects) 18 18
Practical
1. EC29001 Electronic Circuits Lab 0 0 4 4 2
2. CS29006 Database Management Systems Lab 0 0 2 2 1
3. CS29008 Programming With Python and Java 0 0 4 4 2
Total Credit (Practical Subjects) 10 5
Total Credit (Semester) 28 23

71
 SEMESTER V

Theory
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Total Credit
1. CS30001 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 3 0 0 3 3
2. EC20002 Microprocessors and Embedded Systems 3 0 0 3 3
3. HS30101 Engineering Economics 3 0 0 3 3
4. HASS Elective III 3 0 0 3 3
5. Professional Elective-I 3 0 0 3 3
6. Professional Elective-II 3 0 0 3 3
Total Credit (Theory Subjects) 18 18
Practical
1. CS39001 Algorithms Lab 0 0 2 2 1
2. EC29002 Communication Engineering Lab 0 0 2 2 1
3. EC29006 Microprocessors and Embedded Systems Lab 0 0 2 2 1
Sessional
1. EC38001 Electronics Product Development 0 0 2 2 1
2. SAxxxx K-Explore Open Elective-I 0 0 2 2 1
Total Credit (Practical Subjects) 10 5
Total Credit (Semester) 28 23

SEMESTER VI
Theory
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Total Credit
1. CS31001 Software Engineering 3 1 0 4 4
2. EC30005 VLSI Circuits and Systems 3 0 0 3 3
3. CS30003 Computer Networks 3 0 0 3 3
4. HS30401 Universal Human Values 3 0 0 3 3
5. Professional Elective III 3 0 0 3 3
6. Open Elective-II/(MI – I) 3 0 0 3 3
Total Credit (Theory Subjects) 19 19
Practical
1. CS33002 Applications Development Lab 0 0 4 4 2
2. EC39001 VLSI Design Lab 0 0 2 2 1
3. CS39003 Computer Networks Lab 0 0 2 2 1
Sessional
1 EM37002 Minor Project 0 0 2 2 1
Total Credit (Practical Subjects) 10 5
Total Credit (Semester) 29 24

72
 SEMESTER VII (for B. Tech. (Hons.)

Theory

Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Total Credit

1 EX40003 Engineering Professional Practice 3 0 0 3 3

2. Professional Elective-IV 2 0 0 2 2

3. Open Elective – III (MI – II) 3 0 0 3 3

4. MI – III (Optional) 3 0 0 3 3

5. MI – IV (Optional) 3 0 0 3 3
Total Credit (Theory Subjects) 8 8
Practical
1. EM47001 Project – I - - - - 5

2. EM48001 Practical Training/ Internship - - - - 2

3. MI- Lab/ MI project 2

Total Credit (Practical Subjects) 7
Total Credit (Semester) 8 15

SEMESTER VIII (B. Tech. (Hons.))

Theory
Sl. Course Code Course Title L T P Total Credit
No

1. Professional Elective-V 3 0 0 3 3

2. Open Elective-IV (MI V) 3 0 0 3 3

3. MI - VI (Optional) 3 0 0 3 3

Total Credit (Theory Subjects) 6 6

Sessional
1. EM47002 Project- II - - - - 9

Total Credit (Sessional) 9

Total Credit (Semester) 6 15

73
 SEMESTER VII (B.Tech (Research))

Theory
Sl. Course Code Course Title L T P Total Credit
No

1. EX40001 Research Methods and Ethics 3 0 0 3 3

2. EX40003 Engineering Professional Practice 2 0 0 2 2

3. Research Elective-I 3 0 0 3 3

4. MI-II (Optional) 3 0 0 3 3

5. MI-III (Optional) 3 0 0 3 3

6. MI-IV (Optional) 3 0 0 3 3

Total of Theory 8 8
Sessional
1. EM47001 Project- I - - - - 5

2. EM48001 Practical Training - - - - 2

3. MI-Lab/ MI-Project (Optional) - - - - 2

Total of Sessional - 7

Total 8 15

SEMESTER VIII (B.Tech (Research))

Theory
Sl. Course Code Course Title L T P Tota Credit
No l

1. Research Elective-II 3 0 0 3 3

2. MI-V (Optional) 3 0 0 3 3

MI-VI(Optional) 3 0 0 3 3

Total of Theory 3 3
Sessional
1. EM47002 Project- II - - - - 12

Total of Sessional 12

Total 3 15

74
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE I/II/II
Sl. No CourseCode Course Title L T P Total Credits
1. CS30005 High Performance Computing 3 0 0 3 3
2. CS30009 Distributed Operating System 3 0 0 3 3
3. CS30010 Cloud Computing 3 0 0 3 3
4. CS30011 Computational Intelligence 3 0 0 3 3
5. CS30019 Web Technology and Applications 3 0 0 3 3
6. CS30023 Software Defined Networking 3 0 0 3 3
7. CS30029 Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition 3 0 0 3 3
8. EC30006 Hardware Description Language for Digital Design 3 0 0 3 3
9. EC30007 ARM and Advanced Processors 3 0 0 3 3
10. EC30008 Wireless Sensor Networks 3 0 0 3 3
11. EC30009 Compound Semiconductor Basics 3 0 0 3 3
12. EC30010 Mobile Ad Hoc Network 3 0 0 3 3
13. EC30011 Digital System Design with Verilog 3 0 0 3 3
14. EC30012 Nanoelectronics 3 0 0 3 3
15. EC30013 Optical and Satellite Communication 3 0 0 3 3
16. EC30015 Hardware and Software Co-Design of Embedded 3 0 0 3 3
System
17. EC30017 Audio & Speech Processing 3 0 0 3 3
18. EC30019 Information Theory and Coding 3 0 0 3 3
19. EC30021 Industrial IoT 3 0 0 3 3
20. EL30001 Industrial Automation 3 0 0 3 3
21. EM30007 Machine Learning based Signal Processing 3 0 0 3 3
22. EM30008 Deep Learning: Algorithms and Implementation 3 0 0 3 3
23. EM30009 Data Analytics 3 0 0 3 3
24 EM30011 Data Mining 3 0 0 3 3
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE –IV/ V
Sl. No CourseCode Course Title L T P Total Credit
1. CS40003 Software Testing and Autmation 3 0 0 3 3s
2. CS40005 Human Computer Interaction 3 0 0 3 3
3. CS40007 Computer Graphics and Multimedia Systems 3 0 0 3 3
4. CS40010 Augmented and Virtual Reality 3 0 0 3 3
5. CS40012 Blockchain 3 0 0 3 3
6. CS40015 Cryptography and Network Security 3 0 0 3 3
7. EC40001 Optimization Techniques in Engineering 3 0 0 3 3
8. EC40002 Millimetre Waves and Terahertz Technology 3 0 0 3 3
9. EC40003 Cognitive Radio and Cooperative Communication 3 0 0 3 3
10. EC40004 Quantum Communication 3 0 0 3 3
11. EC40005 Analog and Mixed Signal IC Design 3 0 0 3 3
12. EC40006 Advanced VLSI and SoC 3 0 0 3 3
13. EC40007 Low Power VLSI Design 3 0 0 3 3
14. EC40008 Advanced Computer Architecture and RISC-V 3 0 0 3 3
15. EC40009 Biomedical Signal Processing
Processor Design 3 0 0 3 3
16. EM40001 ML for Language Processing 3 0 0 3 3
17 EM40006 Cybersecurity 3 0 0 3 3
18 EM40008 Bioinformatics 3 0 0 3 3
19 EM40010 Optimization Methods in Machine Learning 3 0 0 3 3

75
 Suggested Bucket of Professional Electives

PE I PE II PE III PE IV PE V Specialization
CS30019 / CS40003/ EM40006 /
CS30005 / CS30023/
EM30009 / CS40015/ CS40010/ Computer Science
CS30009 CS30010
EM30011 CS40007 CS40012
EC30010/ EC40003/ EC40004 / Communication &
EC30019 EC30013
EC30008 CS40015 EC40002 Networking
EC30009 / EC30011 / EC40005 / EC40006 / VLSI &
EC30015
EC30007 EC30006 EC40007 EC40008 Embedded Design
EM30008 EC40009 / EM40001 /
CS30011 / CS30029 / ML and
EM30009 / EM40010 / EM40008/
EM30007 EC30017 Applications
EM30011 CS40005 EC30021

LIST OF HASS ELECTIVES

HASS Elective-II
Sl. Course
Subjects L T P Total Credit
No Code
1. HS20120 Economics of Development 3 0 0 3 3
2. HS20122 International Economic Cooperation 3 0 0 3 3
3. HS20220 Organizational Behaviour 3 0 0 3 3
4 HS20222 Human Resource Management 3 0 0 3 3

HASS Elective-III
Sl. No Course Code Subjects L T P Total Credit
1. HS30125 Market Structure and Pricing Policies 3 0 0 3 3
2. HS30127 Pragmatic Inquiry 3 0 0 3 3
3. HS30129 Economic Analysis of Decision Rules 3 0 0 3 3
4. HS30131 Economics of Health and Education 3 0 0 3 3
Business Ethics and Corporate
5. HS30223 3 0 0 3 3
Governance
6. HS30225 Leadership and Team Effectiveness 3 0 0 3 3
7. HS30421 Gender Studies 3 0 0 3 3
8. HS30423 Tribal Resource Management 3 0 0 3 3
9. HS30425 Indian Knowledge System 3 0 0 3 3

RESEARCH ELECTIVE - I (OFFERED BY SCHOOL OF ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING)

Sl. No. Course Code Subjects L T P Total Credit
1. EC30009 Compound Semiconductor Basics 3 0 0 3 3
2. EC40007 Low Power VLSI Design 3 0 0 3 3
3. CS30023 Software Defined Networking 3 0 0 3 3
4. EC40015 5G Supportive Technologies 3 0 0 3 3
5. EC40017 Planner Antenna 3 0 0 3 3
6. EC40019 Solar Cell Device and Material Technology 3 0 0 3 3

76
 RESEARCH ELECTIVE – II (OFFERED BY SCHOOL OF ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING)
Sl. No. Course Code Subjects L T P Total Credit
1. EC40003 Cognitive Radio and Cooperative 3 0 0 3 3
Communication
2. EC40006 Advanced VLSI and SoC 3 0 0 3 3
3. EC40010 Massive MIMO Technology 3 0 0 3 3
4. EC40014 RF CMOS VLSI 3 0 0 3 3
5. EC40016 VLSI Signal Processing 3 0 0 3 3
6. EC40018 Smart Antennas 3 0 0 3 3

VOCATIONAL ELECTIVES

Vocational courses offered by School of Civil Engineering

Sl. No. Course Code Subjects L T P Total Credit
Building Drawing, Estimation & Costing
1. CE28001 0 0 2 1 1
(for Civil Engineering Students)
GIS & GPS Applications
2. CE28003 0 0 2 1 1
(For other branch students)

Vocational courses offered by School of Computer Science Engineering

Sl. No. Course Code Subjects L T P Total Credit
1. CS28001 Web Design 0 0 2 1 1

Vocational courses offered by School of Electrical Engineering

Sl. No. Course Code Subjects L T P Total Credit
1. EE28011 Industrial wiring and control panel design 0 0 2 1 1
Installation, operation and maintenance of solar
2. EE28013 0 0 2 1 1
power system
3. EE28015 Domestic wiring and home automation 0 0 2 1 1
4. EE28017 Cyber physics application in industrial IOT 0 0 2 1 1
5. EE28019 Industrial Control and Remote Monitoring 0 0 2 1 1

Vocational courses offered by School of Electronics Engineering

Sl. No. Course Code Subjects L T P Total Credit
1. EC28001 Computational Photography 0 0 2 1 1
2. EC28003 Sound Engineering 0 0 2 1 1
3. EC28005 Sensors for Automation 0 0 2 1 1
4. EC28007 PCB Design 0 0 2 1 1

77
 Vocational courses offered by School of Mechanical Engineering
Sl. No. Course Code Subjects L T P Total Credit
1 ME28011 Additive Manufacturing(3-D Printing) 0 0 2 1 1
2 ME28013 Die development by CNC milling 0 0 2 1 1
3 ME28015 Concept Car Manufacturing 0 0 2 1 1
4 ME28017 Development of Autonomous Wheeled Robots 0 0 2 1 1
5 ME28019 Modelling of Micro-Wind turbine by 3D CAD 0 0 2 1 1
Design
K-EXPLORE OPEN ELECTIVE - I

Course
Sl. No. Subjects L T P Total Credit
Code
1. SA38001 Robotics 0 0 2 2 1
2. SA38003 Web Designing 0 0 2 2 1
3. SA38005 Civil-Tech 0 0 2 2 1
4. SA38007 Circuit Design & Control 0 0 2 2 1
5. SA38009 Indian Classical, Folk & Bollywood Dance 0 0 2 2 1
6. SA38011 Indian Classical & Western Music 0 0 2 2 1
7. SA38013 Graphic Designing & Editing 0 0 2 2 1
8. SA38015 Art & Craft 0 0 2 2 1
9. SA38017 Theatre & Street Play 0 0 2 2 1
10. SA38019 Film Making 0 0 2 2 1
11. SA38021 Debating,Public Speaking& Anchoring 0 0 2 2 1
12. SA38023 Creative Writing 0 0 2 2 1
13. SA38025 Photography & Videography 0 0 2 2 1
14. SA 38027 Fashion Styling 0 0 2 2 1
15. SA 38029 Culinary Arts 0 0 2 2 1
16. SA 38031 Quiz Activity 0 0 2 2 1
17. SA 38033 Social Outreach 0 0 2 2 1
18. SA 38035 Health & Emergency Care 0 0 2 2 1

78
 SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS

Course Code: EC20001

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course will begin with an introduction to analog and digital signal processing, then elaborates on various
transformation techniques to signals, and finally presents an idea about actual implementations of these methods
in today's hardware and software systems. The course includes analog-time, discrete-time signals and, systems.
The syllabus revisits the continuous time transform methods like Fourier and Laplace. This will be followed by
discrete time transform methods like the Z transform, DFT, and its properties and system theoretic implications.
Later, the concepts and foundations of digital filter design and its realization are built up for FIR and IIR filters.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to
CO 1: Analyze continuous and discrete signals, apply sampling process, determine related characteristics.
CO 2: Distinguish and classify various types of systems and analyze system characteristics in time domain.
CO 3: Apply appropriate continuous time transformation technique for signal analysis.
CO 4: Analyze the signal and its properties in its frequency domain using discrete time transformation
techniques.
CO 5: Apply Fourier transform techniques in real time applications.
CO 6: Apply the knowledge of analog filters to digital filters, design and realization of digital filter.

COURSE DETAILS
Introduction to Signals and System
Representation of continuous and discrete time signals, Basic operations, Sampling Theorem, Linear
convolution, Correlation.

Revision of Fourier and Laplace Analysis

Significance of Fourier series in LTI system, Continuous time Fourier series formula. Dirichlet conditions &
properties, S-plane mapping, ROC properties and examples, Relationship between Fourier and Laplace
Transform, Pole-zero Plot.

Discrete Time Fourier Transforms

Discrete Time Fourier Transform, Conditions and properties of DTFT, Discrete Fourier Transform, Properties
of DFT, Inverse Discrete Fourier Transform, Circular Convolution, Properties of Circular Convolution,
Sectioned convolution, Fast Fourier Transform.

Z-Transform
Z transform, ROC, Properties, Applications

Digital Filters
Introduction to Digital FIR Filter, Design of FIR Filter: Rectangular, Digital IIR filters: Introduction to Digital
IIR Filter, Conversion to digital IIR Filter using impulse invariance technique, Bilinear Transformation,
Realization of Digital Filters, Direct form – I realization Direct form – II.

Introduction to Adaptive Filter and applications.

Textbooks
1. Proakis J.G. and Manolakes D. G. Digital Signal Processing (4th Edition). Pearson.
2. Oppeinhem A. V. and Willsky A. S. (2015). Signals & Systems (2nd Edition), Pearson.

79
Reference books
1. Lathi B. P. Principle of Signal Processing and Linear System (1st Edition). Oxford University Press.
2. Babu P. R. Digital Signal Processing (2nd Edition). Scitech.
3. Mitra S. K. Digital Signal Processing - Computer Based Approach (4th Edition). MGH.

MICROPROCESSORS AND EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

Course Code: EC20002

Credit: ` 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: EC21001

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To provide an overview of a 16-bit Microprocessor, and its interfacing to solve design-based problems. Also, to
acquaint students with insight of embedded systems, design perspective and applications.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, students will be able to

CO 1: Analyze the architecture of a 16-bit Microprocessor (like 8086), assess and demonstrate programming
proficiency using the various addressing modes and instructions of 8086.
CO 2: Design memory interfacing using memory chips with proper decoder circuits with a 16-bit processor and
analyze the interrupt structure of 8086 Microprocessor.
CO 3: Design circuits with interfacing chips to establish communication between 8086 and I/O to solve real-
time applications.
CO 4: Apply different design constraints and communication protocols for embedded systems.
CO 5: Analyze 8-bit Microcontroller (like 8051), its instructions, timers & counters and serial operation, and
also analyze ARM processor.
CO 6: Develop skill for writing assembly and/or embedded C programs for interfacing various external devices
with 8051 Microcontroller.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Review of digital electronics, a basic Microprocessor based system, tristate concept, bus structure, evolution of
Microprocessors, machine instructions & format, addressing modes

Intel 8086 Microprocessor

Architecture, pins, 8086 instructions, sample programs, interrupts

Memory and I/O Interfacing

Memory interfacing, Programmable Peripheral Interface (PPI 8255), Programmable Interrupt Controller (8259),
USART (8251)

Fundamentals of Embedded Systems

Embedded processor in system, components of embedded system, brief introduction to embedded software in
system, design process in embedded system, programming methods for embedded system case study,
communication protocols - I2C, SPI/CAN

Microcontrollers & Interfacing

Overview of MCS-51 family of Microcontrollers, memory organization, pins, addressing modes, interrupts,
timers & counters, serial communication, 8051 instruction set & interfacing with ADC, LCD, DC motor

Brief on RISC philosophy and ARM principles

80
Textbooks

1. A. K. Ray and K. M. Bhurchandi, Advanced Microprocessor and Peripherals, McGraw Hill Education, 3rd
edition, 2017. ISBN-10: 978-1259006135
2. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Janice Gillispie Mazidi, Rolin McKinlay, The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded
Systems, 2nd edition, Pearson. ISBN-10: 9780131194021

Reference books

1. Douglas V. Hall and S. S. S. P. Rao, Microprocessors and Interfacing, Programming & Hardware, McGraw
Hill Education, 3rd Edition, 2017. ISBN-10: 9781259006159
2. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Sarmad Naimi, Sepher Naimi and Shujen Chen, ARM Assembly Language
Programming & Architecture, Microdigitaled.com, 2nd edition, 2017. ISBN10: 9780997925906
3. Deshmukh, Microcontroller Theory & Applications, McGraw Hill Education, 2017. ISBN-10:
9780070585959.
4. Raj Kamal, Embedded Systems: Architecture, Programming & Design, McGraw Hill Education, 3rd Edition,
2017. ISBN: 9789332901490

ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY AND ANTENNAS

Course Code: EC20003

Credits: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Objective of this course is to acquaint students with the electromagnetic fundamentals underlying the operation
of devices and components used in communication and transmission systems. The emphasis is on the physical
concepts of fields, waves, and their applications in engineering problems.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Analyze time varying electromagnetic fields and Maxwell’s equations.

CO 2: Evaluate the characteristics of wave propagation in different media, power flow.
CO 3: Analyze and Design transmission lines.
CO 4: Design transmission line components and two port networks.
CO 5: Assess the role of electromagnetism to antenna radiation and the related Network theorems for antennas.
CO 6: Design different types of antennas and antenna arrays.

COURSE DETAILS

Time varying Electromagnetic fields

Faraday’s Law of electromagnetic induction, Maxwell’s equations, Potential functions, Electromagnetic
boundary conditions, Wave equations, Time harmonic fields.

Plane Electromagnetic Waves

Wave propagation in lossless media and in lossy media, Propagation constant, Intrinsic impedance, Loss
tangent, Phase velocity and group velocity, Wave propagation in good conductors, Skin depth and surface
resistance of conductors, Flow of electromagnetic power and Poynting vector, Normal incidences of
electromagnetic waves (parallel and perpendicular polarized) at plane perfect conductors and dielectric
boundaries, Brewster angle, Standing wave ratio.

81
Transmission Line Theory
General transmission line equations, Characteristic impedance, Transmission line parameters, Lossless and
distortionless line, Wave characteristics of finite transmission lines, Input impedance, Reflection coefficient,
VSWR.

Applications of Transmission Lines

Transmission lines as circuit elements, Transmission line resonator, Quarter wave transformer, Transients on
transmission lines (qualitative), Smith chart (qualitative), Single stub matching, Strip line, Microstrip line,
Impedance Parameters, Admittance parameters, Hybrid parameters, Transmission (ABCD) parameters,
Equivalent circuit of two-port network.

Antenna Radiation and Network Theorems

Radiation from antennas, Near & Far fields, gain, efficiency, Directivity, Polarization, Thin linear antennas,
Effective length, Half-wave dipole, Quarter-wave monopole, FRIIS transmission formula, Effective aperture
area, Norton’s theorem, Thevenin’s theorem, Maximum power transfer theorem, Compensation theorem,
Reciprocity theorem, and their applications to antennas.

Antennas
Uniform linear array of isotropic elements, Yagi-Uda antenna, Horn antenna, Parabolic disc antenna, Microstrip
antenna.

Textbook
1. D. K. Cheng, Field and Wave Electromagnetics, Pearson Education, 2nd Ed.

Reference books
1. M. N.O. Sadiku, Elements of Electromagnetics, Oxford University Press, 4th Ed.
2. J. D. Kraus & R. J. Marhefka, Antennas for All Applications, Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd Ed.
3. E. C. Jordan and K. G. Balmain, Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems, Prentice Hall of India.
4. D. M. Pozar, Microwave Engineering, Wiley-India, 3rd Ed.

SEMICONDUCTOR TECHNOLOGY

Course Code: EC20007

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course aims to make the students understand the fundamentals of electronic devices and familiarization
with the fabrication of semiconductor devices, integrated circuits, and Micro-systems. In addition, students will
gain knowledge of opto-electronic devices and quantum technology and appreciate the significance of
these devices in various applications.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Analyze different types of semiconductor materials based on their band diagrams and estimate various
electrical properties.
CO 2: Evaluate various junction properties and illustrate PN junction fundamentals.
CO 3: Analyze various MOS structures and their characteristics
CO 4: Utilize the knowledge of MOS structures to appraise the high electron mobility MOSFET structures and
their characteristics.
CO 5: Explain and demonstrate the different fabrication processes of MOS devices.
CO 6: Utilize the basic knowledge of semiconductors to analyze emerging devices and technologies .

82
COURSE DETAILS

Introduction to Semiconductor and P-N Junction theory

Energy band diagram and classification, Density states and Fermi level, Semiconductor under equilibrium
Condition (n0, p0 and intrinsic carrier concentration), Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductor, Drift and diffusion
current, Carrier generation and recombination, Excess carrier concentration, Continuity equation, Carrier
lifetime, Qualitative description of charge flow in a p-n Junction, Junction Theory (concept of potential barrier,
built in electric field, depletion layer width, and junction capacitance qualitative only), PN Junction operation
under bias, and I~V relationship.

MOSFET
Basics of MOSFET, Two terminal MOS structure and its operation under external bias condition, Threshold
voltage of MOS, Qualitative description of MOSFET operation, I-V characteristics of MOSFET, MOSFET as
circuit element (CMOS Inverter operation and DC characteristics,
qualitative only), High voltage MOSFET and Gallium Nitride power HEMT (structure and operation), III-
V high electron mobility transistors, and Multigate MOSFET.

Opto-Electronic Devices
Photo diode, Light emitting diodes, Semiconductor LASER, OLED, Solar cell, Tunnel diode, and Schottky
diode.

Semiconductor Fabrication
Historical perspective, Processing overview, Crystal growth, Wafer fabrication and basic properties of Silicon
wafers, Clean rooms, Wafer cleaning, Diffusion, Ion-Implantation, Thermal Oxidation of Silicon, Lithography,
Etching (Wet and Dry), Thin film deposition, Epitaxy, Metallization, and Overview of CMOS N-well process.

Emerging Devices and Technologies

Quantum confinement in semiconductor devices, Quantum dot, quantum well devices, Spintronic, and QLED.

Textbook
1. Simon M. Sze, Ming-Kwei Lee, Semiconductor Devices: Physics and Technology, Wiley, 3rd Edition
(2021).

Reference books
1. V K Dugaev and V I Litvinov, Modern Semiconductor Physics and Device Applications, CRC Press, 2022
(Foreign Publication).
2. Pallab Bhattacharya, Semiconductor Optoelectronic Devices, Pearson, 2nd Ed (2017). Robert F. Pierret,
Semiconductor Device Fundamentals, Pearson, 1st Edition 9 (2006).

COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

Course Code: EC20008

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE

The objective of the course is to learn the concepts of various analog and digital communication systems.
Students will also be able to analyze and develop the problem solving abilities related to communication
Engineering.

83
COURSE OUTCOMES

CO 1: Analyze signal attributes and apply the concept of Fourier transform and series to observe signal in
frequency and time domain, and explore the concepts of stochastic processes.
CO 2: Select appropriate analog modulation techniques for specified broadcasting requirements and design
corresponding transmission and reception systems with their spectral representations.
CO 3: Apply the concept of sampling theorem to develop and analyze different Pulse Modulation based
communication systems including PCM and their integration with TDM system for signal transmission
and reception.
CO 4: Apply problem solving skills to recommend appropriate digital communication techniques considering
the principle of operation of ASK,FSK,PSK,QPSK and QAM.
CO 5: Analyze the significance of various terminologies associated with Wireless and Satellite
Communication and evaluate the performance
CO 6: Analyze the significance of signal communication with Optical Communication technology and
various and various applications.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Basic communication system , Signals in time and frequency domain, Fourier transform and Series, properties
of FT and FS, Various Signal functions, Brief Idea of Probability, Cumulative Distributive Function, Probability
Density Function, Gaussian and Rayleigh PDF.Concept of Signal to Noise Ratio.

Amplitude Modulation Techniques

Need of Modulation, Frequency Translation, Principle of AM, side bands, Power Relationship, Assignable
Frequency spectrum, Side band Transmission, DSB, SSB, VSB, AM modulators and demodulators, AM Radio
Receiver,Super hetero-dyne Principle.

Frequency Modulation Techniques

Principle of FM, Frequency Deviation, Spectrum of FM wave, Power in Modulated wave, Narrow band FM,
Pre-emphasis and De-emphasis, Block Diagram of FM Transmitter,FM Detector,Block Diagram of FM
Receiver,

Pulse Modulation Techniques

Analog vs Digital modulation, Sampling Process, Pulse Amplitude Modulation, Pulse Width Modulation,Pulse
Position Modulation,Time Division Multiplexing, Frequency Division Multiplexing, The Quantization Process,
Pulse Code Modulation, Bandwidth vs SNR trade-off in PCM.

Digital Modulation
Data Form, Principles involved in ASK, PSK (BPSK, QPSK, π/4 QPSK), FSK.

Different Communication Systems

Introduction to Modems, Brief concept of satellite communication, Fiber optic communication and Mobile
communication.

Textbooks:
1. B.P. Lathi, Modern Digital and Analog Communications Systems, Oxford Univ Press, 4th Edition.
2. Simon Haykin, Introduction to Analog & Digital Communication System, .Wiley Student edition
2011

Reference book:
1. H. Taub, and D.L.Schilling, Principles of Communication System, McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition

84
 ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS

Course Code: EC21001

Credit: 4
L-T-P: 3-1-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE:
This course is designed to enrich the basic knowledge of engineering students in the field of analog and digital
electronics and to provide them with a support in their engineering investigative studies. The subject will
prepare them to perform the analysis of any analog and digital electronics circuit, empower them to understand
the design and working of transistor, operational amplifier, filters, oscillators, various combinational and
sequential circuits etc. This course will also help students to explore various other domains of science and
technology like communication systems, VLSI design, Internet of Things etc.
.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Comprehend the fundamentals of transistors, linear integrated circuits, combinational and sequential
circuits,
CO 2: Apply knowledge to solve different biasing circuits using BJT and FET amplifiers; analyze small
signal model of transistor,
CO 3: Simplify and realize Boolean expressions and design various combinational and sequential circuits,
CO 4: Analyze different circuits using OPAMPs and its performance evaluation by frequency response &
stability,
CO 5: Design and analyze various circuits like instrumentation amplifier, filter, oscillator, differentiator,
integrator, and multivibrators using linear ICs, and
CO 6: Develop the ability to design practical electronic circuits that perform desired/industrial applications.

COURSE DETAILS

Transistor Amplifier
Requirement of biasing, Different types of biasing circuits for BJT & FET, Small signal model for BJT
(simplified hybrid model), Low frequency small signal analysis of CE and CC configurations (without
feedback), Small signal model for FETs (JFET and MOSFET), Low frequency small signal analysis of CS and
CD configurations, frequency response of amplifier, Classification of amplifier, Class B Push Pull Amplifier.

Boolean Algebra and K-maps

Representation of Boolean Function, Minterms & Maxterms, K-map representation, simplification and
realization with logic gates.

Analysis & design of Combinational Circuits

Introduction to combinational circuits, Adders (Full adders, parallel binary adders, 4-bit Adder/Subtractor),
Decoders and Encoders and its application, Multiplexer.

Operational amplifiers
Block diagram representation, Op-amp parameters, feedback concept, General characteristics of negative
feedback amplifier, Op-amp circuits using negative feedback (voltage series feedback & voltage shunt
feedback), Differential amplifier, Op-amp applications: Instrumentation amplifier, Voltage to current converter
and vice versa, Integrator, Differentiator, active filter, Op-amp with positive feedback.

Analysis & design of Sequential Circuits

Overview of various Flip-flops (inter-conversion of FFs), Concepts of level and edge triggering, Counter
(synchronous and asynchronous) & application, Multi-vibrator using IC555
85
Textbooks
1. Boylestad, R. L.& Nashelsky, L. (2021). Electronics Devices and Circuits (11th Edition). Pearson
Education. ISBN 13: 978-0-13-262226-4.
2. Mano, M. M. (2016). Digital Logic and Computer Design (1st Edition), Pearson Education. ISBN-13:
978-93-325-4252-5.

Reference Books
1. Millman, J., Halkias, C. & Parikh, C. D. (2017). Integrated Electronics (2nd Edition). McGraw-Hill
Publications. ISBN 13: 978-0-07-015142-0.
2. Choudhury, D. R. & Jain, S. B. (2021). Linear Integrated Circuits (6th Edition). New Age International
Publishers. ISBN: 978-812247212-7.
3. Gayakwad, R. A. (2017). Op-Amps & Linear Integrated Circuits (4th Edition). Pearson Education.
ISBN: 978-93-325-4991-3.
4. Anand Kumar, A. (2016). Fundamentals of Digital Circuits (4th Edition). PHI. ISBN: 9788120352681

COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNIQUES

Course Code: EC21002

Credit: 4
L-T-P: 3-1-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE

Objective of the course is to familiarize students with the fundamental principle of various analog and digital
communication systems, techniques and applications. Students will be able to analyze, design and develop the
problem solving abilities related to both Analog and Digital Communication Engineering.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Analyze signal attributes and apply the concept of Hilbert Transform, Pre-Envelope, Complex
Envelope for bandpass signal representation and explore the concepts of stochastic processes.
CO 2: Select appropriate analog modulation techniques for specified broadcasting requirements and design
corresponding transmission and reception systems with their spectral representations.
CO 3: Apply the concept of sampling theorem to develop and analyze different Pulse Modulation based
communication systems including PCM and their integration with TDM system for signal transmission
and reception.
CO 4: Apply problem solving skills to recommend appropriate digital communication techniques considering
the principle of operation of ASK,FSK,PSK,QPSK and QAM.
CO 5: Comprehend and analyze ISI in communication systems, pulse shaping for zero ISI, raised cosine
filtering, Gaussian filtering and matched filter.
CO 6: Evaluate the performance of various analog and digital modulation systems in terms of SNR and
probability of error to estimate the channel of an effective communication system.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction to communication system

Concept of bandwidth, spectral efficiency, Hilbert Transform, Pre-envelope, base-band and band-pass signals,
Brief Idea of Probability, Random Variable, Random Process, Cumulative Distribution Function, Probability
Distribution function, Mean, Variance, Gaussian and Rayleigh PDFs.

Modulation
86
Need of Modulation, Frequency Translation, Principle of AM, side bands, Power Relationship, Assignable
frequency spectrum, Side band transmission, DSB, SSB, VSB, Generation of AM signals, square law
modulator, balanced modulator. Demodulation of AM signals, coherent and non-coherent detection, Envelope
detection.AM Radio Receiver,Super hetero-dyne principle, Noise in AM systems.

Angle Modulation
Narrowband vs wide band FM, Bessels functions, carson’s rule, generation of FM, demodulation of FM, Pre-
emphasis/De-emphasis, Applications of FM in commercial broadcasting and other applications. FM Super
hetero-dyne radio receiver, Noise in FM systems

Pulse modulation techniques

Pulse modulation techniques: Pulse amplitude modulation, Pulse width modulation, Pulse position modulation,
Time Division Multiplexing, Pulse code modulation: Quantization Process, Quantization Error, Bandwidth vs
SNR trade-off in PCM.

Digital Modulation and Transmission

PSK and its types (QPSK, M-ary PSK), signal space and symbols, distance between symbols and its
significance) PSK generation and reception, FSK, generation and reception, signal space representation, ASK
and QAM, signal space representation, generation and reception.

ISI in communication systems, Pulse Shaping for zero ISI, raised cosine filtering, Gaussian filtering. Matched
filter and its significance in digital signal reception, Correlator, calculation of probability of error for different
modulation techniques.
.
Textbooks

1. Lathi, B. P. Modern Digital and Analog Communications Systems (4th Edition). Oxford University Press.
ISBN-978-0-19-538493-2.
2. Haykins, S.(2011). Introduction to Analog & Digital Communication System (Student edition). Wiley.
ISBN-9788126536535

Reference books

1. Taub, H. & Schilling, D. L. Principles of Communication System (4th Edition) MGH. ISBN-
9781259029851
2. Couch, L. Digital & Analog Communication Systems (8th Edition). Pearson, ISBN-9780132915380

COMPUTATIONAL PHOTOGRAPHY

Course Code: EC28001

Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Computational photography (CP) is the fusion of computer graphics, computer vision, optics and imaging. The
role of CP is to overcome the limitations of traditional cameras by combining imaging and computing to enable
new and improved ways to capture, represent and interact with the physical world. The course provides and
overview of elements photography, which includes digital image capturing mechanisms, lighting controls, effect
of focal length and aperture and various lossy and lossless image storage mechanisms. Objective is to briefly
explain computational methods used to enhance photographs.

87
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Appreciate concept of photography, and digital camera technology

CO 2: Understand types of cameras and their mechanisms
CO 3: Demonstrate computational image processing
CO 4: Apply computational photography methods for photo composition and panoramic
CO 5: Apply computational image processing for photography quality enhancement
CO 6: Comprehend various image filtering techniques

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction to Computational Photography

History of Photography and Computational Photography, Digital Representation of Images, Cameras,
Difference between Full frame, APSC and Medium format sensors, scaling, crop sensor
advantages/disadvantages

Digital photography
Principle of Operation of DSLR camera, Aperture, ISO, Shutterspeed and Angle Control, Camera Calibration
and Tethering, Computational Cameras, Image Storage formats: Compressed vs uncompressed formats, Basics
of Lenses: Wide angle, Telephoto, Prime lenses, Macro lenses. Difference in angle, Depth of field control

Computational Techniques
Concept of Color, color models , noise, its types, image histogram, Image Processing software: Licensed and
Open Source

Training on Computational Photography

Shooting with wide angle lenses, Shooting with Telephoto lens, zooming, changes in angle , Shooting with
Prime lenses and constant aperture lenses, Shooting with Macro lenses, microscopic photography

Training on Digital Imaging-I

Photography Genres, Scene Composition, Dynamic Range improvement, Portraits, Photographing scenes,
crowd and people, Shooting Portraits, group photos and events

Training on Digital Imaging-II

Long exposure, Brenizer’s Method, Sports High Shutter speed, Burst, fisheye, architecture photography, Macro,
Basics of Long exposures, using polarizing filters Shooting panorama, Brenizer’s method and other
photographing techniques Shooting sports, high shutter speed

Training on Digital Imaging-III

Use of lights, soft box and flashes, guide number etc. , product photography, computational photography,E-
commerce photography, Use of Lights, Flash, wireless flash, Basics of product photography, photography for e-
commerce and computational photography

Training on Post Processing-I

RAW image processing, Basic adjustments and correction, Lens Distortion and color correction using Adobe
Photoshop, Monochrome image processing, color image processing batch processing using Light-room

Training on Post Processing-II

Image enhancement operations, noise removal, Artistic filtering, cosmetic filtering, and other post processing
methods. Post Processing III: Background removal, artificial coloring.

Training on Post Processing-III

Open Source and free software for image post processing and computational photography, their usage and
capabilities.

Photography Ethics
88
Photography ethics: empathy, consent, integrity, ethical decision making, privacy

Textbook
1. Richard Szeliski, Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications, 2nd ed

Reference books
1. Ayush Bansai, Achuta Kadambi, and Ramesh Raskar, Computational Imaging Book
2. Richard Hartley and Andrew Zisserman., Multiple View Geometry in Computer Vision
3. David Forsyth and Jean Ponce., Computer Vision: A Modern Approach
4. Steven Gortler., Foundations of 3D Computer Graphics
5. Rafael Gonzalez and Richard Woods., Digital Image Processing
6. Barbara London and John Upton, Photography

SOUND ENGINEERING

Course Code: EC28003

Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil
COURSE OBJECTIVE
It elaborately covers in various aspects of sound( physical and mechanical behavior), equipment used for
recording/ reproducing and basic idea for the preparation of final sound track in film or television production.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Recognize, define, and explain the principles of sound engineering related to signal flow, microphones,
recording, mixing, production, and mastering.
CO 2: Demonstrate practical, imaginative understanding and fluency on sound engineering technologies and
procedures .
CO 3: Solve problems independently, imaginatively, and creatively in the field of sound engineering will be
demonstrated by students.
CO 4: Learn how to conduct research and have a critical comprehension of sound engineering and its related
fields.
CO 5: Understand the basic techniques of sound recording.
CO 6: Understand the working of different types microphone and louspeakers and their applications in
industry.
COURSE DETAILS
 Introduction to technology of sound
 Analysis of prerecorded speech, music and effects
 Observation of the installation of PA System in a large auditorium
 Study and analysis of different microphones
 Study the feature of 2 channel digital sound recorder
 Study about the effect of loudness in relation with the distance from source to the listener
 Sound recording and reproduction practice by using recorder in PA system chain
 Study of sound in different environmental situation
 Study and analysis on Modulated Radio wave AM and FM in Live streaming radio stations
 Study the effect of Bass and Treble (Concept of Equalization )

Textbook
1. Glyn Alkin, Sound Recording and Reproduction

Reference book
1. Michael Talbot Smith, Sound Assistance

89
 SENSORS FOR AUTOMATION
Course Code: EC28005
Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Sensors and automation are revolutionizing the technology in the areas like consumer electronics, automotive
industry, healthcare, and in other settings. The course will provide an opportunity for students to learn different
sensors and its application in real world problems. It will empower the students to develop their knowledge
regarding operation, application and integration of sensors to enable the design and realization a complete
systems.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Learn about the microcontroller, its hardware interfacing and programming

CO 2: Understand the working principle and characteristics of different types of sensor
CO 3: Interface various sensor interfacing with microcontroller and display devices
CO 4: Understand the basic principles of analog to digital conversion and its application with different sensors
CO 5: Gain knowledge about various types of automation system
CO 6: Develop and implement sensor for final products in real time applications

COURSE DETAILS

1. Introduction to microcontroller, platform of operations with basic programming techniques

2. Interfacing of serial and parallel device with microcontroller
3. Interfacing of microcontroller with display devices
4. Use of ADC to interface various analog sensors with microcontroller
5. Introduction to sensor, measurement of physical parameters like temperature and humidity
6. Application of ultrasonic and proximity sensor
7. Application of gas and pressure sensor
8. Application of IR sensor and RFID
9. Interfacing actuators to drive DC motor (application of touch switch as actuators)
10. Implement sensor in final products for real time solution

Textbook
1. T. Karvinen, and K. Karvinen, Getting started with sensors, Shroff Publishers, Kindle , Edition, 2014.

Reference books
1. J. S. Katre, Sensors in Automation, Tech Knowledge Publications, 1st Edition, 2023
2. D. Patranabis, Sensors and Transducers, PHI Learning, 2nd Edition, 2003.

PCB DESIGN

Course Code: EC28007

Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Over the years, printed circuit board manufacturing has continued to grow in order to keep up with the
increasing demands of newer, faster, and more complex electronic circuitry. This course will familiarize
students to design, simulate electronics circuit and fabricate PCB for prototyping using CAD tool. This program
90
is designed to provide a balanced foundation of theoretical knowledge and practical skills in printed circuit
board design.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand and evaluate different electronics components.

CO 2: Create schematic and simulate the circuit using OrCAD or any other CAD tools.
CO 3: Understand single- and double-layer PCB.
CO 4: Create and fabricate PCB and analyze the PCB using screen printing method.
CO 5: Understand assembly of electronics component by soldering.
CO 6: Analyze and test the circuit for any error.

COURSE DETAILS

Description of different Electronics Component and their Identification

Passive and active components, component identification, Color code for resistor and disc capacitors, Inductor
and their types, simple air core and iron core inductor design.

Circuit Design and Simulation using CAD tool (OrCAD)

Design of a simple electronics circuit using data sheet and circuit schematic and simulation.

Schematic to PCB transfer and routing

Schematic to PCB transfer (assigning foot prints to various components, transfer to PCB), routing, DRC, ERC,
EMC

Screen Printing Procedure

Preparation of screen, mask transfer

PCB preparation and Checking of Routing

transfer of layout to PCB using screen printing methods, etching, cleaning, error checking of routing,
component mounting, soldering

Testing and Verification

Testing the circuit with the help of multi-meter and CRO

Textbooks
1. Chris Robertson, Printed Circuit Board, PHI, 2003
2. Elaine Rhodes, Developing Printed Circuit Assemblies: From Specifications to Mass Production, 2008,
ISBN: 978-1435718760.

Reference books
1. Douglas Brooks, Signal Integrity Issues and Printed Circuit Board Design, PHI, 2003.
2. Kraig Mitzner, Complete PCB Design Using OrCAD Capture and PCB Editor, Newnes, 2009
3. Open source EDA Tool KiCad Tutorial : http://kicad-pcb.org/help/tutorials/

ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB

Course Code: EC29001

Credit: 2
L-T-P: 0-0-4
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Students will be able to gain knowledge and implement as well as simulate basic analog and digital electronic
circuits (amplifier, oscillator, voltage regulator, decoder, multiplexer, counter) using discrete components and

91
ICs. Students will have the ability to analyse, and resolve engineering problems associated with component
selection, assembly and testing and get familiarization to PCB designing

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Design and simulate amplifier circuit using BJT/FET and ICs .

CO 2: Design and simulate oscillator circuit using BJT/FET and ICs .
CO 3: Design and simulate filter circuit using discrete components/ICs .
CO 4: Design and simulate voltage regulator circuit using discrete components/ICs .
CO 5: Simulate and design combinational logic circuits like adders, decoders and multiplexers in Xilinx ISE
and logic gate ICs.
CO 6: Simulate and design sequential logic circuits like Synchronous type counters and Asynchronous type
counters in Xilinx ISE and Flip-flop ICs.

COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING LAB

Course Code: EC29002

Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This lab aims to make students practice the fundamental theories of analog and digital communication
systems. Students will use computer simulation tools such as P-SPICE or Matlab to carry out design
experiments. Students will design, and build and examining trade-offs in different modulation systems. Perform
experiments in converting analog information into digital data.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Investigate and analyze the signal’s characteristics both in time and frequency domains (spectral
analysis)
CO 2: Design and analyze the circuit for analog modulations techniques (amplitude modulation and frequency
modulation) and their applications in real world scenario.
CO 3: Analyze pulse-based transmission (PAM, PWM, and PPM) and multiplexing technique.
CO 4: Evaluate the operating principles of various digital modulation techniques (ASK, FSK, PSK).
CO 5: Utilize software-based simulation tools to analyze communication system and propose innovative
solutions for improving system performance.
CO 6: To document their experimental procedures, observations, circuit designs, and test results in a clear and
concise manner. They should be able to effectively communicate their work through lab reports,
diagrams, and data analysis, demonstrating their understanding and proficiency in working with
electronic devices and various softwares.

SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB

Course Code: EC29003

Credits: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of this laboratory is to make students familiar with various signals and systems used in real world
application. Students will develop Signal Processing algorithms for convolution, correlation, DFT, FFT,

92
filtering of various real world signals etc. Dedicated digital signal processing hardware or development board
will be used for realization of various signal processing techniques.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Analyze linear and time invariant system responses for various real world signals.
CO 2: Gain proficiency using software tools and programming for various signal processing techniques like
Fourier analysis, DTFT, DFT and DCT etc.
CO 3: Design, implement and compare digital filters for defined specifications.
CO 4: Analyze and manipulate different types of signals like audio, images and videos etc.
CO 5: Design and implementing digital signal processing systems using hardware platforms or development
boards.
CO 6: Prepare appropriate textual and graphical reports of laboratory data and computational results
incorporating accepted data analysis and synthesis methods, mathematical software and processing
tools.

MICROPROCESSORS & EMBEDDED SYSTEM LAB

Course Code: EC29006

Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course aims to develop assembly level and high-level language programming skills on 8086
Microprocessor and 8051 Microcontroller. Also, to develop the skill of designing embedded systems using
ARM for various general purpose and sensing applications.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, students will be able to

CO 1: Develop assembly language programming skills on 8086 Microprocessor.

CO 2: Develop assembly language programming skills on 8051 Microcontroller.
CO 3: Utilize software development tools to interface circuits and execute programs on 8086 Microprocessor.
CO 4: Design practical circuits to interface I/O devices with 8051 Microcontroller.
CO 5: Analyze the architectural features, develop programs using instructions of ARM and C language for
different applications.
CO 6: Design and solve real life engineering problems using embedded systems.

MICROWAVE ENGINEERING

Course Code: EC30001

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The course offers the students regarding the basic knowledge on rectangular waveguide, various types of
waveguide microwave components and measurements. It also introduce vacuum tube and semiconductor based
microwave sources and amplifiers. The course also included the applications of microwaves in communication
systems and industries.

93
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Apply propagation characteristics for the design of rectangular waveguide and cavity resonator for
microwave communications.
CO 2: Construct various types of microwave components for the design of microwave communication systems
and antennas and make use of microwave measurement equipments.
CO 3: Analyze Klystron amplifier, Reflex Klystron, Magnetron and slow-wave structures for the design of
vacuum-type amplifiers and oscillators for high-frequency applications.
CO 4: Analyze the microwave solid state transferred electron devices for miniaturized low-power RF devices.
CO 5: Design microwave avalanche transit-time devices for oscillators and amplifiers at microwave
frequencies.
CO 6: Explain and make use of microwaves systems for Satellite, RADAR, medical, and home appliances.

COURSE DETAILS

Waveguide and Cavity Resonator

Transverse electric and transverse magnetic wave propagation in rectangular waveguides, Waveguide
parameters, Wave impedances, Rectangular cavity resonator (qualitative).

Microwave Components and Microwave Measurements

Scattering matrix representation, Variable attenuators, Linear phase shifter, E-plane, H-plane and magic Tees,
Rat race power divider, Two-hole directional coupler, Slotted section, Matched terminations, Coupling probes,
Crystal detector, Isolator, 3-port & 4-port circulators. Microwave power measurement, Bolometer, Frequency
measurement, Impedance measurement by vector network analyzer.

Microwave Vacuum Type Amplifiers and Sources

Limitations of conventional vacuum tubes, Klystron amplifier, Bunching process, Beam coupling coefficient &
bunching parameter. Reflex Klystron, Velocity modulation, Bunching parameter, Applegate diagram.
Magnetron oscillator, Travelling wave tube (qualitative), Backward wave oscillator (qualitative).

Transferred Electron Devices

Differential mobility, Gunn effect, Gunn diode, RWH theory, Two-valley model theory, Modes of operation of
Gunn diode (qualitative).

Avalanche Transit-time Devices

READ diode, PIN diode, IMPATT diode, BARITT diode.

Applications of Microwaves
Microwave RADAR system, RADAR equation, Pulsed RADAR, Microwave communication systems,
Terrestrial system (Terminal systems, Repeaters), Satellite communication systems, Components of a satellite,
LEO, MEO and HEO orbits, Industrial applications of microwaves, Microwave heating, Principle of microwave
ovens. Medical applications of microwaves (qualitative).

Textbooks
1. Liao, S. Y. (2003). Microwave Devices and Circuits (3rd Edition). Pearson Education. ISBN:
9788177583533.
2. Pozar, D. M. (2009). Microwave Engineering (3rd Edition). Wiley-India Edition. ISBN: 8126510498,
9788126510498.

94
Reference books
1. Jordan, E. C. & Balmain, K. G. (2016). Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems (2 nd Edition).
Pearson Education. ISBN: 9789332551770.
2. Das, A. & Das, S. K. (2000). Microwave Engineering (1st Edition). Tata McGraw-Hill. ISBN: 0071188843,
9780071188845.

WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION

Course Code: EC30002

Credits: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE

The course intends to make the students learn the Cellular Concept, RF signal propagation through a wireless
channel, Various fading scenarios, Equalization and diversity techniques, multiple access techniques, and
various signal degradation factors associated with wireless communication and to study numerous wireless
standards and current technological trends in this domain.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Analyze the significance of various terminologies associated with cellular architecture and evaluate the
performance of Cell Splitting, Sectoring, and Microcell zone techniques in terms of SIR and capacity
improvement.
CO 2: Solve problems associated with basic propagation models like two ray reflection model, Knife edge
propagation model etc and be able to analyze signal degradation in wireless outdoor propagation
models.
CO 3: Analyze the concepts and solve problems on various modulation schemes like QPSK, offset QPSK, π/4
QPSK, MSK, GMSK, QAM used in present day mobile communication.
CO 4: Apply the concepts of channel equalization and various diversity techniques for improving the signal
quality in wireless communication.
CO 5: Design PN sequence generators using the concepts of spread spectrum technique and its applications to
CDMA systems.
CO 6: Appraise MC-CDMA and OFDMA modulation concepts and MIMO antenna systems used in higher
generation wireless and mobile communication.

COURSE DETAILS

Channel Coding
Error correction codes – Introduction to Galois fields, polynomial arithmetic, linear block codes for error
correction – Generator matrix, Encoding, Parity check matrix, Decoding – standard array decoding and
Syndrome decoding. Cyclic codes – Generation of codes, encoding and syndrome decoding, Introduction to
Convolutional codes

Cellular Communication System

Cellular concept, System architecture, Spectrum allocation, Frequency reuse, Channel assignment Strategies,
Co-channel interference & System capacity. Hand off, Hand off structure, Practical Hand off consideration,

95
Prioritizing Handoff, Power control, Near – far problem,System capacity, Improvement techniques : Cell
splitting, Sectoring, Micro cell zone concept

RF Propagation and Fading

Free space propagation model, propagation mechanism
Large scale fading, Diffraction & Scattering by high – raise structures, shadowing and path loss. Small scale
fading, Doppler and time-delay spread, Coherence bandwidth and Coherence-time, Types of Small scale
Fading

Equalization and Diversity Principles

Fundamentals of Equalization, Adaptive equalizer. Concept of diversity, Types of diversity (space, time,
frequency, polarization), Rake receiver

Different Multiple Access Techniques and Spread Spectrum Modulation

Multiplexing and multiple access, TDD and FDD techniques, Description of FDMA, TDMA, CDMA systems.
Architecture and special features of GSM Spread Spectrum modulation and principle, PN sequence and its
properties. Direct sequence Spread Spectrum, Frequency hopped Spread Spectrum and Time hopped Spread
Spectrum.

OFDM and Multi-Carrier communication

Data transmission using multiple carriers, multi carrier modulation with overlapping sub channels, mitigation of
sub-carrier fading. Discrete implementation of multi carrier modulation, DFT and its properties, OFDM
principle, Cyclic Prefix. Matrix representation of OFDM, Multi-carrier communication with OFDM

Technological trends in Wireless and Mobile communication

Concept of Multi input multi output Antenna system, Narrow band MIMO model. MIMO channel capacity,
MIMO Diversity gain, Space time Modulation & Coding, LTE and LTE Advanced support technologies,
Cognitive radio, mobility management, IEEE 802.11, Bluetooth.

Textbooks

1. T.S.Rappaport ,Wireless Communication, Pearson, Second Edition

2. Andrea Goldsmith, Wireless Communication, Cambridge University Press, 2009

Reference books

1. C. Y. Lee, Wireless and Cellular Communication, MGH, 3rd Edition

2. Schillar , Mobile Communication, Pearson, 2nd Edition
3. Harri Holma, Antti Toskala , LTE for UMTS, Evolution to LTE Advanced, Wiley, 2018
LINEAR AND DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS

Course Code: EC30003

Credits: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE:
This course covers concepts of open- and closed-loop systems, mathematical modeling of a physical system,
transfer functions, signal flow graphs, feedback theory, time domain analysis, design specifications &
performance indices. This course also deals with the time response of 2nd order systems, stability analysis using
Routh-Hurwitz criteria and root-locus methods, frequency responses, Proportional, PI, PID controllers, and Z-
transform as applied to discrete-time systems with the transformation from the s-plane to the z-plane, Discrete
state space modeling, state and output feedback designing.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

96
CO 1: Determine the transfer function and calculate the effect of feedback on gain, time constant, bandwidth,
noise etc.
CO 2: Understand and analyse the working and importance of control components in a control loop.
CO 3: Apply the knowledge of performance characteristics and able to draw the response of system to
different standard inputs.
CO 4: Define type and order of systems. Calculate rise time, peak time, steady state error for standard test
inputs.
CO 5: Determine the stability from characteristic equation using Routh stability criterion and Root Locus
analysis and frequency response with bode plot.
CO 6: Apply the knowledge of discrete system to find the state space model and pulse transfer function and
their stability.
COURSE DETAILS
Introduction
Open-loop Vs Closed-loop Control Systems, Mathematical Representation of Systems, Basic understanding of
systems and transfer function using signal flow graph.

Time Domain Analysis and Performance Criteria

Stability Definitions and Conditions, Negative Feedback Analysis and Stability Testing, Transient Time
Response: The Effect of Pole Locations, Second Order Time Response Characteristics, Steady State Response
and System Type and PID controller design.

Concept of stability
Routh stability criterion, Root locus concept and checking stability, Frequency response bode plot and lead lag
compensator.

Sampled data control system

Z-transform, pulse transfer function (z-transfer function), stability analysis of sampled data control systems,
Discrete state space modelling with stability analysis.

Textbooks
1. I. J. Nagrath & M. Gopal , Control System Engg ,New Age 2ndEdn,
2. Benjamin C. Kuo, Automatic Control Systems, Wiley, 7th Ed.

Reference books
1. K. Ogata, Modern Control Engg, Pearson, 5 th Ed
2. Norman Nise , Control Systems Engineering, Wiley, 2018

DATA COMMUNICATION & NETWORKING

Course Code: EC30004

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE

To enable students to apply, analyze different techniques and protocols used for data communication networks
with a bottom-up approach of OSI layer architecture. To design IP-based packet-switched networks. To
select/Judge apt protocols and suitable communication techniques associated with different layers of TCP/IP for
real-world Internet applications.

COURSE OUTCOMES

After successfully completing of the course, the students will be able to:

97
CO 1: Analyze the functions of OSI layer architecture and physical layer attributes.
CO 2: Analyze algorithms/ protocols in flow, error control, media-access control (MAC) functions and solve
problems with some IEEE standards in the data-link layer.
CO 3: Design IPv4 networks and solve real-world network routing problems using algorithms/ protocols of
network layer and internetworking.
CO 4: Investigate various protocols associated with networking: address-resolution, DHCP, NAT, DNS,
ICMP.
CO 5: Analyze connection-oriented (TCP) with handshaking and connectionless (UDP) transport layer
protocols, Congestion Control mechanism in TCP and solve problems.
CO 6: Investigate various application layer frameworks, protocols and analyze Quality-of-Service (QoS).

COURSE DETAILS
Introduction
Overview of telecommunication networks, Analog and digital data transmission, Protocol and their function,
OSI model and layering, Concept of image and video transmission over Internet, Loss-less, Rate distortion and
lossy coding, Image and video coding techniques.

Physical Layer
Transmission impairments, Transmission media: Twisted pair, Coaxial cable, Optical fiber and wireless
transmission, Line coding formats their features and performance, Types of data and corresponding signal with
examples: digital data-analog signal, analog data-digital signal, digital signal-digital data and analog data-analog
signal, Asynchronous and synchronous transmission, transmission topology, Synchronous and statistical Time
Division Multiplexing (TDM), Modem.

Link Layer
Circuit switching and packet switching. Framing, Error detection and correction, Flow-Control Mechanism and
Re-transmission Mechanisms (ARQ), Sliding window Protocol, Go-Back-N, Selective Repeat.

Multiple Access Control

ALOHA protocol, Carrier Sensing (CSMA, CSMA/CD, CSMA/CA), MAC Addressing, Examples of Local
area networks: Ethernet (IEEE 802.3), Wi-Fi (IEEE 802.11), IEEE 802.11ac.

Network Layer and Internetworking

Bridging, Global Internet, IPv4 protocol and addressing, Subnetting and supernetting, Classless Inter-domain
Routing (CIDR), IPv6 protocol, Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP), Address Resolution, ARP, RARP,
DHCP, IP address lookup, Domain Name Systems (DNS), Network Address Translator (NAT), Unicasting,
broadcasting and multicasting, Routing Algorithms, Distance Vector, Link-State, Routing protocols in Internet:
RIP, OSPF.

Transport Layer
Transport layer functions Process-to-Process, Concept of Socket, Connectionless UDP and Connection-Oriented
TCP, TCP connection-control and handshaking, TCP Congestion Control, Additive Increase/Multiplicative
Decrease, Slow Start, Fast Retransmit/ Fast Recovery.

Application Layer
Introduction, Architectures: Client-Server and peer-to-peer, Hyper Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP), Non-
persistent and Persistent, HTTP Messages, Concepts of Proxy, Cache, Cookie, E-mail Communication, Push-
Pull Architecture, SMTP, POP3, IMAP4, Introduction to Quality of Services (QoS).

Textbooks
1. Forouzan, B. A. (2017). Data Communications and Networking (5th Edition). New Delhi: McGraw-Hill.
ISBN-13: 978-1259064753.
2. Kurose, J. F. & Ross, K. W. (2017). Computer Networking – A top-down Approach (6th Edition). Pearson.
ISBN-13: 978-9332585492.

Reference books
98
1. Comer, D. E. (2013). Internetworking with TCP/IP Principles, Protocols and Architecture – Volume I (6th
Edition). PHI. ISBN-13: 978-9332550100.
2. Stallings, W. (2017). Data and Computer Communications (10th Edition). Pearson. ISBN-13: 978-
9332586932.
3. Tanenbaum, A. S., Feamster, N. & Wetherall, D. J. (2022). Computer Networks (6th Edition). Pearson.
ISBN-13: 978-9356063600.
4. Kumar, A., Manjunath, D. & Kuri, J. (2004). Communication Networking – An analytical Approach (1st
Edition). Morgan Kaufmann Publishers. ISBN-13: 978-0124287518.
5. White, R. & Banks, E. (2018). Computer Networking Problems and Solutions: An innovative approach to
building resilient, modern networks (1st Edition). Addison-Wesley. ISBN-13: 978-1587145049.

VLSI CIRCUITS & SYSTEMS

Course Code: EC30005

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE

The VLSI design course aims for students to learn fundamental theories and techniques of digital VLSI Circuits
& Systems using CMOS technology, and layout, about the digital integrated circuits domain. In addition, the
course aims to enable students to analyze and design different VLSI architectures using the fundamental
concepts of digital VLSI systems.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Apply knowledge to analyze different methods for VLSI chip design,

CO 2: Analyze the role of key parameters of MOS transistor and formulate threshold voltage and drain
current model of the transistor,
CO 3: Interpret different performance metrics of CMOS inverter circuit in terms of supply voltage and
transistor size,
CO 4: Implement and optimize CMOS Circuit performance to achieve desired circuit characteristics/
performance,
CO 5: Construct CMOS sequential circuits using different design styles and compare performance such as
area, speed and power consumption,
CO 6: Create different VLSI subsystems intended for societal and or industrial needs.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction to VLSI
VLSI Design Methodology, VLSI Design Flow, VLSI Design Hierarchy, VLSI Design Styles.

MOSFET and its Characteristics

Two terminal MOS Structure, MOS Structure under external Bias Condition, Derivation of Threshold Voltage
and its components, MOSFET structure and its Qualitative Analysis, MOSFET Current-Voltage Relationship
and its Characteristics, MOSFET Scaling and short geometry effects (only qualitative) .

Inverter DC and Switching Characteristics

Inverter Noise Margin, CMOS Inverter DC Characteristics and its analysis, Delay time definitions, estimation
of propagation delay for CMOS Inverter, Super buffer, Power dissipation in CMOS, Interconnect Parameters -
Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance, Lumped RC Model, Distributed RC Model.

CMOS Combinational Circuits

99
CMOS NAND and NOR Gate and their qualitative analysis with sizing, CMOS Complex Logic Circuit, logical
efforts, NMOS and PMOS as Pass transistor, pass transistor and CMOS Transmission Gate based logic circuit,
Stick Diagram and layout of Inverter and Complex logic Circuit.

High performance CMOS logic and Sequential logic Circuits

Dynamic Logic Concept, Synchronous Dynamic Logic Circuits (Domino and NOR logic Circuit), Bistable
Circuit, SR Latch, Clocked Latch and Flip Flop Circuits.

VLSI Subsystem
Approach to digital system design, Adder (CMOS, transmission gate, pass transistor based), Multiplier, SRAM
(6T).

Textbooks

1. Kang, Sung-Mo, 1945-. (1996). CMOS digital integrated circuits : analysis and design (4th edition). New
York :McGraw-Hill.
2. Weste, N., & Harris, D. (2023). CMOS VLSI Design: A Circuits and Systems Perspective (4th ed.). USA:
Pearson.

Reference books

1. Baker, R. J., & Harry, W. ( ). LI., David E. Boyee,“CMOS Circuit Design, Layout and Simulation”.
USA: IEEE Press
2. Rabaey, J. M. (1999). Digital integrated circuits a design perspective(2nd edition). PHI

HARDWARE DESCRIPTION LANGUAGE FOR DIGITAL DESIGN

Course Code: EC30006

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite(s): Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE

This course describes the ASIC design flow and FPGA design flow. It also introduces different design
methodology such as top-down and bottom-up approaches. Here, students will learn different coding styles that
can be used in Verilog HDL to design and synthesize digital circuits. Also, it is necessary to verify the
correctness of the design by applying different input patterns. Therefore, students will also learn test bench
writing strategies to verify the correctness of the design. Several examples that include important arithmetic
units of digital systems are covered in this course which demonstrate how to design and test the digital circuits
using Verilog HDL. In addition, the course discusses the mapping of Verilog HDL to logic gates. It depicts with
examples how Verilog HDL constructs are transformed into logic gates and their interconnections. Finally, a
brief introduction on how logic-level circuits are converted into transistor-level circuits is illustrated in this
course.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Analyze the ASIC-based and FPGA-based design flow and VLSI design methodology.
CO 2: Design digital systems using Hardware Description Language (HDL).
CO 3: Develop test cases to simulate and verify the correctness of the design.
CO 4: Change Hardware Description Language to a gate-level netlist.
CO 5: Implement optimized digital circuits using different HDL-based mechanisms.
CO 6: Design circuits by using knowledge of translating logic circuits to transistor-level circuit.
100
COURSE DETAILS
Introduction
Overview of digital systems, digital design methodology using HDL–RTL design using, Verilog, FPGA
architecture, Design flow for FPGA and ASIC using HDL.

Introduction to Verilog HDL

Basic Verilog structure, operators, different, modeling techniques (gate-level, dataflow, behavioral) with
examples of combinational and sequential logic designs.

Floating-point circuit design using Verilog HDL

Floating-point number system (single and double precision), floating-point adder and multiplier (Verilog
implementation).

Digital System Design

Analysis of combinational logic design (different adder architectures), carry save adder, pipelined adder design,
analysis of sequential design (timing issues- set up and hold time)

Advanced combinational design using Verilog HDL

Array multiplier, Booth’s multiplier (radix-2), matrix multiplication.

FSM Design using Verilog HDL

State assignment, state minimization, Mealy and Moore type design of sequence detector (regular and arbitrary),
serial multiplier, traffic-light controller, vending machine, pacemaker.

Textbook
1. Samir Palnitkar,Verilog HDL: A Guide to Digital Design and Synthesis, Pearson Education, 2nd edition,
2011.

Reference books
1. J. Bhaskar, A System Verilog Primer, BS Publication, 2013.
2. Michael D. Ciletti, Advanced Digital Design with the Verilog HDL1st edition, PHI,2010.
3. T. R. Padmanabhan, B. Bala Tripura Sundari, Design Through Verilog HDL, Wiley Student Edition, 2012.

ARM AND ADVANCED PROCESSORS

Course Code: EC30007

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of this course is to teach the higher-level concepts of Advanced Microprocessors and ARM to the
students. The students learn about Multitasking, Virtual memory, Memory management, Paging, TLB, RISC
features, Pipelining and Branch Prediction like concepts. They develop skills for writing programs on ARM to
solve simple problems as well as some real time applications.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Appraise the concepts implemented in higher level Processors like Multitasking, Virtual Memory,
Memory Management etc.
CO 2: Examine the mode of Operation of 80286, Concept of program invisible registers, Segment Descriptors
etc.
CO 3: Analyze Segment Descriptors, Privilege level and Protection, Virtual '86 Mode and Paging in 80386,
enhanced features incorporated in 80486

101
CO 4: Analyze the RISC features implemented in the design of Pentium Processors, Parallel processing
through U & V Pipelines / Superscalar Execution and Branch Prediction Techniques
CO 5: Acquire the knowledge of a 32-bit ARM Processor, its RISC features, Registers, Pipelining and
Interrupts
CO 6: Evaluate the 32-bit ARM instruction set, 16-bit Thumb instructions and Interfacing

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Overview of Intel higher level Processors, Concept of Multitasking, Virtual memory & Memory management.

Intel 80286 & 80386

Brief outline of Processor Architecture, Mode of operation, Segment descriptor, Privilege level & protection and
Task switching in 80286, Virtual 86 mode, Paging and TLB in 80386

Pentium Processor
Features of RISC processors & Implementation of RISC features in Pentium, Pipelining, Superscalar execution
& Branch prediction Technique

ARM & Interfacing

ARM design, ARM Processor fundamentals: Registers, CPSR, Memory map, Pipelines, Exceptions, Interrupt
Vector Table, Introduction to ARM Instruction set and Thumb instructions, Interfacing – LCD, ADC, DAC,
Stepper motor, UART

Textbooks
1. K. Ray and K. M. Bhurchandi - Advanced Microprocessor and Peripherals - Architecture, Programming
and Interfacing, McGraw Hill Eduction Pvt Ltd - 3rd Edition
2. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Sarmad Naimi, Sepehr Naimi, Shujen Chen - ARM Assembly Language
Programming & Architecture - Micro Digital Ed, ISBN: 9780997925906 - 2nd Edition.

Reference books
1. B. B. Brey - The Intel Microprocessors 8086/8088, 80186/80188, 80386, 80486, Pentium and Pentium
Pro - Processor - PHI - 8th Edition
2. D. V. Hall - Microprocessors & Interfacing, Programming & Hardware - TMH - 3rd Edition.
3. William Hohl, Chirstopher Hinds - ARM Assembly Language: Fundamentals and Techniques - Taylor
& Francis - 2nd Edition.
4. M A Mazidi & others, ARM System Developers Guide Design & Optimizing System Software –
Andrew N. Sloss & others - Elsevier.

WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK

Course Code: EC30008

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course describes the functioning of a wireless sensor network, the layered architecture and auxiliary units
viz., time synchronization and localization.

102
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Identify the different elements of Wireless Sensor Network (WSN), network designing factors
including the characteristics, and constraints.
CO 2: Make use of different techniques in physical and MAC layer in WSN.
CO 3: Apply different routing mechanisms in WSN.
CO 4: Analyze Transport layer, Application layer protocols and cross layer effects and solutions for WSN.
CO 5: Estimate the position of sensor nodes using different ranging techniques and ranging based protocols
for WSN.
CO 6: Elaborate the time synchronization challenges and discuss some approaches that have been designed
to address these challenges.

COURSE DETAILS
Introduction
Basic concepts, Platforms, Standardization, Architecture and protocols, Applications in military, Environment,
Healthcare, Industry and Energy, Factors influencing WSN Design.

Physical & MAC Layer

PHY layer standard (IEEE 802.15.4), MAC challenges, MAC protocols for Sensor Network, Contention based
MAC (S-MAC, B-MAC, CC-MAC), Reservation based MAC (TRAMA) & Hybrid MAC (Zebra MAC).

Network & Transport layer

Routing challenges, Data centric and flat architecture protocol (SPIN), Hierarchical protocol (LEACH),
Geographical routing protocol (MECN), QoS based Protocol (SAR), Challenges of Transport layer, Transport
layer protocols (PSFQ & CODA).

Application Layer
Source Coding, Query Processing, Network Management

Cross Layer Solutions

Interlayer Effects, Cross layer Interactions (MAC-Network, MAC-Application, Network and PHY, Transport –
PHY), Cross layer module.

Localization
Challenges in localization, Ranging techniques, Range based localization protocols, Range free localization
protocol.

Time Synchronization
Challenges for time synchronization, Timing Sync Protocol for Sensor Network (TPSN), Time Diffusion
Synchronization Protocol (TDP), Rate based Diffusion Protocol (RDP).

Textbook
1.Ian F. Akyildiz and Mehmet Can Vuran, Wireless Sensor Networks, John Wiley and Sons Ltd, Publication,
2010.
Reference books
1. Jun Zhny and Abbos Jamalipour, Wireless Sensor Network - a networking perspective, Wiley, 2009.
2. C. Raghavendram, K Sivalingam and T. Znati, Wireless Sensor Network, Springer, 2005.

COMPOUND SEMICONDUCTORS BASICS

Course Code: EC30009

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
103
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course is an introduction to properties of Compound Semiconductors highlighting the theoretical and
practical aspects of their device physics and suitability for high speed devices. Beginning with an introduction
to the basics of semiconductor devices and characteristics, it presents an overview compound semiconductor
materials, as well as a detailed look at the electrical and optical properties of compound semiconductor hetero-
structures.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Analyze the basic concepts of Semiconductor Devices and characteristics.

CO 2: Assess the requirements of Compound Semiconductors.
CO 3: Evaluate of the Performance measure of high speed devices
CO 4: Analyze principle of operation and the unique features of HBT, HEMT, TFET.
CO 5: Evaluate the issues and targeted performances of Compound Semiconductor Devices.
CO 6: Develop critical thinking ability supported by the learned concepts of Compound Semiconductors:
Device Properties & Applications.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Fundamentals of Semiconductor Devices, P-N Junction Diode and MOSFET, Introduction of Compound
Semiconductors, Crystal structure, Properties of Compound semiconductors, Merits of III –V binary and ternary
compound semiconductors (GaAs, InP, InGaAs, AlGaAs, SiC, GaN etc.), different SiC structures, silicon-
germanium alloys and silicon carbide for high speed devices, as compared to silicon based devices, Band
Diagrams, Pinch off voltage and threshold voltage, D.C. Characteristics and Analysis of Drain Current. Sub
threshold Characteristics, Short Channel Effects.

Important parameters governing for the high speed and high power device performance
Transit time of charge carriers, junction capacitances, ON-resistances, the device geometry and size, carrier
mobility, doping concentration and temperature break down voltage.

Hetero junction Bipolar Transistors (HBTs)

Principle of operation and the benefits of hetero junction BJT for high speed applications. GaAs and InP based
HBT device structure, SiGe HBTs and the concept of strained layer devices.

High Electron Mobility Transistors (HEMT)

Hetero-junction devices. The generic Modulation Doped FET(MODFET) structure for high electron mobility
realization. Principle of operation and the unique features of HEMT, InGaAs/InP HEMT structures. Tunneling
devices: Principle of operation and the unique features of TFET, Resonant-tunneling hot electron transistors

Textbooks
1. S.M. Sze, High Speed Semiconductor Devices, Wiley (1990) ISBN 0-471-62307-5
2. G.A. Armstrong, C.K. Maiti, TCAD for Si, SiGe and GaAs Integrated Circuits, The Institution of
Engineering and Technology, London, United Kingdom, 2007, ISBN 978-0-86341-743-6.

Reference books
1. Ralph E. Williams, Modern GaAs Processing Methods, Artech (1990), ISBN 0-89006-343-5,
2. Sandip Tiwari, Compound Semiconductor Device Physics, Academic Press (1991), ISBN 0-12-691740-X.

MOBILE AD HOC NETWORKS

104
Course Code: EC30010
Credits: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Wireless networks play an increasingly important role in the world of communications.This course provides an
introduction to operation and developing standards for mobile networks, such as Vehicular Networks,
Unmanned Air Vehicles, and Small Satellites, and students will learn to analyze the performance of these
cutting-edge networks. Related protocols and their performance are studied using formal analytical tools and
realistic simulations.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Analyze and evaluate characteristics, Architecture, features, factors and challenges related to Mobile Ad
Hoc Networks (MANET).
CO 2: Compare different Medium Access Control (MAC) protocols in the context of MANET and choose apt
MAC protocol based on application requirements and network design specifications.
CO 3: Compare different Routing protocols in the context of MANET and choose apt Routing protocol based
on network scenario.
CO 4: Assess issues and challenges for providing Quality of Service (QoS) in Ad Hoc wireless Networks and
plan required QoS solutions in MAC and Network layers.
CO 5: Evaluate various Energy Management schemes in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks and would be able to
judge the best scheme based on network specifications.
CO 6: Perceive various Ad Hoc Nomadic Mobile Applications to acquire skills required for designing and
creating scenario specific Ad Hoc Mobile Applications.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Origin Of Ad Hoc :Packet Radio Networks - Technical Challenges - Architecture of PRNETs - Components of
Packet Radios - Introduction to Ad Hoc networks - Definition, characteristics features - Issues in Mobile Ad
Hoc networks- Types of Ad Hoc Mobile Communications - Types of Mobile Host Movements - Ad Hoc
wireless Internet. Characteristics of Wireless channel Mobility models - Indoor and Outdoor.

Medium Access Protocols

MAC protocols: design issues, goals and classification. Contention based protocols - With reservation,
scheduling algorithms, protocols using direction antennas - Distributed packet reservation - Multiple access
protocol, collision avoidance time allocation protocol. IEEE standards: 802.11 a, 802.11 b, 802.11g.

Routing Protocols and Multicast Routing in Ad Hoc Networks

Introduction - Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks - Classifications of
Routing Protocols Table Driven routing protocols: Destination Sequenced Distance Vector Routing Protocol -
Cluster head Gateway switched routing protocol. On Demand routing protocol: Dynamic source routing
protocol, AODV routing protocol, temporarily ordered routing algorithm. Hybrid routing protocols: Zone
routing protocol, Zone based Hierarchical link state routing protocol. Architecture Model for Multicast Routing
Protocols - Classifications of Multicast Routing Protocols - Tree Based Multicast Routing Protocols - Mesh-
Based Multicast Routing Protocols - Energy-Efficient Multicasting - Comparisons of Multicast Routing
Protocols.

QOS and Energy Management

Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks - Classifications of QoS Solutions -
MAC Layer Solutions - Network Layer Solutions. Need for Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks

105
- Classification of Energy Management Schemes - Battery Management Schemes - Transmission Power
Management Schemes - System Power Management Schemes.

Ad Hoc Nomadic Mobile Applications

In the Office, While Traveling, Arriving Home, In the Car, Shopping Malls, The Modern battlefield, Car-to-Car
Mobile Communications, Mobile Collaborative Applications - Location/context based mobile services -
Introduction to wireless mesh networks and vehicular Ad Hoc networks.

Textbook
1. C.Sivaram Murthy and B.S Manoj, Ad Hoc Wireless Networks, Pearson Education, Second Edition India,
2001.

Reference books
1. K Toh, Ad Hoc mobile wireless networks, Protocols and Systems, Pearson Education, 2nd Edition, 2009.
2. Stefano Basagni, Mobile Ad hoc Networking, Wiley Inter science, IEEE Press, 2004.
3. George Aggelou, Mobile Ad Hoc Networks, McGrawHill, 2004.
4. Thomas Krag and Sebastin Buettrich, Wireless Mesh Networking, OŏReilly Publishers, 2nd Edition, 2007.

DIGITAL SYSTEMS DESIGN WITH VERILOG

Course Code: EC30011

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVES

This course will make the student learn the design principles of digital computing systems and the Verilog
modelling techniques. They will also be able to learn Boolean Algebra and understand various logic gates along
with combinational circuits. Futher the students will be exposed to designing synchronous and asynchronous
sequential circuits and CMOS level gate design.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Design and implement complicated digital systems using Verilog.

CO 2: Design a VLSI circuit for an application.
CO 3: Analyze the digital design logic
CO 4: Design and Analysis of a given digital circuit – combinational and sequential
CO 5: Apply Boolean simplification techniques to design a combinational hardware circuit
CO 6: Apply advance concepts of digital systems to design high speed arithmetic circuits.

COURSE DETAILS

Basic VLSI System Design

Introduction to digital systems and VLSI design, Moore’s Law, VLSI Design flow, Design hierarchy,
Introduction to Verilog HDL, operators and Modelling techniques (gate-level, data-flow,and behavioral )

Binary Codes & Boolean Algebra

Signed Binary numbers and its arithmetic ( ’s and ’s complement form), Binary codes (Weighted and non-
weighted codes, Gray codes, BCD codes), Boolean Algebra-Laws and Axioms, SOP and POS (Min-term and
Max-term), K-Maps (2-,3-,4- variables with don’t care condition)

106
Combinational Circuits
Adders (Half adder, Full adders, Binary Parallel Adders), Subtractor (Half Subtractor, Full Subtractor), Code
conversion algorithms, Combined Adder-Subtractor Block, Design of code converters, Decoders and Encoders,
Multiplexer and Demultiplexer. Implementation of Combinational Circuits using Gate-level and Data-flow level
of modelling.

Sequential Circuits
Basic latch, Flip-flops (SR, D, JK, T, Master-Slave), Triggering of flip-flops, FF conversions, Shift Registers
(SISO,SIPO,PISO,PIPO), Counter Design ( Synchronous and Asynchronous) Implementation of sequential
circuits using Behavioral level of modelling.

Advanced Concepts
Overview of CMOS, CMOS level gate design (Basic and Universal gates), Design of general Boolean circuits
using CMOS gates, CMOS level design of latches and flip-flops. Verilog description of CMOS level design.

Textbooks
1. Morris Mano, and Michael D. Ciletti, “Digital Design”, Fifth Edition, PHI, 2012.
2. Samir Palnitkar, “Verilog HDL”, Second Edition, Pearson Education, 2003.

Reference books
1. Michael D. Ciletti, “Advanced Digital Design with the Verilog HDL”, Second Edition, Pearson Education,
2010.
2. Stephen Brown, “Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog”, McGraw Hill, 2007.

NANOELECTRONICS

Course Code: EC30012

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
In this course the students will be introduced to the basic concepts of Nanoelectronics, Nanodevices, Spintronic
and also able to learn the quantum mechanics that governs the operation of Nanoelectronics devices.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Analyze the basic and advanced concepts of Nano electronics.

CO 2: Apply and evaluate the use of fundamental science of quantum mechanics in Nano electronics.
CO 3: Identify Nanoelectronics materials and will be able to distinguish from other materials.
CO 4: Analyze the different fabrication and characterization techniques of nanostructure materials.
CO 5: Apply the concepts of few Nano electronics devices.
CO 6: Analyze and evaluate the idea of single electron transistors and its further applications
COURSE DETAILS
Particles and Waves
Introduction to Particles and waves, Wave Particle duality, Schrodinger Wave equation, Wave Mechanics of
particle with suitable examples, Atoms and atomic orbitals
Density of states, quantum transport and tunneling effect.

Tunnel Junction and Applications of Tunneling

Tunneling Through a Potential Barrier, Metal-Semiconductor, and Metal-Insulator-Metal Junctions, Tunnel
107
Junctions, Tunnel Junction Excited by a Current Source. Spintronics and Foundations of nano-photonics.

Field Emission, Gate—Oxide Tunneling and Hot Electron Effects in nano MOSFETs, Growth, Fabrication, and
Measurement Techniques for Nanostructures: Introduction, Bulk crystal and heterostructure growth,
Nanolithography, etching, and other means for fabrication of nanostructures and nano-devices, Techniques for
characterization of nanostructures (FESEM, STM).

Nanostructure Devices
Quantum dots and nanoparticles, Carbon nanotubes and nanowires, Nano pillars, Nano sensors and Nano
medicines, MEMS, Single Electron Transistor, Carbon Nanotube Transistors (FETs and SETs), Semiconductor
Nanowire FETs and SETs. Applications of Nano electronic devices,12

Textbooks
1. Vladimir V. Mitin , Viatcheslav A. Kochelap and Michael A. Stroscio, Introduction to Nano electronics
(Science, Nanotechnology, Engineering, and Applications); Cambridge University Press, 2008
2. T Pradeep, NANO: The Essentials Understanding Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, McGraw Hill, 2018

Reference books
1. George W Hanson, Fundamentals of Nan electronics, Pearson 2008
2. WR Fahrner, Nanotechnology and Nano electronics – Materials, Devices and Measurement Techniques
Springer, 2005
3. Stephen D. Sentaria, Microsystem Design, Springer, 2001
4. Marc Madou, Fundamentals of Microfabrication & Nanofabrication, 3rd Edition, CRC Press, 2011.

OPTICAL & SATELLITE COMMUNICATION

Course Code: EC30013

Credits: 3
L-T-Pl: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The course intend to make the students to learn the Optical Communication and Networking Concept, primarily
signal propagation through optical fiber, Modulation for optical Communication, Losses, Dispersion, Link
Budget and Networking. The knowledge of Satellite Communication and Systems are also very important for a
communication Engineering student. The aim of the course is to develop the industry identified competencies
within the students like Maintenance of optical communication systems and Satellite communication systems
through various teaching and learning processes.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Explain the significance of terminology associated with optical communication, analyze the principle of
light propagation through optical fiber with concept of modes and solve problems on this concept.
CO 2: Analyze various types of losses and dispersion in optical fiber and solve related problems associated
with the concept.
CO 3: Analyze the structure, principle of operation and the characteristics of optical sources and detectors.
CO 4: Identify the optical communication system link elements, preparation of link budget and estimate basic
entities of optical Networking.
CO 5: Identify the Satellite communication elements and analyze the principles.
CO 6: Analyse the Satellite Communication Systems and design the satellite Link budget.

COURSE DETAILS

Principles of Optical Communication and Wave Propagation in Optical Fiber

Optical frequencies used in optical fibers, Principle of light propagation in optical fibers, Advantages of optical
108
fiber communication. Relation, Basic structure of optical fibers and ray diagram of optical path in an optical
fiber, Acceptance angle, Numerical aperture. Concept of modes, Different types of modes in optical fibers,
Relation between modes and rays, Cut‐off condition for guided modes, Boundary conditions, single mode /
multi-mode fibers, Concept of V number and its importance.

Losses in Fiber and Dispersion

Intrinsic / Extrinsic losses, Material or impurity losses, Rayleigh scattering loss, Absorption loss, Bending loss.
Loss versus wavelength plot, Concept of dispersion, Intermodal dispersion, Intramodal dispersion, Wave guide
and material dispersion, minimization of dispersion.

Optical Sources, Detectors, and Fiber Optic Links

Characteristics of optical sources, Principle of operation of LED and LASER diode,Intensity modulation circuits
for LED and Laser diode. Principle of operation of PIN diode and APD, Basic structures, Current
characteristics, SNR calculation and Noise equivalent power, Bit error rate, fiber optic links - power budget,
rise-time budget.

Single-wavelength networks
SONET/SDH, FDDI, WDM networks - Broadcast- and-select WDM LAN, Wavelength-routed metro and wide-
area networks, passive optical networks for access segment.

Principle and elements of Satellite Communication

Introduction, Frequency spectrum for satellite communication, Types of orbits, Kepler’s Laws of planetary
motion, Orbital perturbations, Geostationary orbit, Satellite launching, General satellite communication, Block
diagram uplink, Downlink frequencies, Types of modulation techniques used

Losses, Attenuation and Satellite Link Budget

Signal loss on transmission through earth’s atmosphere, Atmospheric losses, Ionosphere effects, Rain
attenuation. Satellite link budget : Transmission losses, Interference, System noise temperature, Link power
budget

atellite sub‐systems
Antenna sub‐systems, Attitude and orbit control sub‐system, Power sub‐system, Communication sub‐system,
TTC&M sub‐systems.

Textbooks
1. J. C. Palais, Optical Fiber Communication, Pearson Education, 2022 reprint
2. Pratt, Bostien, Allnut, Satellite Communication, John Willey Publications, 2nd edition, 2013

Reference books
1. G. Kaiser, Optical Fiber Communication, McGraw Hill, - 5th edition, 2013
2. Denish Roddy, Satellite Communication, McGraw Hill, 3rd edition, 2001

CIRCUITS, SIGNALS AND COMMUNICATION

Course Code: EC30014

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The aim of Circuits, Signals, and Communication is to help students from non-electronics specialization to
become familiar to analog & digital circuits, fundamentals of systems & signal processing, and technologies
used for information communication. This course will bring the students of other disciplines to a common
learning level, while fulfilling the prerequisite knowledge required for many other open elective courses.

COURSE OUTCOMES
109
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Determine the DC and AC parameters of OPAMP; analyze and comprehend the difference between
circuits using Op Amps (Closed loop: negative and positive feedback or open loop),
CO 2: Design and analyze instrumentation amplifier, V-I converter, active filters,
CO 3: Analyze and plot continuous and discrete signals, determine various operations on signals, Classify
various types of systems and analyze system characteristics in time domain,
CO 4: Analyze the characteristics of signals and systems in frequency domain using Fourier analysis and its
properties
CO 5: Identify the need of communication and analyze different Amplitude and Angle Modulation based
communication systems and their functions.
CO 6: Analyze and compare different Pulse and Digital Modulation based communication systems and their
functions.

COURSE DETAILS
Operational amplifier & its parameters
Introduction to operational amplifier, opamp parameters- Input offset voltage, Input Bias current, Input offset
current, total output offset voltage, Thermal drift, PSRR, Common mode configuration and CMRR, Noise in
Op-amp, Slew rate, Op-amp circuits using negative feedback (voltage series feedback & voltage shunt
feedback), Differential amplifier.
Operational amplifier applications
Instrumentation amplifier, Voltage to current converter and vice versa, Active filters, Analog-to-digital
converter, Digital-to-analog converter

Introduction to Signals & Systems

Classification of signals, Basic elementary operation on signals, Basic properties of Systems, Linear
Convolution and Correlation

Continuous time Fourier analysis

Signals in time and frequency domain, Fourier Analysis of Periodic Signal, Dirichlet’s condition, Convergence
and properties of continuous time Fourier series, Approximation of Fourier series to Fourier transform for a
periodic signal, Fourier transform of useful signals and properties, Frequency response of LTI system.

Amplitude Modulation Techniques

Introduction to communication system, Need of Modulation, Frequency Translation, Principle of AM, side
bands, Power Relationship, Assignable Frequency spectrum, Side band Transmission, DSB, SSB, VSB, AM
modulators and Demodulators, AM Radio Receiver, Super hetero-dyne Principle.

Frequency Modulation Techniques

Principle of FM, Frequency Deviation, Spectrum of FM wave, Power in Modulated wave, Narrow and wide
band FM, Pre-emphasis and De-emphasis, Block Diagram of FM Transmitter, FM Detector, Block Diagram of
FM Receiver. Application of analog modulation for broadcasting and point to point communication systems

Pulse Modulation Techniques:

Analog vs Digital modulation, Sampling Process, Pulse Amplitude Modulation, Pulse Width Modulation, Pulse
Position Modulation, The Quantization Process, Pulse Code Modulation.
Digital Modulation Techniques, Principles involved in ASK, PSK (BPSK, QPSK, π/4 QPSK), FSK.
Application of Digital modulation for broadcasting and point to point communication systems

Textbooks
1. R. K. Gayakwad, Op-Amp & LIC, PHI, 4th Edition,2015
2. A. V. Oppenheim A. S. Willsky and S. H. Nawab, ``Signals and Systems'', New Delhi: Prentice Hall of
India
3. H. Taub & D.L.Schilling, Principles of Communication System,TMH, 3rd Edition

Reference books
110
1. D. Ray Choudhury & Shail Jain, Linear Integrated Circuits, New Age, 4th Edition
2. Tarun kumar Rawat, Signals and systems, Oxford university press, 2010
3. Simon Haykins, Introduction to Analog & Digital Communication System, Wiley Student edition, 2011

HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE CO-DESIGN FOR EMBEDDED SYSTEM

Course Code: EC30015

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course will make the student understand the concept of an embedded system, to get the clarity of various
design metrics for a system, and learn the concept of improving productivity by presenting a unified view of
software & hardware. Futher they will be exposed to general purpose processors, standard single purpose
processors and to grasp the advanced techniques for embedded system modelling using the RTOS and task
scheduling algorithms.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Interpret the HW /SW co design issues and challenges

CO 2: Apply different embedded system modelling techniques.
CO 3: Analyse different methods of software design for embedded system
CO 4: Apply knowledge to create different architecture for es
CO 5: Create prototyping of an embedded system
CO 6: Apply knowledge to optimize the performance of embedded system

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction to Embedded System & Co-Design

Embedded System & Future trend, Problem description, goals of co-design, co-design steps, existing co-design
approaches, and present challenges.

System Modelling and Specification

Models of computation (Signal flow graphs, Data flow model, Task graphs, Finite State Machines, hierarchical
models), Petri net, UML.

Software Design
Embedded System Software, ES Software Consideration, Dealing with Data Que and Interrupt, Computation
and communication model of software, consideration ES with OS, Memory and shared memory issues.

Architectures for Embedded Systems & Synthesis

Single processor – coprocessor architecture, mixed-signal architectures, multiprocessor architectures,
reconfigurable architectures, Systems on Chip, I/O System, Peripherals and buses, Partitioning and Architecture
Selection, Software Synthesis, cost Estimation Hardware Synthesis.

Prototyping and Verification of ES

prototyping phases- simulation & emulation, prototyping with development boards, rapid prototyping, Testing-
Goals and scope of testing, testing approaches, design for testability, Verification- functional, timing and formal
verification, debugging.

Textbook
1. Bashir I. Morshed, Embedded Systems – A Hardware-Software Co-Design Approach Springer, 2021.

Reference books

111
1. Felice Balarin, Massimiliano Chiodo, Paolo Giusto, Harry Hsieh, Attila Jurecska, Luciano
Lavagno, Claudio Passerone, Alberto Sangiovanni-Vincentelli, Ellen Sentovich, Kei Suzuki, Bassam
Tabbara, Hardware-Software Co-Design of Embedded Systems, Springer, 1997
2. D. Gajski, F. Vahid, S. Narayan, and J. Gong, Specification and Design of Embedded Systems, Prentice
Hall, 1994.
3. Wayne Wolf, Jorgen Staunstrup, “Hardware / Software Co- Design Principles and Practice”, ,
Springer.2009
4. Giovanni De Micheli, Mariagiovanna Sami, “Hardware / Software Co- Design”, Kluwer Academic
Publishers, 2002.

INTRODUCTION TO SENSOR TECHNOLOGY

Course Code: EC30016

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The course provides in depth knowledge in physical principles applied in sensing, measurement and a
comprehensive understanding on how measurement systems are designed, calibrated, characterized, and
analyzed. It further gives a fundamental knowledge on the basic laws and phenomena on which operation of
sensor transformation of energy is based.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Analyze the basic measurement techniques and sensor fundamentals.

CO 2: Apply the concepts in common methods for converting a physical parameter into an electrical quantity.
CO 3: Choose an appropriate sensor comparing different standards and guidelines to make sensitive
measurements of physical parameters like acceleration, shock, vibration, etc.
CO 4: Apply the appropriate Biosensors and Chemical sensors.
CO 5: Explain the functioning of microphones.
CO 6: Design the machinery vibration monitoring systems.

COURSE DETAILS

Basics of measurements and Sensor fundamentals and characteristics

Basics of measurements, Sensor Characteristics, System Characteristics, Instrument Selection, Data Acquisition
and Readout

Sensor Signal Conditioning

Conditioning Bridge Circuits, Amplifiers for Signal Conditioning, Analog to Digital Converters for Signal
Conditioning, Signal Conditioning High Impedance Sensors

Technology Fundamentals, Selecting and Specifying Accelerometer, Applicable Standards, Interfacing and
Designs, Quartz Sensors, Strain Gage Sensors, Sensor Manufacturers

Biosensors and Chemical Sensors

What Is a Biosensor, Origin of Biosensors, Transduction Mechanisms in Biosensors, Application Range of
Biosensors, Chemical Sensor Technology and Applications, Sensor Manufacturers

Test and Measurement Microphones

Electromagnetism and Inductance, Magnetic Field Sensors, Measurement Microphone Characteristics,
Frequency Response, Effect of Environmental Conditions, Specialized Microphone Types, and Calibration,
Sensor Manufacturers

112
Machinery Vibration Monitoring Sensors
Introduction, Technology Fundamentals, Accelerometer Types, Selecting Industrial Accelerometers, Applicable
Standards, Sensor Manufacturers

Textbook
1. Jon S. Wilson, Editor-in-Chief, “Sensor Technology Handbook”, Elsevier, st
, 2005.

Reference books
1. Edited by Krzysztof Iniewski, Optical, Acoustic, Magnetic, and Mechanical Sensor Technologies, CRC
Press, 1st, 2012.
2. Winncy Y Du, Resistive, Capacitive, Inductive, and Magnetic Sensor Technologies, CRC Press, 1st, 2015.

AUDIO AND SPEECH PROCESSING

Course Code: EC30017

Credits: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course will be able to provide the basic concepts and methodologies for the analysis, modeling, synthesis
and coding of speech and music. Also the the students will get a foundation for developing applications and for
future study in this field. Further it introduces software tools for the analysis and manipulation of speech and
music and to gain practical experience in the design and implementation of speech and music processing
algorithms.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Explain the fundamental concepts of speech production, perception, and auditory psychoacoustics.
CO 2: Analyse and extract features from speech signals using various digital models and linear prediction
techniques.
CO 3: Design and implement speech coding and synthesis algorithms for various applications.
CO 4: Apply speech transformations, such as time scale modification and voice morphing.
CO 5: Implement and evaluate automatic speech recognition systems using various models and techniques,
including speaker recognition systems.
CO 6: Apply speech enhancement techniques to real-world applications, such as digital hearing aids.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Mechanism of speech production and perception, acoustic and articulatory phonetics,

Digital models for the sampled speech signal

Acoustic Theory, lossless tube models – digital models.

Linear prediction of speech

Time domain processing of speech signals: short-time energy, magnitude, zero-crossing rate, auto correlation -
formulation of LPC equation - solution of LPC equations - Levinson Durbin algorithm - Levinson recursion -
Schur algorithm - lattice formulations and solutions – PARCOR coefficients

Spectral analysis of speech

Short Time Fourier analysis - filter bank design.
113
Auditory Perception
Psychoacoustics- Frequency Analysis and Critical Bands - Masking properties of human ear.

Speech coding
Sub band coding of speech - transform coding - channel vocoder - formant vocoder - cepstral vocoder -vector
quantizer coder- Linear predictive Coder.

Speech synthesis
Pitch extraction algorithms - Gold Rabiner pitch trackers - auto correlation pitch trackers - voice/unvoiced
detection - homomorphic speech processing – homomorphic systems for convolution - short-time cepsturm and
complex cepsturm - pitch extraction using homomorphic speech processing.

Speech Transformations
Time Scale Modification - Voice Morphing. Automatic speech recognition systems – isolated word recognition
- connected word recognition -large vocabulary word recognition systems - pattern classification – Dynamic
Time Warping – Hidden Markov Modeling - speaker recognition systems - speaker verification systems –
speaker identification. Speech Enhancement Techniques –– Approaches and Challenges in the design of Digital
Hearing Aids.

Textbooks
1. L.R. Rabiner and R.W. Schafer, Digital Processing of Speech Signals Pearson Education, Delhi, India, 2004
2. D. O’Shaughnessy, Speech Communications: Human and Machine, Second Edition, University Press, .

Reference books
1. Thomas F. Quatieri, Discrete-time Speech Signal Processing: Principles and Practice, Prentice Hall, Signal
Processing Series, 2002
2. Philipos C. Loizou, Speech Enhancement – Theory and Practice, CRC Press, 2013
3. John N. Holmes, Wendy J. Holmes, Speech Synthesis and Recognition, Taylor and Francis, 2nd Edition,
2003.
4. J. R. Deller, Jr., J. H. L. Hansen and J. G. Proakis Discrete-Time Processing of Speech Signals, Wiley-
IEEE Press, NY, USA, 1999.

EVOLUTION OF COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY

Course Code: EC30018

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The is intended to make the students understand the Wireless communication system, Principle and working
Cellular communication system, means and medium of wireless communication. They will able to analyze the
Evolution of different wireless communication techniques and can differentiate between the feature and
technology behind different generation wireless communication technology. Also they will able to comprehend
the various standards for different generation wireless technology.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Explain the basic concept of 2G Wireless systems Like GSM, IS-95 and their architecture.
CO 2: Analyze the concept of 2.5G wireless systems like GPRS and EDGE
CO 3: Explain and analyze the concept of 3G systems
CO 4: Discuss the concept of LTE based 4G wireless systems

114
CO 5: Explain and analyze the concept of LTE Advance and 5G communication.
CO 6: Analyze the supportive technologies like Massive MIMO, Evolution of IOT and the concept of 6G
Communication.

COURSE DETAILS

GSM
Air-Interface Standards: GSM, IS-95, WiFi, GSM,GSM Architecture Description,GSM Bands Part 1,GSM
Bands Part 2,GSM Channels,GSM Basic Call Flow,GSM Cells,GSM Identifiers Part 1,GSM Identifiers Part 2,
IS-95, WiFi

GPRS
GPRS Introduction,GPRS Architecture,GPRS Channels,GPRS Questions

EDGE
EDGE Technology, EDGE Questions

3G
3G Identifiers, WCDMA Concept, 3G Codes, Handovers, 3G Questions

LTE and 4G
LTE Frequency Bands, 4G Network, LTE Resource Block, LTE Key Points, LTE Voice Solution, LTE
Optimization, LTE Drive Test, LTE DT Parameters, LTE Coverage Factors, LTE Cell Planning, VoLTE &
ViLTE, 4G LTE Questions

5G and Beyond
LTE Advance, 5G introduction, 5G Air Interface, Massive MIMO, 5G Small Cells, 5G Questions, Evolution of
the Internet of Things, The Situation and Development of 5G and Future 6G, Futuristic Communication
Technology.

Textbook
1. Ajaya R Mishra, Fundamentals of Network Planning and Optimization 2G/3G/4G: Evolution to 5G,
Wiley, 2nd Edition

Reference books
1. C. Y. Lee, Wireless and Cellular Communication, McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition
2. J. Schiller, Mobile Communication, Pearson Education, 2nd Edition
3. T.S.Rappaport, Wireless Communication Principles and Practice, Pearson Education, 2nd Edition

INFORMATION THEORY & CODING

Course Code: EC30019

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE

The course will help in forming a strong foundation for the broad areas of information theory, coding and
cryptography. It emphasizes on the basic concepts, lays stress on the fundamental principles and motivates their
application to practical problems. This course starts with the basics of information theory and source coding.
The theory of linear block codes (including cyclic codes, BCH codes, RS codes), convolution codes are
explained. Basics of secure communications including cryptography and physical layer security are covered.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to
115
CO 1: Explain the mathematical definitions of information, using conditional and unconditional probability
theorem
CO 2: Analyze and differentiate several sources of information and coding techniques
CO 3: Explain and analyze channel coding schemes and Shannon's information theory
CO 4: Distinguish between various error decoding schemes
CO 5: Design and simplify different codes such as cyclic codes, CRC codes (cyclic Redundancy Codes) and
BCH codes, generate Convolution codes
CO 6: Discuss practical applications of coding for secure communication

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Introduction to Information Theory, Entropy, Mutual Information, Conditional and Joint Entropy, Measures for
Continuous Random Variable, Relative Entropy

Source Coding
Variable Length Codes, Prefix Codes, Source Coding Theorem, Various source coding techniques: Huffman,
Arithmetic, Lempel Ziv, Run Length, Rate Distortion Functions, Entropy rate of Stochastic Proces. Introduction
to Image Compression, JPEG Standards.

Channel Capacity & Coding

Channel models, Channel Capacity, Shannon Limit, Channel capacity of MIMO systems,

Error control coding

Linear Block Codes, Hamming Codes, parity chech coding, Cyclic code for burst error correction, BCH Codes
and convolutional Codes, Trellies Coded Modulation

Coding for Secure Communication

Introduction to Cryptography, Overview of Encryption Techniques, Symmetric (Secret Key) Cryptography,
Data Encryption Standard (DES), Hashing techniques, quantum cryptography, Biometric Cryptography

Textbooks
1. Ranjan Bose, Information Theory, Coding and Cryptography, McGraw Hill, 2nd edition, 2011
2. J. Das, P. K. Chatterjee & S. K. Mullick, Principle of Digital CommunicationNew age Internationals, 2008

Reference books
1. T. M. Cover & J. A. Thomas, Elements of Information Theory, Wiley-Interscience-2nd edition 2010.
2. J. G. Proakis, Digital Communication, McGraw Hill Education, 4th edition

ELECTRONICS AND PCB DESIGN

Course Code: EC30020

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This is a basic course for designing of Electronic Circuits and implement on their own PCB (Printed Circuit
Board).

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to
116
CO 1: Explain and analyze Electronic Components towards Circuit.
CO 2: Design a Electronics circuit.
CO 3: Design PCB layout of their design.
CO 4: Create PCB of their own circuit.
CO 5: Debug and analyze the PCB design steps, starting from schematic, through layout.
CO 6: Discuss the technologies used for PCB fabrication in electronic industry.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Active and Passive components, Simple Analog and Digital Circuits Design, Rectifier, Amplifier, Oscillator,
Counter, voltage regulator circuit, Analyze and construct basic circuits, Assemble and get them running.

Printed Circuit Board

Need for PCB, Types of PCBs, Single and Multilayer, Technology- Plated Through Hole, Surface Mount, PCB
Material, Electronic Component packaging, PCB Designing, Fabrication, Production, Electronic Design
Automation Tools- Proprietary tools like Eagle, Ultiboard, Orcad and Open source tools like KiCad,

PCB Designing: Schematic Entry, Net listing, PCB Layout Designing, Prototype Designing, Design Rule
Check (DRC), Design for Manufacturing (DFM) PCB Making, Printing, Etching, Drilling, Assembly of
components. Design Issues- Transmission line, Cross talk and Thermal management, PCB testing and
debugging.

Textbooks
1. Jon Varteresian, Fabricating Printed Circuit Boards, Newness, 2002.
2. Marc J. Madou, Fundamentals of Microfabrication, CRC Press, 2nd edition.

Reference books
1. C. Coombs, Printed Circuits Handbook, McGraw Hill, 7th edition.
2. V. Shukla, Signal Integrity for PCB Designers, Reference Design 2009
3. D. Brooks, Signal Integrity Issues and Printed Circuit Board Design, Prentice Hall, 2003

INDUSTRIAL INTERNET OF THINGS

Course Code: EC30021

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The course is intended to introduce the students, the basics of Industrial Internet of Things, its architecture,
protocols, design requirements, and key technologies. The learner will be able to understand the key concepts of
industrial data transmission and acquisition. Application of data analytics and machine learning methods
provides insights into IIoT data science. Some case studies will help the reader to understand the application of
IIoT in various industrial sectors.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Analyze the basic concepts of IIoT and Industry 4.0

117
CO 2: Explain key technologies for IIoT and Industry 4.0
CO 3: Apply the sensors and actuators in industrial applications
CO 4: Develop industrial data transmission and acquisitions systems
CO 5: Develop machine learning and data science methods for IIoTs.
CO 6: Analyze case studies on IIoT use cases in Industries and develop allied methods and applications.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Overview of IoT, architecture, application-based IOT protocols, cloud computing, Big Data IIoT and Industry
4.0, Industry 4.0 Basics, Design requirements, Sustainability, Cybersecurity and Impacts of Industry 4.0, IIoT
Basics, Industrial Internet systems, Industrial Sensing, Processes. Business models of IIoT, Reference
architecture of IIoT

Industrial Process and Devices: Technical requirements, The industrial process, The CIM pyramid, The I-IoT
data flow

Industrial Data Flow and Devices

Technical requirements, The I-IoT data flow in the factory, Controllers. Sensors: Introduction, Characteristics,
Categories. Actuators: Introduction, Thermal, Hydraulic, Pneumatic, and Electromechanical Actuators.

Industrial data transmission

Foundation Fieldbus, Profibus, HART, Interbus, Bitbus, CC-Link, Modubus, Batinbus, DigitalSTORM, CAN,
DeviceNet, LonWorks, ISA 100.11, LoRa. Acquisition: Distributed control system, PLC, SCADA. Inventory
management and quality control

Case Studies
Manufacturing, Automotive, and Mining Industry

Industrial IoT Security

Cyber security vs cyber physical IoT security, Divergence in IT and OT security fundamentals, Industrial
threats, Vulnerabilities, and Risk factors. Evolution of cyber-physical attacks. Securing Connectivity and
Communications, Distinguishing features of IIoT, Connectivity, Security Assessment of IIoT Connectivity and
Protocols.

Textbooks
1. Sudip Misra, Chandana Roy, Anandrup Mukherjee, Introduction to Industrial Internet of Things and
Industry 4.0 published , CRC Press, First Edition 2021
2. Giacomo Veneri and Antonio Capasso, Hands-On Industrial Internet of Things, Packet Publishing Ltd.

Reference books
1. Alasdair Gilchrist, Industry 4.0: The Industrial Internet of Things published, Apress 2016
2. Sravani Bhattacharjee, Practical Industrial Internet of Things Security: Packt Publishing 2018
3. D. Pyo, , J. Hwang, , and Y. Yoon, Tech Trends of the 4th Industrial Revolution, Mercury Learning &
Information

MINOR PROJECT

Course Code: EC37002

Credit: 2
L-T-P: 0-0-4
118
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Students are required to undertake a mini project either as an individual or in a group in consultation with the
project supervisor which may be completed in one semester. The project work is aligned with the discipline of
the student and its allied areas. It is preferably related to certain research objective or advanced technical
domain. Students will demonstrate higher level learning outcomes and cognitive skills in the implementation of
the project.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Perform a background study on certain technical aspect and formulate a project objective
CO 2: Outline a pathway for the implementation of the project within the time line
CO 3: Apply fundamental engineering concepts, advanced technical know-how, use modern engineering
tools, perform experiments and critically analyze the data
CO 4: Provide engineering solutions, design system components or processes with consideration of public
health, safety, and welfare, as well as global, cultural, social, environmental, and economic factors
CO 5: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in a team under multidisciplinary
settings following ethical practices
CO 6: Communicate effectively with a range of audiences and prepare technical reports

ELECTRONICS PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT

Course Code: EC38001

Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course provides an overview of the process and considerations involved in the development of electronics
products. It covers the key stages of product development planning, including ideation, concept design,
prototyping, testing, manufacturing, and commercialization. Students will gain hands-on experience with tools,
techniques, and methodologies used in electronics product development through practical projects and case
studies.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Appreciate the product development lifecycle and the role of electronics in product design.
CO 2: Gain knowledge of design principles, requirements, and constraints for electronics products.
CO 3: Develop skills in prototyping, testing, and refining electronics product designs.
CO 4: Learn about manufacturing processes, quality control, and regulatory compliance in electronics
product development.
CO 5: Explore strategies for commercialization, market analysis, and intellectual property protection.
CO 6: Apply knowledge and skills acquired to successfully complete a product development project.

COURSE DETAILS

Overview of the product development lifecycle

119
Role of electronics in product design, Market analysis and identifying customer needs, Design Principles for
Electronics Products

Product design considerations

form factor, user interface, power requirements, Component selection, sourcing, and supply chain management,
Design for manufacturability and assembly, Circuit Design and Simulation

Circuit design techniques and best practices

Simulation tools for electronics design and analysis, PCB layout and routing considerations
Prototyping and Testing

Rapid prototyping techniques

Breadboarding, soldering, 3D printing, Test and measurement tools for electronics verification
Design verification and iteration process, Manufacturing and Quality Control

Manufacturing processes for electronics products

Assembly, soldering, and surface mount technology, Quality control, testing, and inspection methodologies,
Regulatory Compliance and Certification

Standards and regulations for electronics products ( FCC, CE)

Product safety, electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), and environmental considerations
Certification processes and documentation requirements, Intellectual Property and Commercialization

Intellectual property rights and protection

Market analysis and competitive landscape, Business models, pricing strategies, and market entry
considerations, Project Development and Presentation

Team-based product development project

Project management techniques and tools, Final presentation and documentation of the product development
project.

Textbooks

1. R.G. Kaduskar, and V.B. Baru, Electronic Product Design, 2ed, Wiley India Pvt. Limited.
2. V.S.Bagad, Electronic Product Design - A Conceptual Approach, Technical Publication, ISBN:
9789350993620

Reference books

1. Kim R. Fowler , Electronic Instrument Design, Architecting for the Life Cycle, Oxford University
Press, ISBN: 9780195083712
2. Karl T. Ulrich, Steven D. Eppinger, Maria C. Yang, Product Design and Development| 7th Edition ,Mc
Graw Hill Education, ISBN13: 9781260043655
3. S D Mehta , Electronic Product Design, S.Chand Publication

VLSI DESIGN LAB

Course Code: EC39001

Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
120
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE

Student will learn about digital circuit modeling techniques (data flow, gate level, structural, behavioural) using
Verilog. In addition, student will learn about digital circuit design using Tanner tool and verify different
responses.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Comprehend XILINX VIVADO tool and HDL for digital logic design.
CO 2: Implement combinational circuits using gate, structural, data flow and behavioural level modelling
styles.
CO 3: Design of sequential logic circuit such using Verilog HDL
CO 4: Implement of RAM and ROM memory block using behavioural modelling technique
CO 5: Model finite state machines (FSM) using HDL suitable for real time FPGA applications
CO 6: Design of CMOS logic circuits and verify different responses using Tanner Tools.

WIRELESS COMMUNICATION & NETWORKING LAB

Course Code: EC39002

Credit: 2
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The laboratory course introduces readers to the various aspects of wireless & cellular communication and
computer networks. The experiments are performed using open-source and industry-accepted simulators.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Demonstrate proficiency in using industry-standard wireless networking tools, simulation software, and
test equipment for designing, analyzing, and troubleshooting wireless communication systems.
CO 2: Design different wired and wireless network topologies and evaluate the various Quality of Service
(QoS) parameters.
CO 3: Design and simulate ad-hoc/infrastructure-based IEEE 802.11 wireless networks under static and
mobility conditions and evaluate network performance.
CO 4: Analyze and evaluate the effect of channel impairments on signal propagation.
CO 5: Design and simulate wired/ wireless and heterogeneous networks using industry-standard routers, and
switches by configuring networking parameters and observing the network operation.
CO 6: Analyze the application and scenario-specific network requirements based on case-study/client
requirements, and design and simulate networks using the learned utilities.

MICROWAVE ENGINEERING LAB

Course Code: EC39003

Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To introduce the students to various microwave sources, components, and equipment and measure multiple

121
performance characteristics.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Apply knowledge of various microwave passive components and active devices to evaluate microwave
subsystem performances.
CO 2: Analyze various transmission line problems using Smith’s chart.
CO 3: Select materials based on attenuation and dielectric constant by using X-band rectangular waveguide
bench.
CO 4: Evaluate communication links developed by directional antenna(microwave Horn antenna), by
calculating signal power reception, gain and determination of the shape of radiation pattern.
CO 5: Apprais half wave dipole antenna, Yagi-Uda Array antenna commonly utilized in low frequency
communication system.
CO 6: Characterize microstrip based components for specific applications.

ELCTRONICS DESIGN LAB

Course Code: EC39004

Credit: 2
L-T-P: 0-0-4
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Electronics Design Lab focuses on creating transformative and scalable technology that makes designing of
end-to-end processes through innovations in data-acquisition, analytic and automation. Lab objectives are to
train students on how to select appropriate sensors, instrumentation, and/or software tools to make
measurements of physical quantities. Aim includes evaluating whether a theory adequately describes a physical
event, identifying the strengths and limitations of theoretical models and establishing or validating a relationship
between measured data and underlying physical principles

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Devise an experimental approach, specify appropriate equipment and procedures, implement these
procedures, and interpret the resulting data to characterize an engineering material, component, or
system.
CO 2: Demonstrate the ability to collect, analyze, and interpret data, and to form and support conclusions.
Make order of magnitude judgments, and know measurement unit systems and conversions.
CO 3: Design, build, or assemble a part, product, or system, including using specific methodologies,
equipment, or materials; meeting client requirements; developing system specifications from
requirements; and testing and debugging a prototype, system, or process using appropriate tools to
satisfy requirements.
CO 4: Recognize unsuccessful outcomes due to faulty equipment, parts, code, construction, process, or design,
and then re-engineer effective solutions.
CO 5: Work effectively in teams, including structure individual and joint accountability; assign roles,
responsibilities, and tasks; monitor progress; meet deadlines; and integrate individual contributions into
a final deliverable.

122
CO 6: Demonstrate appropriate levels of independent thought, creativity, and capability in real-world problem
solving and demonstrate competence in selection, modification, and operation of appropriate
engineering tools and resources.

CONTROL SYSTEMS LAB

Course Code: EC39005
Credits: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To provide practical experiences on modeling, analysis and design of control systems using simulations and
hardware trainer platforms, including hands-on practices in operating and handling of various instruments.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Build simulation models of control systems using simulators.

CO 2: Analyze control systems using time domain specifications.
CO 3: Analyze control systems using frequency domain specifications.
CO 4: Examine the system performance and correlate significance of the PID controller parameters.
CO 5: Recommend suitable compensation technique for speed and position control applications.
CO 6: Implement and analyze state-space model of LTI systems

OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES IN ENGINEERING

Course Code: EC40001

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Students will gain expertise in designing algorithms based on conventional techniques and be able to deal with
intractable problems and implement algorithms given the description. At the end of this course, students will be
able to comprehend and apply various optimization techniques for numerical analysis of different engineering
and design related problems. Course modules include various methods to obtain the extremum (minimum or
maximum) of a non-dynamic system and the use of these methods in various engineering applications.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Analyze the need for optimization, the concepts of design variables and constraints.
CO 2: Apply various unconstrained optimization techniques and develop corresponding Python/MATLAB
codes.
CO 3: Apply various multi-variable optimization techniques and develop corresponding Python/MATLAB
codes.
CO 4: Analyze various constrained optimization techniques and utilize them for evaluating engineering
problem statements.
CO 5: Investigate various complex problems using dynamic programming algorithms.
CO 6: Analyze various advanced metaheuristic techniques and develop Python/MATLAB codes for analysis.

COURSE DETAILS

123
Introduction
Design variables, constraints, variable bounds, local and global optimization, classification of optimization
techniques.

Unconstrained Optimization Techniques

Single-variable optimization techniques - Concepts of Bracketing (Exhaustive Search) and Region Elimination
(Interval Halving), Programming in Python/MATLAB.Gradient Based techniques - Newton-Raphson method
and its application, Programming in Python/MATLAB.Multi-variable optimization techniques - Concepts of
Direct Search (Hooke-Jeeves pattern search method) and Gradient based search (Cauchy’s method, Newton’s
method).

Constrained Optimization Techniques

L1 and L2 norm based optimization, Kuhn-Tucker (KT) necessity and sufficiency theorems, Penalty function
method, Method of multiplier.

Dynamic Programming
Dynamic programming algorithms, shortest path problems, time optimal control.

Metaheuristics
Genetic Algorithm, Particle Swarm Optimization, Simulated Annealing, Differential Evolution - Grey Wolf
Optimization, Programming in Python/MATLAB.

Textbook
1. Deb, Kalyanmoy, Optimization for engineering design: Algorithms and examples. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.,
2012.

Reference books
1. Stephen P. Boyd, and Lieven Vandenberghe. Convex optimization. Cambridge university press, 2004.
2. Deb, Kalyanmoy, Multi-objective optimization using evolutionary algorithms: an introduction. Springer
London, 2011.
3. Rao, S. S.,Engineering optimization: theory and practice. John Wiley & Sons,2019.
4. Bellman, R. E. and Dreyfus, S. E., Applied dynamic programming (Vol. 2050). Princeton university press,
2015.

MILLIMETER-WAVES AND TERAHERTZ TECHNOLOGY

Course Code: EC40002

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course deals with the fundamental theory of millimeter wave multiple access techniques and the
fundamentals of Terahertz technology. The course will comprehensively discuss the channel modelling for mm
Waves and multiple access techniques.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Analyze the various communication technologies, difference between sub-6GHz 5G and mm-Wave 5G,
characteristics of mm-Wave and standards
CO 2: Apply the channel models for mm-Wave systems and design them.

124
CO 3: Analyze the different modulation schemes and multiple access technologies for mm-Wave systems.
CO 4: Analyze the beam forming concept and apply water filling algorithm for channel capacity improvement
in mm-Waves.
CO 5: Explain the sources of THz and the means of detecting it
CO 6: Explain the application of THz for future wireless communication systems.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction to Millimeter Wave (mm-Wave) Technology

Overview of communication technologies (1G to 5G), 5G requirements, sub-6GHz 5G, mm-Wave 5G, mm-
Wave characteristics, mm-Wave standards, mm-Wave MIMO systems.

Channel Modelling for mm-Wave Technology

Channel modelling challenges, mm-Wave propagation loss due to atmospheric Oxygen, and water vapor
(especially, at 60GHz), path loss models, Channel models for mm-Wave MIMO systems.

Modulation and Multiple-Access Techniques

Modulation techniques: Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM), filter bank multi-carriers
(FBMC), generalized frequency, division multiplexing (GFDM), and universal filtered multi-carrier (UFMC)

Orthogonal Frequency Division

Multiple accesses (OFDMA), generalized frequency division multiple accesses (GFDMA), non-orthogonal
multiple accesses (NOMA).

MIMO and Beam Steering Technology

mm-Wave transmission and reception, antennas for mm-Wave beam-steering concept, MIMO requirements,
noise in MIMO mm-Wave, spatial diversity.

Overview of Terahertz (THz) Technology

Introduction to THz radiation, Overview of THz generation and detection: THz pulses, and continuous THz
wave generation, Overview of THz components (waveguides, filters, and modulations)

THz Communications
Ultra fast THz communication, Short distance THz communications, 6G communications with THz, Space
communication with THz

Textbooks
1. Theodore S.Rappaport, Robert W. Heath Jr., Robert C. Daniels and James N. Murdock, Millimeter
Wave Wireless Communication, Prentice Hall, 2014.
2. Yun-Shik Lee, Principles of Terahertz Science and Technology, Springer 2009

Reference books
1. Kao- Cheng Huang and Zhoacheng Wang, Millimeter Wave Communication Systems, Wiley IEEE
Press, 2011.
2. Athanasios G.Kanatos, Konstantina S.Nikita, Panagiotis Mathiopoulos, New Directions in Wireless
Communication Systems from Mobile to 5G, CRC Press,2017
3. Erik Bründermann, et al., Terahertz Techniques, Springe, 2012.
4. R. A. Lewis, Terahertz Physics, Cambridge University Press, 2012

COGNITIVE RADIO AND COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATIONS

Course Code: EC40003

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
125
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Cognitive radio is an exciting emerging technology that has the potential of dealing with the stringent
requirement and scarcity of the radio spectrum. Aim of this course is to familiarize students with the technology
that allows the agile and efficient utilization of the radio spectrum by offering distributed terminals or radio cells
the ability of radio sensing, self-adaptation, and dynamic spectrum sharing.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to:

CO 1: Analyze Cooperative Communication Concepts and Cooperation protocols.

CO 2: Differentiate between Distributed space–time coding (DSTC) - Distributed space–frequency coding
(DSFC) and analyze Differential modulation for DF and AF cooperative communication.
CO 3: Analyze the features of cooperative Networking like energy efficiency, distributed routing, source
channel coding etc.
CO 4: Analyze the concept of Software Defined Radio and Cognitive Radio.
CO 5: Model various cognitive Radio tasks.
CO 6: Explain the recent trends and challenges in Cognitive Radio.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Cooperative Communication, Cooperation protocols - Hierarchical cooperation, Cooperative communications
with single relay, Multi-node cooperative communications.

Distributed Space–Time Coding (Dstc) - Distributed Space–Frequency Coding (Dsfc)

Distributed space–time coding (DSTC) - Distributed space–frequency coding (DSFC); Relay selection-
Differential modulations for DF cooperative communications - Differential modulation for AF cooperative
communications.

Cooperative Networking
Energy efficiency in cooperative sensor networks, Cognitive multiple access via cooperation, Content-aware
cooperative multiple access, Distributed cooperative routing, Source–channel coding with cooperation.

Introduction to Software Defined Radio and Cognitive Radio

Characteristics and Benefits of Software Radio; Dynamic Spectrum Access; Digital dividend; Types of
Cognitive Radio; Spectrum policies and Regulations; Information theoretic perspective on Cognitive Radio
networks.

Cognitive Radio Tasks

Spectrum sensing and its methods; Cooperative Spectrum sensing; Spectrum sharing; spectrum mobility;
spectrum management; spectrum trading.

Recent Trends and Challenges in Cognitive Radio

OFDM based Cognitive Radio; Security issues in cognitive radio; Game theory in Cognitive radio; applications
of cognitive radio; IEEE 802.22 WRAN standard.

Textbook
1. Rayliu K J, Sadek A K, Weifeng Su and Andres Kwasinski, Cooperative Communications and
Networking, Cambridge University Press, 2009.

Reference books
1. 1.Jeffrey H Reed, Software Radio: A Modern Approach to Radio Engineering, PEA Publication, 2002.
2. Bruce A Fette, Cognitive Radio Technology, Elsevier Publication, Burlington, 2009.
126
3. Joseph Mitola III, Cognitive Radio Architecture: The Engineering Foundations of Radio XML, Wiley
Interscience Publication, NEW JERSEY, 2006.
4. Kwang-Cheng Chen and Ramjee Prasad, Cognitive Radio Networks, John Wiley & Sons, 2009.

QUANTUM COMMUNICATION

Course Code: EC40004

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course introduces students to basic laws of quantum mechanics and provides an introduction to the
revolutionary quantum technologies.This course is about the potential for quantum technologies, a field that
promises to revolutionize the way we compute by using the dynamics of quantum mechanics. The boundary
between classical and quantum physics, quantization of EM field and its consequences, quantum
electromagnetic and atomic physics and their applications in quantum communication, quantum computations
and quantum sensing are discussed. The course aims to develop conceptual understanding of quantum
phenomena and identifies engineering challenges of various quantum technologies.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Identify fundamental differences between quantum and classical technologies

CO 2: Analyze mathematically simple quantum phenomena
CO 3: Explain quantum signatures in experimental data
CO 4: Discuss quantum errors and error correction methods
CO 5: Analyze engineering challenges of quantum technologies
CO 6: Discuss methods of fault-tolerant quantum computation

COURSE DETAILS

Overview of Quantum Technologies

Quantum Engineering, Motivation: Quantum Computing, Quantum Communication, Motivation: Quantum
sensing, Fundamentals of Quantum Mechanics

Essential Concepts in Quantum Mechanics

The Birth of quantum mechanics, Postulates of quantum mechanics, Hamiltonian and Schrodinger Equation,
Dirac notation, Density operator

Quantum Resources
EM waves: Quantum EM fields, Polarization of optical fields, EM resonators, Single photon detection, E-field
detection, Quantum light.
Atoms: Two-level atom, Introduction to light-atom interactions, Trapping and cooling atoms, Three-level
atoms, Rydberg atoms, Trapped ions
Superconducting Devices: Fundamentals of superconductors, Superconducting two-level systems,
Superconducting qubits, Superconducting qubits and challenges

Quantum Sensing and Communication

Light interferometry-LIGO, Particle interferometry- Ramsey measurement, Sensing via defects in diamond,
Quantum cryptography, Quantum teleportation, Quantum Memory, Entanglement distribution

Quantum Computing
Introduction to classical computing, Introduction to quantum computing, Experimental implementation of
127
quantum computation, Deterministic two-qubit logic gates, Single and two-qubit photonic gates,
Superconducting gates, Quantum logic operation using trapped ions, Quantum logic operation using Rydberg
atoms, Linear optics quantum computing, Engineering Quantum Systems

Textbook

1. Nielsen, M., & Chuang, I., Quantum Computation and Quantum Information: 10th Anniversary Edition.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press,2010, doi:10.1017/CBO9780511976667;

Reference books

1. David A. B. Miller, Quantum Mechanics for Scientists and Engineers Illustrated Edition, Advanced
Quantum Communications: An Engineering Approach Sandor Imre, Laszlo Gyongyosi, ISBN: 978-1-118-
00236-0, December 2012 Wiley-IEEE Press
2. A.M. Zagoskin, Quantum Engineering: Theory and Design of Quantum Coherent Structures, Cambridge,
Cambridge University Press, 2011, ISBN 978-0-521-11369-4.

ANALOG AND MIXED SIGNAL IC DESIGN

Course Code: EC40005

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Student will be able to understand the design paramaters of Analog and Mixed signal CMOS VLSI circuits.
Students will be able to design and model Analog and Mixed signal MOS circuits with the given specifications.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Select the most appropriate design configuration for a specified single stage amplifier implementation.
CO 2: Evaluate performance issues and trade-offs based on a knowledge of different current mirror circuits.
CO 3: Choose the most appropriate differential amplifier configuration for a specified analog circuit
implementation.
CO 4: Choose the most appropriate operational amplifier configuration for a specified analog circuit
implementation.
CO 5: Select the most appropriate design configuration for a specified Nyquist rate DAC and ADC
implementation.
CO 6: Analyze different designs of PLLs best suited for a specific mixed signal circuit application

COURSE DETAILS

Single stage Amplifiers:

Small signal models of MOS transistors,Basic amplifier topologies and their characteristics, common-source
stage amplifier, Cascode amplifiers,

Biasing circuits
Basic and Cascode current mirrors, Current and Voltage references; bandgap reference, Folded Cascode
amplifier

Differential amplifiers
Basic differential pair, Differential amplifier with tail current source, Differential amplifier with active load.

128
Operational amplifier and applications
Analysis of different performance parameters, miller effect, Design of CMOS op-amp, one-stage op-
amp,cascode op-amp and analysis,two-stage op-amp, Gain boosting,Latch-based comparator,Ring oscillator, LC
oscillator, Voltage control oscillator.

Nyquist rate ADC and DAC design

Block diagram of SAR ADC, Design of SAR ADC, Working principle and architecture of a folding-and-
interpolation ADC, Design of sample and hold amplifier, Design of folding amplifier and interpolation
network,Resistor ladder DAC,Binary weighted,R-2R ladder based DAC, switch capacitor based DAC..

Phase locked loop

Phase locked loop: Simple PLL, Building blocks in PLL, Locking characteristic of PLL and Design of PLL;
non-ideal effects in PLLs, Charge-Pump. PLL based frequency synthesizer, Application and block diagram of a
DLL, Design of a multiphase generator.

Textbooks
1. Behad Razavi, Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits; MGH, 2nd edition,20017.
2. David Johns and Ken Martin, Analog integrated circuit design, Wiley 2nd Edition,2013,

Reference books
1. Allen and Holberg, CMOS Analog Circuit Design, Oxford , International 2nd edition,
2. R. Jacob Baker, CMOS mixed-signal circuit design , Wiley India, IEEE press, 1st edition, 2009.
3. Mikael Gustavsson, J.Jacob Wickner, Nianxiong nick Tan, CMOS Data Converters for communications,
Kluwer, Academic Publishers New York, Boston, Dordrecht, London, Moscow,2002

ADVANCED VLSI AND SoC

Course Code: EC40006

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course focuses on data path interconnects aware design methodologies, SoC design flow, bus architecture,
hardware security and IP protection.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Analyze the basic arithmetic building blocks used in VLSI Circuits.

CO 2: Apply knowledge to implement arithmetic blocks for data path design
CO 3: Analyze the partitioning technique for component placement.
CO 4: Solve the VLSI interconnects and clock routing issues.
CO 5: Discuss the SoC design method and soft- and hard-core processors.
CO 6: Evaluate and analyze the method of SoC Verification and IP protection methods.

COURSE DETAILS

Design of arithmetic building blocks

Introduction to processor design and digital arithmetic, Carry select adder, Manchester carry-chain, Carry
bypass adder, carry-save adder, Array multiplier, carry save multiplier, Wallace tree multiplier, Booth’s
multiplier, Delay optimization of adders and multipliers, Area-time trade-off, power consumption issues,

129
Optimization for speed, Low-power design and high-speed logic.

Design automation tools and partitioning

Constructive and iterative partitioning, Kernighan-Lin algorithm, ratio-cut algorithm, Placement, floor planning
and pin assignments Global routing, Lee’s algorithm, Channel routing, clock and power routing algorithms.

Clocking and interconnect issues

Clocking and Crosstalk, system noise, complexity management, Signal integrity issues, high speed
interconnects, Clock, clock skew, clock distribution and routing, Clock buffering, gated clock and clock tree,
Design of buffers and I/O pad and memory design interconnect issues.

Introduction to SoC
Soc Design Flow, Overview of SoC Design methodologies, SoC Components- Processor and Memory, On chip
interconnect- AMBA Bus, soft and hard core development process.

SoC Verification & SoC Security

Overview of verification techniques, Verification flow, HW/SW Multi-Level Security, Overview of hardware
security, IP protection, Encryption

Textbooks
1. Weste and Eshranghian “Principles of CMOS VLSI Design”, Second Edition,Pearson Education, 01
2. Farzad Nekoogar, Faranak Nekoogar, “From ASICs to SOCs: A Practical Approach”, PHI,

Reference books
1. Neil H.E. Weste, David F. Harris, “CMOS VLSI Design ”, Pearson Education,
2. Jan M. Rabaey, Anant Chandrakasan, and Borivoje Nikoli, “Digital Integrated Circuits”, Prentice Hall
(India), 2016

LOW POWER VLSI DESIGN

Course Code: EC40007

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course focuses on Optimization of VLSI design prototype in architecture, gate and in cell level of
abstraction.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Explain various power dissipation mechanisms in a CMOS logic

CO 2: Estimate and analyse the various components power dissipation in VLSI circuits.
CO 3: Apply and analyse various low power optimization techniques in architecture level
CO 4: Apply and analyse various low power optimization techniques in gate level
CO 5: Analyse various low power optimization techniques in cell level
CO 6: Analyse various low power optimization techniques in layout level

COURSE DETAILS

Basic MOS inverters, MOS combinational circuits

Sources of power dissipation in CMOS circuits: static power dissipation - diode leakage power, subthreshold
leakage power, gate and other tunnel currents; dynamic power dissipation - short circuit power, switching
power, gliching power; degrees of freedom, energy delay product, power delay product.

130
Supply voltage scaling approaches
Technology Level - feature size scaling, threshold voltage scaling; logic level - gate sizing for voltage scaling;
architecture level - parallelism and pipelining; algorithm level - transformations to exploit concurrency;
dynamic voltage scaling. Switched capacitance minimization approaches: system level - power down, system
partitioning;

Algorithm level
Concurrency, locality, regularity, data representation; architecture level - concurrency, signal correlation; logic
level - gate sizing, logic styles; layout level - layout optimization; technology level - advanced packaging, SOI.

Leakage power minimization techniques:

Threshold voltage scaling: MTCMOS, VTCMOS and Multiple-Vt CMOS circuits.

Textbook
1. Ajit Pal, Low-Power VLSI Circuits and Systems‖, Springer,

Reference books
1. Anantha P. Chandrakasan and Robert W. Brodersen, Low Power Digital CMOS Design, Kluwer Academic
Publishers,2002.
2. Kaushik Roy and Sharat C. Prasad, Low-Power CMOS VLSI Design, Wiley-India,2011.

ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND RISC-V PROCESSOR DESIGN

Course Code: EC40008

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course focuses on instruction pipeline and their hazards, branching, pipeline scheduling mechanisms, cache
memory organization and mapping techniques and also teaches about RISC-V Architecture and instruction
formats and Brief overview to ARM.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Interpret the performance of a processor based on metrics such as execution time, cycles per
instruction (CPI), Instruction count etc
CO 2: Explain instruction pipeline and pipeline hazards
CO 3: Analyze pipeline scheduling and different scheduling mechanisms.
CO 4: Apply the concept of memory hierarchy for efficient memory design
CO 5: Discuss the RISC V instruction sets and addressing modes used in RISC -V processors.
CO 6: Evaluate RISC -V processor instructions and their usage.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Review of basic computer architecture, RISC vs CISC, Performance evaluation methods, Introduction RISC
pipeline, Instruction pipeline and performance.

Instruction Pipeline Principles

Pipeline hazards, Pipeline hazard control and branching, MIPS pipeline for multi-cycle operation.

Pipeline scheduling mechanism

Compiler technique, dynamic scheduling, static and dynamic scheduling.
131
Cache memory and its organization
Cache memory basics, Cache memory mapping replacement algorithms, cache memory optimization.

RISC-V Processor
Introduction to RISC-V Processor, RISC -V instruction format and RIC-V Instruction sets, RISC-V Addressing
Modes and Synchronization, Overview of a basic RISC Processor- ARM.

Textbooks
1. J.L.Hennessy, D.A.Patterson, Computer Architecture: a quantitative approach, Morgan Kaufmann, 5th
edition, 2011, ISBN: 978-1558605961.
2. David A. Patterson & John L. Hennessy, Computer Organization and Design RISC-V Edition, Elsevier, 2nd
Edition, 2020

Reference books
1. Bernard Goossens, Guide to Computer Processor Architecture, springer, 1st edition, 2023
2. Sivarama P. Dandamudi, Guide to RISC Processors for Programmers and Engineers, 1st Edition, 2005
3. Sarah L. Harris & David Harris, Digital Design and Computer Architecture- RISC-V Edition, Morgan
Kaufmann, 2012, ISBN: 9780123978165
3. Daniel Page, A Practical Introduction to Computer Architecture, Springer London, 1st edition 2009
4. William Stallings, Computer Organization and Architecture, Prentice Hall, 10th edition, 2015, ISBN-10:
013293633X, ISBN-13: 978-0132936330

BIOMEDICAL SIGNAL PROCESSING

Course Code: EC40009

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE

Biomedical signals are acquired from a medical or biological source which can be at the cell level, molecular
level, or organ level. Several biomedical signals are generally employed in the research laboratory, and
hospitals. The aim this course covers the application of signal processing and stochastic methods to detect or
diagnosis of disease or physiological states in the human body.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Appraise various techniques for acquiring bio-medical signals.

CO 2: Investigate and interpret bio-medical signal characteristics.
CO 3: Apply signal processing techniques for noise reduction and artefact removal.
CO 4: Demonstrate skills in analyzing bio-medical signals using time-frequency analysis.
CO 5: Implement appropriate signal processing algorithms for disease diagnosis.
CO 6: Evaluate feature extraction and feature selection techniques to identify abnormal patterns.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction to Biomedical Signals

Generation of Bio-signals, Sources of bio-signals, Bio electric potential/ action potential, Types of bio-signals
(ECG, EEG, EMG, EOG), Study of diagnostically significant bio-signal parameters, Acquisition of bio-signals
(signal conditioning).

132
Filtering Techniques
Classification of signals and noise, Digital filtering, Spectral analysis of deterministic, stationary random signals
and non-stationary signals, Coherent treatment of various biomedical signal processing methods and
applications. Biomedical signal processing by Fourier analysis, wavelet (time-frequency) analysis.

Analysis of Bio-signals
Cardiological signal processing: Basic Electrocardiography, ECG data acquisition, Power spectrum of the ECG,
filtering techniques, Template matching, QRS detection algorithm, Estimation of R-R Interval, Real-time ECG
processing.
Neurological signal processing: The brain and its potentials, origin of brain waves, EEG signal and its
characteristics (EEG rhythms, waves, and transients), Detection of EEG rhythms, spike and wave detection.
Analysis of EMG signal and PCG Signal. Deep learning for bio-signal analysis.

Applications of BSP
Analysis of chaotic signals Application areas of BSP: Multi-resolution analysis (MRA) and wavelets, Principal
component analysis (PCA), Independent component analysis (ICA), Adaptive segmentation of ECG and PCG
signals, Time varying analysis of heart rate variability, Detection of Coronary Artery Disease , Analysis of
Ectopic ECG beats. Pattern classification on biomedical signal analysis.

Textbooks

1. Rangaraj M. Rangayyan, Biomedical Signal Analysis, IEEE Press, 2001.Charu C. Aggarwal. Neural
Networks and Deep Learning: A Textbook. Springer. 2019.
2. W. J. Tompkins, Biomedical Digital Signal Processing, Prentice Hall, 1993.

Reference books

1. Eugene N Bruce, Biomedical Signal Processing and Signal Modeling, John Wiley & Son’s publication,
2001.
2. Myer Kutz, Biomedical Engineering and Design Handbook, Volume I, McGraw Hill, 2009.
3. D C Reddy, Biomedical Signal Processing, McGraw Hill, 2005.
4. A V Oppenheim & R W Schafer, Discrete-time Digital Signal Processing, 2009, 3rd edition, Prentice-Hall

MASSIVE MIMO TECHNOLOGY

Course Code: EC40010
Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE

The course is intended to make the research students understand the massive MIMO system, Principle and
working of massive MIMO system, means and modes of communication. They will able to analyze the
Principle and working of different massive MIMO network scenarios and application to Millimeter wave
communication. Also they will able to comprehend and analyze the power control in massive MIMO system
and its applications for small cells and device to device communications.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Compare and contrast the concepts of MIMO and massive MIMO techniques.
CO 2: Analyze and optimize the performance of massive MIMO for capacity and SNR improvement of
various Network Scenarios.
133
CO 3: Apply and analyze the Massive MIMO Aided millimeter communication Technology
CO 4: Analayze the power control in massive MIMO system.
CO 5: Discuss case studies on massive MIMO applications.
CO 6: Apply MIMO and Massive MIMO techniques for real world scenarios and applications.

Introduction
Evolution of cellular systems from 1G to 4G and the principles underlying different generations, Engineering
requirements and application scenarios for 5G, Role of massive MIMO as a key 5G solution, Characteristics and
benefits of massive MIMO systems, signal and channel models, Difference between traditional MIMO and
Massive MIMO.
Massive MIMO Technology
Main Application Scenarios: Homogeneous Network Scenarios, Heterogeneous Network Scenarios,Physical
Layer Technology, Recorders and detectors in multi cell environments, Networking Technology, Scheduling
Massive MIMO Aided millimeter communication Technology
Back ground, deployment of Millimeter Wave Communication, Physical Layer Challenges and solutions, CSI
acquisition and beam forming schemes.MAC and Networking Design
Power control in massive MIMO systems
Single cell, multiple cells, max-min fairness; Propagation channels: Conditions for favorable propagation,
independent Rayleigh fading, uniformly random line-of-sight channels;
Case studies
Examples of single and multiple cell deployment; Recent research results: Pilot Decontamination, Effects of
hardware impairments, Massive MIMO with FDD operation, Cell-free Massive MIMO;
Other potential 5G technologies such as device to device communications and applicability of massive MIMO
to small cells.
Textbooks

1. T. L. Marzetta, E. G. Larsson, H. Yang, and H. Q. Ngo, Fundamentals of Massive MIMO, Cambridge

University Press, 2016
2. Long Zhao, Hui Zhao, Kan Zheng, Wei Xiang ,Massive MIMO in 5G Networks: Selected Applications,
Springer,2018

References books

1. R. S. Kshetrimayum, Fundamentals of MIMO Wireless Communications, Cambridge University Press,

2017.
2. W. Xiang, K. Zheng, and X. Xuemin, 5G Mobile communications, Springer, 2017
3. J. Rodriguez, Fundamentals of 5G Mobile Networks, John Wiley & Sons, 2015
4. H. Yang and T. S. Quek, Massive MIMO meets Small Cell: Backhaul and Cooperation, Springer, 2016.

RF CMOS VLSI

Course Code: EC40014

Credit: 3
L-T-P : 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course introduces the design parameters of integrated radio front-end circuits for given specifications. The
course imparts knowledge on RF modulation,RF CMOS circuit design and testing.

134
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Evaluate the performance parameters of RF and wireless systems

CO 2: Analyze performance issues and trade-offs based on a knowledge of different passive and active devices.
CO 3: Select appropriate modulation technique for a specified RF circuit implementation.
CO 4: Investigate and select device topology for specified RF circuit implementation.
CO 5: Examine the operation and parameters of basic functional blocks of RF systems.
CO 6: Analyze different designs of PLLs for RF circuit applications.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction to RF & Wireless Technology

Complexity, design and applications. Choice of Technology. Basic concepts in RF Design: Nonlinearly and
Time Variance, intersymbol Interference, random processes and Noise. Definitions of sensitivity and dynamic
range, conversion Gains and Distortion.

Passive and Active Devices

Passive devices: monolithic capacitors, resistors, inductors, RLC networks, transmission lines, lumped and
distributed resonators, impedance matching networks, transformers, and baluns. Active devices: MOSFET
operations (in both long channel and deep submicron regimes), practical limitations, and other various silicon
transistors and technologies (Si/SiGe Bipolar, SOI, etc.).

Analog & Digital Modulation for RF Circuits

Comparison of various techniques for power efficiency. Coherent and Non coherent defection. Mobile RF
Communication systems and basics of Multiple Access techniques. Receiver and Transmitter Architectures and
Testing Heterodyne, Homodyne, Image-reject, Direct-IF and sub-sampled receivers. Direct Conversion and two
steps transmitters

RF Device Modeling
BJT and MOSFET behavior at RF frequencies. Modeling of the transistors and SPICE models. Noise
performance and limitation of devices. Integrated Parasitic elements at high frequencies and their monolithic
implementation.

Basic Blocks in RF Systems

Low Noise Amplifiers design in various technologies, Design of Mixers at GHz frequency range. Various
Mixers, their working and implementations, Oscillators: Basic topologies VCO and definition of phase noise.
Noise-Power trade-off. Resonator less VCO design.

VLSI Implementations of RF Systems

Quadrature and single-sideband generators, Radio Frequency Synthesizes: PLLS, Various RF synthesizer
architectures and frequency dividers, Power Amplifiers design. Linearisation techniques, Design issues in
integrated RF filters.

Textbook

1. B.Razavi, RF Microelectronics, 2nd edition,Prentice-Hall PTR,

2. T.H.Lee, The Design of CMOS Radio-Frequency Integrated Circuits, Cambridge University Press,2nd
Edition,2003

Reference books

1. Frank Gustrau, RF and Microwave Engineering: Fundamentals of Wireless Communications,Wiley

2. Reinhold Ludwig, RF Circuit Design Theory And Application,2nd Edition, Pearson Education,2000
3. Valeria Teppati,Andrea Ferrero, Mohamed Sayed, Modern RF and Microwave Measurement Techniques,
Cambridge Univ. Press,2013
135
 5G SUPPORTIVE TECHNOLOGIES

Course Code: EC40015

Credit: 3
L-T-P : 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVES
This course provides the comprehensive overview of the of the 5G supportive Technologies. The key supportive
technologies like D2D, mm-wave communications, massive MIMO, wireless network coding, interference
management and spectrum utilization issues are emphasized. Various 5G application domains such as
automotive, building, energy and manufacturing economic sectors are addressed. The relationship between IoT,
machine type communications, and cyber-physical systems under 5G standard are include. Glimps for future
e6G communication is also provided with it’s base technologies.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Comprehend and Analyze the 5G Concept and Architecture.

CO 2: Comprehend and analyze the concept behind Machine to Machine and Device to Device based
Communication.
CO 3: Comprehend and analyze various 5G radio access technologies for wireless communication.
CO 4: Comprehend and analyze the concept of Massive MIMO technology in the context of 5G
Communication.
CO 5: Comprehend and analyze the concept of Interference Management , Mobility Management and
Dynamic network reconfiguration in 5G systems.
CO 6: Comprehend and analyze concept of Spectrum ,standard and technologies for 5G and future 6G
communication.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Background History, Mobile Communication generations from 1G to 4G, IOT: relation to 5G,5G capacity and
Volume, Global Initiatives, Standardization activities

5G System concept and Architecture

5G use cases and requirements, Basic concepts of 5G system, Basics of RAN architecture, High level
requirements for 5G architecture, Functional architecture and 5G flexibility, Physical architecture and 5G
deployments.

Machine Type Communications (MTC) and Device to Device(D2D) Communication

MTC categorization and requirements, Fundamental Technologies for MTC, Massive MTC, Ultra reliable and
Low Latency MTC, Device to Device communication from 4G to 5G,4G LTE D2D, 5G D2D, Radio resource
management for Mobile Broad band D2D.

5G Radio Access Technologies

Access design principles for Multi User Communications: Orthogonal Multiple Access Systems, Spread
Spectrum Multiple access Systems,Capacity Limits for multiple access systems, Multi carrier with
filtering:Filter bank based Multi carrier,Universal Filtered OFDM,Non-Orthogonal Schemes for efficient
Multiple Access: Non-Orthogonal Multiple Access(NOMA), Sparse Code Multiple Access (SCMA)

Massive Multiple Input Multiple Output(MIMO) Systems

136
MIMO in LTE,Single user MIMO,Multi-User MIMO,Capacity of Massive MIMO, Resource allocation and
Transceiver Algorithms for Massive MIMO, Fundamentals of base band and RF Implementations in Massive
MIMO.

Interference Management and Mobility Management and Dynamic reconfiguration in 5G

Network Deployment Types, Interference Management in 5G, Mobility Management in 5G,Dynamic network
reconfiguration in 5G.

Spectrum for 5G
Spectrum for 4G, Spectrum Challenges for 5G,Bandwidth requirements, Spectrum access nodes and sharing
scenarios,5G spectrum Technologies, Spectrum ,standard and technologies for future 6G communication.

Textbook
1. Afif Qsseiran, Jose F Monserrat, Patrick Marsch, 5G Mobile and Wireless Communications Technology,
Cambridge University Press, 2016

Reference books
1. Jonathan Rodriguez,Fundamentals of 5G mobile networks, WILEY,2015
2. 5G NR the next generation Wireless Access Technology, Academic Press, Second Edition,2020

VLSI SIGNAL PROCESSING

Course Code: EC40016

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This subject is designed to represent DSP systems and covers some of the important techniques for designing
efficient VLSI architectures for its applications. The subject will also help students to develop high throughput
system for real time applications, with an intention to reduce power consumption and chip area.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Interpret DSP Architectures and Algorithms.

CO 2: Apply pipelining and parallel processing to FIR filters for Low Power application
CO 3: Compare different technique of retiming, folding and unfolding of DSP architecture to reduce critical
path delay.
CO 4: Appraise systolic array design of DSP architecture.
CO 5: Apply Fast convolution technique for Filtering Application.
CO 6: Analyze different arithmetic architecture for addition, subtraction and multiplications technique
applicable to DSP.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Graphical representation of DSP algorithms, Block Diagram, signal flow graph (SFG), data flow graph (DFG)
and dependence graph (DG), critical path, loop bound and iteration bound.

Pipelining and Parallel Processing

Introduction, Pipelining and parallel processing of FIR digital filters, Pipelining and Parallel Processing for Low
Power.

Retiming, Unfolding and Folding

137
Retiming techniques; algorithm for unfolding, Folding transformation

Systolic architecture design

Systolic array design methodology, FIR Systolic Arrays, Selection of Scheduling Vectors, 2D Matrix
Multiplication Systolic Array Design.

Fast Convolution
Cook-Toom algorithm, modified Cook-Toom algorithm, Winograd algorithm, iterated convolution

Bit level Arithmetic Architectures

Parallel Multipliers- Parallel Multiplication with sign extension ( Parallel Carry Ripple Array and Parallel Carry
Save Multipliers), Bit Serial Multipliers.

Textbook
1. Keshab K. Parhi, VLSI Digital Signal Processing Systems, Design and Implementation, John Wiley, Indian
Reprint, 2007.

Reference books
1. Magdy A. Bayoumi, VLSI Design Methodologies for Digital Signal Processing Architectures ,
Springer/BSP Books, 2005.
2. S.Y. Kuang, H.J. White house, T. Kailath,VLSI and Modern Signal Processing, Prentice Hall, 1995.
3. U. Meyer, Baese, Digital Signal Processing with Field Programmable Gate Arrays, Springer, Second
Edition, 2004.

PLANAR ANTENNAS

Course Code: EC40017

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of the course is to understand the theory and the design principles of planar antennas for the
applications to small devices. The subject focuses to learn the design methods of microstrip antenna, planar
monopole antenna, planar antenna arrays, slot antenna, millimeter wave and TeraHertz antennas for the
applications to miniaturized devices.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Identify the antenna basics for the design of small planar antennas.
CO 2: Analyze the characteristics and design principles of microstrip antennas for small and low gain antenna
applications.
CO 3: Construct the circularly polarized patch antennas and microstrip antenna arrays for small and high gain
antenna applications.
CO 4: Design planar slot antennas and planar monopole antennas for the applications to small and
omnidirectional antennas.
CO 5: Evaluate the characteristics and design aspects of electrically small antennas.
CO 6: Make use of planar antennas for special applications to wireless access.

COURSE DETAILS
Introduction to Antennas and Planar Antennas
Radiation, Antenna parameters, Basics of antenna array, Different types of planar antennas, Brief description of
fabrication process of planar antennas.
Microstrip Patch Antennas-I
138
Characteristics of microstrip patch antennas, radiation from microstrip antenna, field configurations, different
types of feeding techniques. Design equations for rectangular and circular microstrip patches, analysis of
microstrip antennas using transmission line model and cavity method. Broadband techniques using stacked
patch antennas, proximity-coupled and aperture-coupled microstrip antennas, slot-loaded and slit-loaded
microstrip antennas, microstrip antennas with shorted pin, effect of finite ground plane on the performance of
microstrip antennas, principle of planar fractal antennas.

Microstrip Patch Antennas-II

Methods of generating circular polarization in microstrip antennas using single feed and double feed, methods
of generating multiple frequencies using microstrip antennas, miniaturization techniques for microstrip
antennas. Design techniques of microstrip antenna arrays with feed network, effect of mutual coupling,
microstrip phased array antenna design.

Planar Slot Antennas

Geometry and design of microstrip slot antenna, radiation pattern, CPW-fed slot antennas, design of folded slot
antenna, annular slot antenna.

Planar Monopole Antennas

Feeding methods and characteristics of planar triangle monopole, Sierpinski monopole, planar bi-conical
monopole antenna and roll monopole antenna.

Electrically Small Antennas

Electrically small antennas and their limitations, planar inverted F antenna (PIFA), PIFA for wireless potable
sets, ground-plane effects on PIFA performance, different types of PIFA, multi-frequency PIFA, Printed notch
antennas, small fractal antennas, dielectric resonator antennas, small TeraHertz antennas.

Planar Antennas for Special Applications

Planar mobile handset antennas, planar laptop computer antennas, planar antennas for USB modem, planar
antennas for WLAN and UWB communication.

Textbooks
1. R. Garg, P. Bhartia, I. Bahl and A. Ittipiboon, Microstrip Antenna Design Handbook, Artech House, 1st Ed.,
2001.
2. Z. N. Chen & M. Y. W. Chia, Broadband Planar Antennas-Design & Applications, John Wiley & Sons, 1st
Ed., 2006.

Reference book
1. K-L. Wong, Compact and Broadband Microstrip Antennas, John Wiley & Sons, 1st Ed., 2002.

SMART ANTENNAS
Course Code: EC40018
Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course focuses on advanced topics in design of smart antennas systems, including antenna array principles
and smart antenna algorithms such as angle of arrival estimation and antenna beam forming. The course
provides the student with the basic principles of smart antenna systems, which is an adaptive antenna array
consisting of multiple antennas. Objective is to use intelligent algorithms to calculate the optimal antenna
combination to make optimal use of beam forming and antenna array technologies, thereby reaping better
benefits.
139
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Analyze linear and circular antenna arrays.

CO 2: Classify adaptive processing for smart antenna using different methods.
CO 3: Solve design problems on smart antenna in presence of mutual coupling between the antennas.
CO 4: Minimize mutual coupling in presence of jammers.
CO 5: Solve design problems on smart antenna by estimating direction of arrival (DOA) of signal.
CO 6. Investigate different types of DOA estimation methods..

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Analysis of linear and circular antenna arrays, phased array antenna, Array synthesis methods, Adaptive
antennas and smart antennas, adaptive processing using minimum variance distortion less technique.

Direct Data Domain Least Square Approaches to Adaptive Processing

Direct data domain least square procedures, eigenvalue method, forward method, backward method, forward-
backward method, main beam construction for prevention of signal cancellation.

Mutual Coupling in Adaptive Smart Antennas

Mutual coupling among an array of dipoles (qualitative), compensation using open-circuit voltages and
minimum norm formulation, effect of mutual coupling for constant jammers and constant signals, compensation
for mutual coupling for constant jammers and constant signals.

Direction of Arrival (DOA) Estimation and Adaptive Signal Processing for Smart Antennas
Problem formulation, transformation matrix to compensate undesired electromagnetic effects, DOA estimation
for a semicircular array, adaptive processing using a single snapshot from a non-uniformly spaced array in
presence of mutual coupling and near-field scatterers, DOA estimation using a phased array on a conformal
hemispherical surface, DOA estimation using cyclostationarity, Optimization of base station location for indoor
wireless communication.
Textbook
1. T. K. Sarkar, M. C. Wicks, M. Salazar-Palma and R. J. Bonneau, Smart Antennas, Wiley-Interscience, 1st
Ed., 2003
Reference books

1. Ahmed El-Zooghby, Smart Antenna Engineering, Artech House, 1st Ed., 2005.
2. F. Gross, Smart Antennas for Wireless Communication: With MATLAB, McGraw Hill, 1st Ed., 2005.

SOLAR CELL DEVICE AND MATERIALS TECHNOLOGY

Course Code: EC40019

Credits: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Pre-requisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course is an introductory course on solar photovoltaic materials and devices covering fundamentals of
operation of solar cells, physics of semiconducting materials, P-N junction device characteristics in dark and
light. We will also discuss various solar photovoltaic technologies and their status with a brief discussion of the

140
fabrication and characterization aspects of the devices. The course will also discuss the simulation aspects of
designing and the PV module design basics.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Interpret the basics of Semiconductor Properties and working principle of solar cell.
CO 2: Explain the basic operation of a photovoltaic cell; explain the optical and electrical mechanisms that
limit efficiency and methods for improving these limits
CO 3: Design, analyze and simulate basic homojunction and heterojunction photovoltaic cells.
CO 4: Design and analyze different types of photovoltaic solar cells.
CO 5: Apply different fabrication and characterization process involved in thin film solar cell.
CO 6: Estimate the performance metrics of PV modules.

COURSE DETAILS

The Physics of Solar Cell

Review of Semiconductor Physics, Electrons and holes; density of states; drift and diffusion; conductivity;
carrier generation and recombination; optical phenomena in solids; carrier generation by photon absorption.

Solar Spectrum and Air Mass Concepts, Semiconductors as basic solar cell material, materials and properties, P
– N junction , I-V curves in dark and under illumination and solar cell. Sources of Losses and prevention.

Principles of solar energy conversions, open circuit voltage; short circuit current, maximum power, fill factor,
conversion efficiency.

Photovoltaic Technology

a) Silicon Solar cell technologies

Mono- crystalline and poly – crystalline cells, wafer production, Si–wafers, commercial Si solar cells, process
flow of commercial Si cell technology, Metal contacts. Monocrystalline materials and design issues;

b) Thin Film Solar Cells

Substrate and Super-state configuration, Thin film module manufacturing, Amorphous Si Solar cell technology.

Principles of homojunction and heterojunction solar cells. Cadmium Telluride Cell Technology, CIGS, CZTS
based thin film solar cell. 2D materials for solar cell fabrication.
Strategies for improving solar cell efficiency, light trapping, bandgap engineering, multi-junction concepts.

New Generation Solar Cells

Dye-sensitized solar cells (DSSC), Perovskite solar cells (PSC), Organic photovoltaics (OPV), Nano Materials
for Solar Cell

Fabrication and Simulation Methodology

Thin Film Solar Cells, Advantage of thin film, Thin film deposition techniques: Evaporation, Sputtering,
Atomic Layer Deposition (ALD), Spin Coating, Doctor Blade, Spray pyrolysis.
Open source software for solar cell modeling: SCAPS-1D, TCAD, WXAMPS

Introduction To PV Module Design

PV Modules: Series Resistance and shunt resistances, optimization, module design basics, interconnection
schemes, PV arrays, associated system electronics components.
Life cycle analysis, impact on air, water and soil pollution.

Textbook:
1. Chetan Singh Solanki, Solar Photovoltaics, Fundamentals, Technologies and Applications
Third Eds, PHI, 2015

141
Reference books
1. U. P. Singh and N. B. Chaure, Recent Advances in Thin Film PV Eds., Springer, 2022
2. A. Luque and S. Hegedus, eds., Handbook of Photovoltaic Science and Engineering, 2nd Edition, John
Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2011, ISBN: 978-0-470-72169-8.
3. Gavin J. Conibeer and Arthur Willoughby, eds., Solar Cell Materials: Developing Technologies, John
Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2014, ISBN: 978-0-470-06551-8
4. J. Poortmans and V. Arkhipov, eds., Thin Film Solar Cells: Fabrication, Characterization, and
Applications, John Wiley & Sons, Ltd., 2006,

ESSENCE OF BIOMEDICAL SIGNAL PROCESSING

Course Code: EC40020

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Pre-requisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
A biomedical engineer must have a qualitative understanding of the importance of biomedical signal processing.
Biomedical signals are essentials of human life and and indicate the functionality of the body organs. The main
the goal is to provide the theoretical and practical knowledge required for processing biomedical signals in order
to detect anomalies.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Identify the origin and characteristics of biomedical signals

CO 2: Assess the artifact and its removal techniques from biomedical signals
CO 3: Appraise the basic concepts and tools for real time processing of signals.
CO 4: Analyze processing of physiological signals through digital signal processing techniques and to address
biomedical problems.
CO 5: Interpret the nature of physical processes and pathological conditions and to evaluate the usefulness of
biomedical signal processing in a clinical context.
CO 6: Apply DSP techniques to solve complex problems related to biomedical domain.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction to Biomedical Signals

Generation of action potential, Origin and waveform characteristics of basic biomedical signals like
Electrocardiogram (ECG), Electroencephalogram (EEG), Electromyogram (EMG), Phonocardiogram (PCG),
Electroneurogram (ENG), Objectives of biomedical signal analysis, Artifacts, Difficulties in biomedical signal
Analysis, Computer-Aided Diagnosis.

Signals & Systems

Data Acquisition: Sampling in time, aliasing, interpolation, and quantization, Fundamentals of Deterministic
Signal, Linear Time-invariant systems, Convolution, Transform domain analysis of signals: Discrete Fourier
Transform (DFT),, discrete-time Fourier transform (DTFT), the fast Fourier transform (FFT), the spectrogram,
correlation, Power spectral density, Noise figure of the systems.

Filter Design And Noise Removal

Sampling and aliasing, spectral analysis, Types of noises. Design parameters for a filter, Linear time-invariant
filters: Time domain filters, Synchronized averaging, Moving average filters, Derivative based filters, the
overlap-save algorithm, digital filtering of continuous-time signals, Butterworth filters, Notch and comb filters,
Chebyshev and elliptic filters, Bilinear transform.

Cardiological Signal Processing

142
Pre-processing, Event detection, Morphological analysis, Envelope extraction, Feature extraction, Case studies,
Removal of artifacts, QRS Detection and classification of ectopic beats in ECG signals, Adaptive filters like
LMS adaptive filter, adaptive noise cancellation, Cancellation of 60 Hz interference in ECG, Cancellation of
maternal ECG in fetal ECG, Arrhythmia detection.

Neurological Signal Processing

Modeling of EEG Signals. Detection of spikes and spindles, Detection of Alpha, Beta and Gamma Waves. Auto
Regressive (A.R.) modeling of seizure EEG. Sleep Stage analysis. Inverse Filtering. Least squares and
polynomial modeling.

Textbooks
1. R.M. Rangayyan, Biomedical Signal Analysis, IEEE Press, 2001.
2. A. Oppenheim, R. Schafer, Discrete-Time Signal Processing, Prentice Hall, 2009.

Reference books
1. E.N Bruce, Biomedical Signal Processing and Signal Modeling, John Wiley & Son’s -publication, 2001.
2. M. Kutz, Biomedical Engineering and Design Handbook, Volume I, McGraw Hill, 2009.
3. D.C Reddy, Biomedical Signal Processing, McGraw Hill, 2005.

IMAGING TECHNIQUES
Course Code: EC40022
Credit: 3
L-T-P : 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil
COURSE OBJECTIVE
Imaging Techniques is a comprehensive course that introduces students to the principles and applications of
various imaging modalities used in medical, scientific, and industrial settings. The course covers the
fundamental concepts and techniques of imaging acquisition. Students will gain knowledge of the physical
principles underlying different imaging modalities, their strengths and limitations, and their applications in
diverse fields.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Appraise the basics of imaging techniques.

CO 2: Apply the basic principles of medical imaging modalities, including X-ray, computed tomography (CT),
magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), ultrasound.
CO 3: Analyze the concepts of optical imaging and its applications.
CO 4: Explain the principles of satellite imaging and its applications.
CO 5: Investigate the knowledge of thermal imaging and its applications.
CO 6: Discuss the applications of various imaging modalities.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction to Imaging Techniques

Definition of imaging, Brief overview of different imaging modalities, Basic principles of image acquisition and
image formation.

Medical Imaging
X-ray Imaging: Physics of X-ray production, X-ray image acquisition and processing, Applications and
limitations of X-ray imaging. Computed Tomography (CT): Principles of CT imaging, CT image acquisition
and reconstruction, Applications and limitations of CT imaging. Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI):
Principles of MRI, MRI image acquisition and processing, Applications and limitations of MRI. Ultrasound
Imaging: Physics of ultrasound. Ultrasound image acquisition and processing, Applications and limitations of
ultrasound imaging. Applications of medical imaging.
143
Optical Imaging
Principles of optical imaging, Optical imaging techniques, including microscopy, endoscopy, and fluorescence
imaging, Applications and limitations of optical imaging. Applications of optical imaging.

Satellite Imaging
Definition and importance of satellite imaging, Basic principles of electromagnetic radiation and its interaction
with Earth's surface, Overview of satellite sensors and platforms. Different types of satellite sensors (optical,
thermal, radar, etc.). Satellite orbits and their implications on image acquisition, Image resolution, spatial,
spectral, and temporal. Applications of satellite imaging.

Thermal Imaging
Fundamentals of Infrared Thermal Imaging: Infrared radiation, Radiometry and thermal radiation, Emissivity,
Optical material properties in IR. Applications of thermal imaging.

Textbooks
1. Paul Suetens, Fundamentals of Medical Imaging, Cambridge University Press; 2nd edition.
2. John R. Jensen, Remote Sensing of the Environment: An Earth Resource Perspective, Pearson Education,
India, 2nd edition,2013

Reference books
1. Michael Vollmer, Klaus-Peter Möllmann, Infrared Thermal Imaging: Fundamentals, Research and
Applications, Wiley-VCH; 2nd edition.
2. Craig Scott, Introduction to Optics and Optical Imaging, John Wiley & Sons Inc; 1st edition.

CONSUMER ELECTRONICS

Course Code: EC40023

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: EC30014

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course discusses about current state of the art of digital consumer devices as per current leading-edge
technology. This course broadly covers audio systems, video systems, telecommunication principles, office
equipment and domestic appliances to make understand of current digital technology.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Apply DC and AC Technology used in consumer Electronics.

CO 2: Categorize different electrical & electronics components.
CO 3: Apply knowledge for the use of Sensors for acquiring Acoustic and Electromagnetic waveform and
their Manipulation.
CO 4: Apply knowledge of Audio and Video System for Consumer Electronics Circuit Design.
CO 5: Analyze the concepts of electronics gadgets and home appliances and their applications.
CO 6: Create desired Electronics Equipment based on requirement and specifications.

COURSE DETAILS

DC, AC Technology, Components and Circuits, Waveforms:

DC and AC Technology, Electrical and Electronics components(Passive, Active Components) and their
Nomenclatures, Testing of Components and Circuits, Fundamental and Harmonic Waveforms, Acoustic and
Electromagnetic Waveforms, Wave-shaping

144
Transducers and Sensors:
Different Transducers/Sensors, properties, application, CRT, Recording and Reproduction System (8)

Audio and Video System:

Audio Systems and standards, Monochrome and Color TV Systems, (13)

Electronics Gadgets and Home Appliances:

Telecommunications Systems, Mobile Radio Systems, Facsimiles, CAR Infotainment, Washing Machines,
Microwave Ovens, Air conditioners and Refrigerators, Set-Top boxes(10)

Textbooks
1. S. P. Bali, Consumer Electronics, Pearson Education,1st Edition, 2009

Reference books
1. Amit Dhir, The Digital Consumer Technology Handbook, Elsevier, 1st Edition, 2004
2. Gerald B. Halt, Jr., John C. Donch, Jr., Robert Fesnak, Amber R. Stiles, Intellectual Property in Consumer
Electronics, Software and Technology Startups, Springer, 2014.
3. Ian Sinclair and John Dunton, Electronic and Electrical Servicing, Taylor & Francis, 2nd Edition, 2007

FUNDAMENTALS OF DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEMS

Course Code: EC40025

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: NIL

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course offers study of different aspects of data acquisition systems such as data acquisition system
hardware, communication bus, design of data acquisition systems, software for data acquisition systems, smart
data acquisition system.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Explain different components of data acquisition systems.

CO 2: Compare different hardware of the data acquisition systems.
CO 3: Examine the communication bus standards.
CO 4: Design the data acquisition systems.
CO 5: Explain the software of the data acquisition systems.
CO6: Build smart data acquisition systems.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Overview of Data Acquisition Systems, Sensors and Transducers, DAQ Hardware, DAQ Software,
Communications Cabling, Parameters of a DAQ System.

Data Acquisition Systems Hardware

Plug-in DAQ Systems, Signal Conditioning, Converters A/D, Converters D/A, Digital Signal Processing,
Microprocessor and Microcontrollers, Amplifier, Multiplexer/Demultiplexer, Power Management, Timing
System, Filtering, Memory Board, Bus Interface.

Communication Bus
Bus USB and FireWire, Serial Communications, Wireless, Ethernet, and Bluetooth, GSM for Data Acquisition
Systems, PCI and PCI Express, Standard VME.
145
Design of Data Acquisition Systems
Introduction to the Design, Functional Design of High Speed Computer-Based DAS, Portable DAS, Design
Guidelines for High-Performance, Multichannel.

Software for Data Acquisition Systems

LabView, Android for DAQ, Design of Firmware, Example of Implementation of a Software for Data
Acquisition System via VME Bus.

Smart Data Acquisition System

General Description of MAX1329, Complete DAQ.

Textbooks:
1. Maurizio Di Paolo Emilio, Data Acquisition Systems, Springer, 1st, 2013.

Reference books
1. John Park and Steve Macka, Practical Data Acquisition for Instrumentation and Control Systems, 2003,
Newnes.
2. Psumathi, LabVIEW based advanced instrumentation system, 1st edition,2007, springer science Elsevier

EMBEDDED SYSTEMS DESIGN AND APPLICATIONS

Course Code: EC40027

Credits: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course covers fundamentals of embedded system hardware and firmware design. Topics such as embedded
processor selection, hardware/firmware partitioning, circuit design, circuit layout, circuit debugging,
development tools, firmware architecture, firmware design, and firmware debugging will be discussed. The Intel
8051 and PIC18F series microcontroller with instructions will be studied. The course briefly covers ARM
processor architecture, instruction set and programming. The course will culminate with a significant design
examples using ARM processor.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand the architecture, programming, and interface requirements of ARM.

CO 2: Learn to use assemblers, compilers, simulators and emulators to help with design and verification for
ARM processors.
CO 3: Interface a microprocessor to displays, memories, different I/O ports
CO 4: Apply ALP to solve real-time problems like timers, counters, A2D, Motors, etc. using ARM. CO5.
understand RTOS and its functionality for real time application.
CO 6: Develop closed and open embedded/Linux based systems for ARM processors
COURSE DETAILS
Overview of Embedded System
Embedded System, Embedded Processor in System, Components of Embedded System, Brief introduction to
Embedded software in system, Design Process in Embedded System.

Embedded Hardware: Processor & Memory

Brief overview of 8051 Architecture and real world interfacing, Processor and Memory organization,
Parallelism in instruction level, Processor and memory selection.

146
I/O Types
Serial and Parallel communication Ports, Timer and Counting devices, Watchdog timers, real time clock, Serial
bus Communication Protocols- I2C, CAN, and Parallel Communication Protocol-ISA.

Interrupt Service Mechanism

Concept of ISR, different interrupt sources, Interrupt handling Mechanism, Multiple Interrupts, Interrupt
Latency and deadline.

Embedded Software Development

Programming concept in ALP (assembly language programming) and High level language-C, Processor
directives, functions and macros and other programming elements, Embedded C++ concept only.

Embedded System Design using ARM

PIC: Introduction to PIC Architecture, Memory Mapped programming using Embedded C, Interfacing
Programming- ADC, UART, PWM, I2C, SPI
ARM Architectures
Register Organization, ARM Memory Map, CPSR, ARM Data Format and Directives, The Program Counter
and Program ROM Space in the ARM, Addressing Modes, RISC Architecture in ARM, The ARM Instruction
Set, ARM Organization and Implementation- 3-stage pipeline ARM, 5-stage pipeline in ARM.

ARM Instruction Set and ARM Assembly Language Programming

Data processing instructions, Data transfer instructions, Control flow instructions, Introduction to assembly
language programs, Examples of ARM Assembly Language Programming, Interfacing with peripherals- ADC,
Data EEPROM, Asynchronous serial port, SPI mode, I2C mode, Interfacing with LCD, ADC, sensors, stepper
motor, key board, DAC.
RTOS(Real time operating System)
OS overview, Process, Interrupt and memory management, RTOS overview, Basic Design rule using RTOS,
Task scheduling using Priority based scheduling, cyclic scheduling and round robin scheduling.

Case study of different types of Embedded System

Design of Automated Chocolate Vending Machine, Digital Camera.
Textbooks
1. Raj Kamal, Embedded Systems: Architecture, Programming & Design, TMH, 2011
2. ARM Assembly Language:Fundamentals and Techniques by William Hohl
nd
3. Christopher Hinds, CRC Press, 2 Edition, 2015.
Reference books
1. Rank Vahid, Embedded System Design : A unified Hardware/Software Introduction, Wiley Student
Edition, Wiley, 2002
2. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Sarmad Naimi, Sepehr Naimi, Arm Assembly Language Programming &
Architecture: Volume 1, Microdigitaled.com, 2nd Edition, 2016

COMMUNICATION NETWORK FUNDAMENTALS

Course Code: EC40029

Credit: 3
L-T-P : 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE:
The course is designed for non electronics engineers. It will give the student an overview of how internet and
cellular communication work. The student can go for detailed study after completion of this course.

COURSE OUTCOMES
147
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Comprehend the techniques of analog and digital communication.

CO 2: Analyze the working of data network in different media.
CO 3: Apply the routing protocols used for different configurations.
CO 4: Choose relevant transport and application layer protocols.
CO 5: Comprehend the basics of cellular communication.
CO 6: Evaluate how the spectrum efficiency increased in different evolution stages of cellular communication.

COURSE DETAILS

Basics of Communication
Introduction to communication system, Amplitude Modulation and Demodulation, Angle Modulation and
Demodulation, Noise in Communication Systems, Multiplexing, Digital Modulation and Demodulation
Techniques

Data Communication Basics

Introduction, Media, Physical Layer, MAC Protocols, Link Layer Protocols

Data Communication Intermediate

Routing Protocols

Data Communication Advanced

Transport Layer Protocols, Application Layer Protocols

Mobile Communication Basics

Basics of Cellular Communication, Large Scale and Small Scale Fading

Mobile Communication Advanced

WCDMA Basics, LTE Basics, 5G Core and NR

Textbooks
1. B. A. Forouzan, Data Communications and Networking, McGraw-Hill, 4th Edition, 2011.
2. H. Taub, D. L. Schilling, & G. Saha, Principles of Communication Systems, McGraw-Hill, 4th Edition, 2013.

Reference books
1. Sassan Ahmadi, LTE Advanced, Elsevier, 2014.
2. Eric Dahlman, Stefan Parkvall, Johan Skold, 5G NR The Next Generation Wireless Access Technologies,
Elsevier, 2018.

PRINCIPLES OF OPTO-ELECTRONICS

Course Code: EC40031

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: EC30014

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course aims at covering the physics and engineering issues that define the basic semiconductor
optoelectronics devices. We start off with the concept of an energy band representation for the electrons and
holes in semiconductors and relate the energy of the free electrons to the electrical and optical properties. The
behavior of p-n junctions and other barrier potentials in semiconductor structures are analyzed. These junctions
are presented as simple instruments that enable electrical injection of electrons with excess potential energy for
radiative emission of photons. In reverse, these same junctions cause photo-generated electrons to drift rapidly
across the field to generate a photocurrent. Semiconductor optoelectronic devices such as the LED, the laser

148
diode, the photodetector are presented as mere converters of electrical energy to photon energy and vice-versa.
Optical modulators are devices for controlling the intensity or phase of an optical beam using an electrical input.
The course contains a good mix of the electrical properties and optical properties of semiconductors and the
interplay between photons and the free electrons within.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Learn To know the basics of solid state physics and understand the nature and characteristics of light
CO 2: Understand different methods of luminescence, display devices and laser types and their applications.
CO 3: Apply the principle of optical detection mechanism in different detection devices.
CO 4: Analyze the different light modulation techniques and the concepts and applications of optical
switching.
CO 5: Evaluate the integration process and application of optoelectronic integrated circuits in transmitters and
receivers.
CO 6: Develop critical thinking ability for analysis of Optoelectronic Channel Waveguide Components

COURSE DETAILS

Elements of Light and Solid State Physics

Wave nature of light, Polarization, Interference, Diffraction, Light Source, review of Quantum Mechanical
concept, Review of Solid State Physics, Review of Semiconductor Physics and Semiconductor Junction Device.

Display Devices and Lasers

Introduction, Photo Luminescence, Cathode Luminescence, Electro Luminescence, Injection Luminescence,
Injection Luminescence, LED, Plasma Display, Liquid Crystal Displays, Numeric Displays, Laser Emission,
Absorption, Radiation, Population Inversion, Optical Feedback, Threshold condition, Laser Modes, Classes of
Lasers, Mode Locking, laser applications.

Optical Detection Devices

Photo detector, Thermal detector, Photo Devices, Photo Conductors, Photo diodes, Detector Performance.

Optoelectronic modulators and switches

Introduction, Franz-Keldysh effect, Quantum confined Stark effect in quantum well semiconductors, Analog
and Digital Modulation, Electro-optic modulators, Magneto Optic Devices, Acoustoptic devices, Optical,
Switching and Logic Devices.

Optoelectronic Integrated Circuits

Introduction, hybrid and Monolithic Integration, Application of Opto-electronic Integrated Circuits, Integrated
transmitters and Receivers, Guided wave devices.

Optoelectronic Channel Waveguide Components

Passive waveguide components: The power divider, Wavelength filters/ multiplexers, waveguide reflectors,
resonators, the optical time delay line

Textbook
1 J. Wilson and J. Haukes, Optoelectronics, Third Edition, Pearson Education, 2018

Reference books
1. Pallab Bhattacharya, Semiconductor Optoelectronic Devices, Second Edition, Pearson Education 2017
2. Jasprit Singh, Opto Electronics: An Introduction to materials and devices, McGraw-Hill International
Edition, 1998.
3. Emmanuel Rosencher, Borge Vinter and P. G. Piva, Optoelectronics, Cambridge University Press, 2010.
4. William S. C. Chang, Fundamentals of Guided-Wave Optoelectronic Devices, Cambridge University Press,
2010.

149
5. Kevin F Brennan, The physics of semiconductors-with applications to optoelectronic devices, Cambridge
University Press, 1999

PRINCIPLE OF MODERN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS

Course Code: EC40033

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: EC30014

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This is intended to make the students understand the communication system, Principle and working
communication system, means and medium of communication. They will able to analyze the Principle and
working of different modulation techniques and can differentiate between analog and digital communication.
Also they will able to comprehend the Principle and working of Cellular, Satellite and optical fiber
communication.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Comprehend the basic concept of Communication, means and medium of Communication and Familiar
with ―AM‖ and ―FM ―techniques.
CO 2: Comprehend the basic concept of Pulse Modulation techniques
CO 3: Comprehend and analyze the concept of various Carrier Modulation techniques for digital transmission
Like ASK,FSK,PSK and QPSK.
CO 4: Comprehend the basic concept of cellular and mobile Communication.
CO 5: Comprehend the basic concept of Satellite Communication
CO 6: Comprehend the basic concept of Optical Fibre Communication

COURSE DETAILS

Analog Modulation Techniques

Block diagram of electronic communication system. Modulation, need and types of modulation (AM, FM &
PM).

Amplitude modulation – representation, modulation index, Various forms of Amplitude Modulation (DSB,
SDB/SC/SSB/SC), frequency spectrum, power relations.AM Detectors, Limitations of AM.

Frequency Modulation- definition, modulation index, frequency spectrum, bandwidth requirements, frequency
deviation and carrier swing. Block diagram of AM and FM transmitter and receivers. Comparison of AM and
FM.
Introduction to pulse communication: types- PAM, PWM, PPM, PCM – quantization, advantages and
applications

Digital Modulation Techniques

Data Form, Principles involved in ASK, PSK (BPSK, QPSK, π/4 QPSK), FSK.

Satellite Communication - Introduction, need, geosynchronous satellite orbits, geostationary satellite advantages
of geostationary satellites. Satellite visibility, transponders (C - Band), path loss, ground station, simplified
block diagram of earth station. Uplink and downlink.

Cellular Communication Principle

150
Cellular Concept System Architecture, Spectrum Allocation, Frequency Reuse, Channel Assignment Strategies,
Co-channel Interference & System Capacity, Hand off, Hand off structure, Practical Hand off consideration,
Prioritizing Hand off, Power Control, Near – Far Problem, System capacity, Improvement Techniques: Cell
splitting, Sectoring, Micro cell Zone concept.

Optical Fiber Communication

Introduction – need for OFC. Block diagram of OFC system. Fiber optic cables, light propagation through fiber
– step index fiber, graded index fiber, Snell‘s law, numerical aperture (derivation). Types of optical fiber cables,
light sources – requirements, LEDs and semiconductor laser diodes. Photo detectors – PN, PIN and avalanche
photodiodes. Losses and Dispersion in optical fibers – Rayleigh scattering, absorption, leaky modes, bending,
joint junction losses. Advantages and disadvantages of OFC over metallic cables.

Textbook
1. Louis E. Frenzel Jr., Principles of electronic communication systems, Fourth edition, McGraw Hill
Education

Reference books
1. B.P. Lathi, Modern Digital and Analog Communications Systems, Oxford University Press
2. H. Taub & D.L.Schilling, Principles of Communication System, TMH
3. Simon Haykins, Introduction to Analog & Digital Communication System, Edition 2011, John Wiley.

PROJECT - I

Course Code: EC47001

Credit: 5
L-T-P: 0-0-10
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Students are required to undertake a final year major project either as an individual or in a group in consultation
with the project guide which may be completed in one year. The project should be related to certain advanced
technical domain. The work encompasses two semesters and to be carried out in two phases. In Project-I,
students are expected to complete detailed literature review, identify their objective and start working on the
same; perform experiments, carry out analyses and report their findings to their supervisors and the panel.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO1: Conduct a detailed research survey or background study and summarize the theory and findings
CO2: Formulate a research question or a general objective of the project
CO3: Propose and outline the solution to the research question or a pathway for the implementation of the
project with consideration of public health, safety, and welfare, as well as global, cultural, social,
environmental, and economic factors
CO4: Conduct appropriate experimentation, analyze and interpret data, and use engineering judgment to draw
conclusions
CO5: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in a team under multidisciplinary
settings following ethical practices
CO6: Communicate effectively with a range of audiences and prepare technical reports

PROJECT - II
151
Course Code: EC47002
Credit: 9
L-T-P: 0-0-18
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Project-II is a continuation of Project-I, the second phase of final year major project. Students should complete
all related experiments, develop a final solution, product or system and validate the applicability of the same
under real time scenario with consideration of public health, safety, and welfare, as well as global, cultural,
social, environmental, and economic factors. They produce a detailed technical report on their work as well as
individual contribution reports. Throughout the implementation of the major final year project, students should
demonstrate all cognitive skills and attainment of all program outcomes and student outcomes.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Readily apply fundamental concepts in their area of study for executing the projects
CO 2: Demonstrate skill in using modern technical tools, apply advanced technical knowledge integrate
information from different sources, perform complex experiments and critically analyze the findings to
draw conclusions
CO 3: Provide engineering solutions to predefined research question or project objective, design system
components or processes with consideration of public health, safety, and welfare, as well as global,
cultural, social, environmental, and economic factors
CO 4: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in a team under multidisciplinary
settings following ethical practices
CO 5: Communicate effectively with a range of audiences and prepare detailed technical reports
CO 6: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the management principles in executing their project as a
member or leader of the team, and willingness to engage in life-long learning

PROJECT (MINOR DEGREE)

Course Code: EC47004

Credit: 2
L-T-P: 0-0-4
Prerequisite: Courses earmarked for the minor degree

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Students can opt for a mini project instead of lab work to complete the requirements of minor degrees. The
project work is to be aligned with the specialization of minor degrees and allied areas. It can be carried
out individually or in a group in consultation with the project supervisor and is to be completed in one
semester. Students will demonstrate higher-level learning outcomes and cognitive skills in implementing the
project.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Perform a background study on minor degree related technical aspect and formulate a project objective
CO 2: Outline a pathway for the implementation of the project within the time line
CO 3: Apply fundamental engineering concepts, knowledge of minor degree courses, use modern engineering
tools, perform experiments and/or critically analyze the outcomes.
CO 4: Provide engineering solutions, design system components or processes with consideration of public
health, safety, and welfare, as well as global, cultural, social, environmental, and economic factors.
CO 5: Demonstrate self learning skill and innovation in critical thinking.
152
CO 6: Communicate effectively with a range of audiences and prepare technical reports.

PRACTICAL TRAINING / INTERNSHIP

Course Code: EC48001

Credit: 2
L-T-P : 2-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
In this course, the students will get opportunity to explore career augmentation aspects prior to graduation,
integrate theory and practice, assess interests and abilities in their field of study, learn to appreciate work and its
function in the economy, develop work habits and attitudes necessary for job success, develop communication,
interpersonal and other critical skills in the job interview process and build a record of work experience.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Apply engineering knowledge in solving real-life problems

CO 2: Acquire new skills in the engineering disciplines of their own interest
CO 3: Get exposure to real-life-working environment practices, and to attain the professionalisms
CO 4: Work with multi-tasking professionals and multidisciplinary team
CO 5: Prepare a technical report, to improve presentation and other soft skills
CO 6: Learn to appreciate work and its function in the economy

ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING LAB (MINOR DEGREE)

Course Code: EC49001

Credit: 2
L-T-P : 0-0-4
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE

This Lab caters hands-on experience to the students who opts for a minor degree in various specializations
offered by the School of Electronics. A student can select this lab or a project to acquire 2 credits requirement of
the minor degree. A student will work in at least two labs related to their minor degree by completing the
required experiments. If both the labs are designed to include open experiments, a student may decide to work
on a mini project in the domain of minor degree and complete the requirements. The quantity and quality of the
work will be monitored and evaluated by the course faculty.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Devise an experimental approach,following the procedures, and interpret the result to validate the
requirements of the experiment.
CO 2: Demonstrate the ability to corelate the the theoretical learning covered under the respective minor
degree courses and the observed measurement.
CO 3: Design, build, or assemble a part, product, or system, using specific methodologies, equipment, or
materials; meeting system specifications or process using appropriate tools to satisfy the requirements.

153
CO 4: Recognize unsuccessful outcomes due to faulty equipment, parts, code, construction, process, or design,
and then re-engineer effective solutions.
CO 5: Work effectively in teams, monitor progress; meet deadlines; and integrate individual contributions into
a final deliverable.
CO 6: Demonstrate appropriate levels of independent thought, creativity, and capability in real-world problem
solving and demonstrate competence in selection, of appropriate engineering tools and resources.

INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS

Course Code: EL20002

Credit: 3
Credits: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To introduce the fundamental concepts of instrumentation and control systems that provides an opportunity to
learn system modeling, stability analysis, controller design including basics of modern control techniques and
practice measurements of various electrical and non-electrical physical parameters using different instruments,
sensors and transducers.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Define the static characteristics of instrumentation and control systems and their mathematical and
graphical representation
CO 2: Explain the dynamic characteristics of systems in time and frequency domain
CO 3: Analyze system stability and design of control systems for achieving predefined specifications
CO 4: Develop, analyze and implement LTI systems using modern control techniques
CO 5: Recommend suitable instruments for measurement of various electrical parameters
CO 6: Interpret working and applications of various sensors and transducers for non-electrical parameters.

COURSE DETAILS

Fundamentals of Instrumentation and Control Systems

Static characteristics: Resolution, Accuracy & Precision, Repeatability & Sensitivity, Measurement standards
and Instrument calibration, Measurement errors and Statistical analysis, Mathematical modeling and
representation of LTI systems: Differential equations, Transfer function, Block diagram, Signal flow graph.

Dynamic Characteristics of Systems

Transient response of first and second order systems, Time domain specifications, Steady state error, Error
constant, Frequency response of control systems, Frequency domain specifications

Analysis and Design of Control Systems

Stability analysis of control systems using s-plane and Routh-Hurwitz criterion, Properties and construction of
root locus, Lag, Lead and Lag-Lead Compensation, P, PI and PID controller tuning & design

Fundamentals of Modern Control Systems

Introduction to state variables, State space model of control systems, Solution of state space equations of LTI
systems

Electrical & Electronic Measurements:

Potentiometer, DC bridges, AC bridges, Ammeters & Voltmeters, Energy and Power measurements, Digital
voltmeters, Oscilloscopes
154
Sensors & Transducers:
Primary sensing elements and transducers: classification and characteristics, Strain gauge, RTD, Thermistors,
Thermocouples, LVDT

Textbooks
1. A. K. Sawhney, A Course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation, 19th Revised
Edition, Dhanpat Rai & Co. Pvt. Ltd., 2011 (Reprint 2015)
2. M. Gopal, Control Systems: Principles and Design, 4th Edition. McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd.,
2012

Reference books
1. William Bolton, Instrumentation and Control Systems, 3rd Edition, Newnes, Elsevier, 2021
2. Curtis D. Johnson, Process Control Instrumentation Technology, 8th Edition. Pearson Education, 2015
3. David A. Bell, Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements, 3rd Edition, Oxford University Press
India, 2013
4. Benjamin C. Kuo, Farid Golnaraghi, Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition,Wiley, 2014

INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS LAB

Course Code: EL29002

Credits: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To provide practical experiences on modeling, analysis and design of control systems using simulations and
hardware trainer platforms, including hands-on practices in operating and handling of various instruments used
for the measurement of various physical parameters.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Build simulation models of control systems using simulators.

CO 2: Analyze control systems using time domain specifications.
CO 3: Analyze control systems using frequency domain specifications.
CO 4: Examine the system performance and correlate significance of the PID controller parameters.
CO 5: Interpret working and applications of bridge circuits, potentiometer, wattmeter.
CO 6: Recommend suitable sensors and transducers for measurement of pressure/force, displacement, and
temperature.

INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION

COURSE CODE: EL30001

Credit: 3
L-T-P : 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Understand automation technologies and identify advantages, limitations and applications of the same. Selection
of proper sensor and its working. Design of controller using different controlling methods. Develop ability to
recognize, articulate and solve industrial problems using automation technologies.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to
155
CO 1: Understand the need of automation in real world and Industry 4.0 challenges
CO 2: Analyze the need of transducer and working of different transducers and actuators
CO 3: Determine the effects of different controllers and design of controllers using analog and digital platform
CO 4: Analyze the different advanced control schemes applied to different industrial processes.
CO 5: Analyze the Architecture of PLC, and design different process control applications through ladder logic.
CO 6: Understand DCS, SCADA hardware and software and its merits/demerits in industrial automation.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction to Industry 4.0

History of industrial revolutions, Concept of IR4.0, Typical architecture of IR4.0, Design principles and major
role players in IR4.0, Advantages and Challenges.

Sensors, Actuators and Signal conditioning

Displacement sensors, Force sensors, Ultrasonic sensors, Temperature sensors, Pressure sensors, Dc motors,
Servo motors, Stepper motors, Piezo electric actuators, Pneumatic actuators etc. Estimation of errors and
calibration, Filtering, Amplification, Isolation, ADC, DAC, Sensor protection circuits, Signal transmission and
noise suppression,

Controller tuning
Need of controller, Effects P, I, D, PI, PD and PID controller, Design of controller parameters using Ziegler-
Nichols tuning method, Cohen coon tuning method, Implementation of Analog and Digital PID controller.

Advanced control techniques

Feed forward control, Ratio control, Cascade control, Adaptive control, Duplex or split range control, Override
control, Model predictive Control.

Programmable Logic Controller (PLC)

An overview of PLC, Introduction, definitions and history of PLC, Architecture of PLC system,input and output
modules, Ladder logic, PLC Programming, Application Examples.

Introduction to Distributed Control System, SCADA

DCS architecture, Functional requirements of Distributed control systems, Communication Protocol,
Introduction to SCADA, SCADA system components, architecture and communication, Application examples

Textbooks
1. Krishna Kant, Computer-Based Industrial Control, 2nd edition Prentice Hall of India Ltd.
2. John R. Hackworth, Fredrick D. Hackworth Jr., Programmable Logic Controllers: Programming
Methods and Applications, Pearson.

Reference books
1. Surekha Bhanot, Process Control Principles & Applications, OXFORD, 1st Edition
2. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, 4th edition, Prentice Hall of India
3. William C. Dunn, Fundamentals of Industrial Instrumentation and Process Control, McGrawHill, 2009

MINOR PROJECT

Course Code: EL37002

Credit: 2
L-T-P: 0-0-4
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
156
Students are required to undertake a mini project either as an individual or in a group in consultation with the
project supervisor which may be completed in one semester. The project work is aligned with the discipline of
the student and its allied areas. It is preferably related to certain research objective or advanced technical
domain. Students will demonstrate higher level learning outcomes and cognitive skills in the implementation of
the project.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Perform a background study on certain technical aspect and formulate a project objective
CO 2: Outline a pathway for the implementation of the project within the time line
CO 3: Apply fundamental engineering concepts, advanced technical know-how, use modern engineering tools,
perform experiments and critically analyze the data
CO 4: Provide engineering solutions, design system components or processes with consideration of public
health, safety, and welfare, as well as global, cultural, social, environmental, and economic factors
CO 5: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in a team under multidisciplinary
settings following ethical practices
CO 6: Communicate effectively with a range of audiences and prepare technical reports

PROCESS CONTROL AND ROBOTICS

Course Code: EL40001
Credits: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisities : Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To introduce the fundamental concepts of robotic system and its control that provides opportunity to learn
mathematical modeling of kinematics and dynamics of robots and practice controller design for different robotic
applications.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Learn and describe brief history, basic elements, different types and applications of robots
CO 2: Understand and explain the kinematics and dynamics associated mathematics of robots
CO 3: Employ and demonstrate basic techniques for computed torque control of robots
CO 4: Analyze stability of control systems employed for robotic applications
CO 5: Apply advanced and intelligent control techniques to formulate suitable control systems for robotics
CO 6: Evaluate and interpret the performance robotics and and associated control systems

COURSE DETAIL

Fundamentals Concepts in Robotics

Basic Elements and Anatomy of Robots, Classification of Commercial Robots, History of Robotics, Design and
Control Issues, Applications of Robotics

Kinematics of Robotic System

Basic manipulator Geometries, Robot Kinematics, Homogeneous Transformation, Forward Kinematics, Inverse
Kinematics, Manipulator Jacobians

157
Dynamics of Robotic System
Lagrange-Euler Dynamics, Structure and Properties of the Robot Equation, State-Variable Representations and
Feedback Linearization, Cartesian and Other Dynamics, Actuator Dynamics

Basic Control of Robotic System

Basic Control Theory: Linear and Nonlinear State-Variable Systems, Nonlinear Systems and Equilibrium
Points, Stability Theory and Lyapunov Theorems, Linear Controller Design

Computed Torque Control, Digital Robot control, Optimal Outer-Loop Design, Cartesian Control

Advanced Control Techniques for Robots

Robust Control: Feedback - Linearization Controllers, Nonlinear Controller, Dynamics Redesigns

Adaptive Control: Adaptive Control by a Computed-Torque Approach, Adaptive Control by an Inertia-Related

Approach, Composite Adaptive Controller

Intelligent Control for Robots

Fundamentals of Fuzzy Logic and Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic Control, Tracking Control Using Static
Neural Networks, Tuning Algorithms for Linear-in-the-Parameters NN, Tuning Algorithms for Nonlinear-in-
the-Parameters NN

Textbooks
1. Lewis, Frank L., Darren M. Dawson, and Chaouki T. Abdallah, Robot Manipulator Control: Theory and
Practice by 2nd Ed., CRC Press, 2003.
2. K. R. Guruprasad, Robotics: Mechanics and Control, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. 2019.
Reference books
1. John Craig, Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics and Control, 4th Ed. Pearson, 2017
2. R. K. Mittal and I. J. Nagrath, Robotics and Control, 1st Ed. McGraw Hill Education, 2003

ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEM

Course Code: EL40003

Credits: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Pre-requisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course introduces students to developed and advanced techniques for solving complex control problems.
The course presents theory and methodology for analysis and modelling of systems and signals, and methods for
design and synthesis of feedback controllers. The emphasis of this course will be on robust control and optimal
control of dynamical systems.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO1: Comprehend state variable representation of continuous and discrete time LTI systems.
CO2: Analyze state models for linear continuous time and discrete time systems.
CO3: Apply vector and matrix algebra to find the solution of state equations
CO4: Evaluate controllability and observability conditions of a given system.
158
CO5: Design control systems using state feedback and pole placement techniques.
CO6: Develop Lyapunov function for the stability analysis of nonlinear systems.

COURSE DETAIL

State Variable Analysis and Design

Introduction, Concept of State, State Variables and State Model, State Models for Linear Continuous – Time
Systems,

State Variable Analysis and Design

Diagonalization, Solution of State Equations, Concepts of Controllability and Observability.

Pole Placement Design and State Observers

Introduction, Stability Improvements by State Feedback, Necessary and Sufficient Conditions for Arbitrary Pole
Placement, State Regulator Design, Design of State Observer.

Non-linear systems Analysis

Introduction, Common Nonlinear System Behaviours, Common Nonlinearities in Control Systems,
Fundamentals, Describing Functions of Common Nonlinearities, , Concept of Phase Plane Analysis,
Construction of Phase Portraits, System Analysis on the Phase Plane.

Non-linear systems Analysis

Simple Variable Structure Systems, Lyapunov Stability Definitions, Lyapunov Stability Theorems, Lyapunov
Functions for Nonlinear Systems.

Textbooks
th
1. I.J. Nagarath and M.Gopal, Control Systems Engineering, New Age 5 Edition, 2007
2. M.Gopal, Digital Control and State Variable Methods: Conventional and Intelligent Control Systems,
McGraw Hill 3rd Edition, 2008

Reference books
1. K. Ogata, Discrete Time Control System, 2nd Edition Pearson Education
2. Hasan Khalil, Non linear systems, 3rd Edition PHI

DSP WITH FPGA

Course Code: EL40004
Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Pre-requisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE

This course will give students an understanding scope of implementing digital signal processing (DSP)
algorithms with Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs). This course covers: FPGA architecture and design
tools, implementation of FIR and IIR filters, DFT and FFT algorithms.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Comprehend and explain DSP and VHDL Modelling

159
 CO 2: Explore requirement of fixed and floating-point techniques for FPGA implementations.
CO 3: Create different VLSI Subsystems like adder, multipliers for DSP.
CO 4: Analyse and implement FIR digital filters with FPGA.
CO 5: Analyse and implement IIR digital filters with FPGA
CO 6: Implement Fast Fourier Transform algorithms with FPGA.

COURSE DETAIL

Introduction
Overview of Digital Signal Processing, FPGA Technology, Design Implementation, VHDL Coding style,
Verilog HDL Modelling style, Dataflow modelling, Behavioral modelling, Task & function

Computer Arithmetic
Introduction, Number Representation- Fixed-Point Numbers, Floating-Point Numbers, Binary Adders -
Pipelined Adders, Modulo Adders, Binary Multipliers, Binary Dividers, Floating-Point Arithmetic
Implementation, Multiply-Accumulator (MAC) and Sum of Product (SOP), Distributed Arithmetic
Fundamentals- Signed DA Systems, Modified DA Solutions, Computation of Special Functions Using CORDIC

FPGA Architecture for Digital Filters

Digital Filters, FIR Theory, Transposed FIR Filter Structure, Symmetry in FIR Filters, Linear-phase FIR
Filters, Designing FIR Filters, Constant Coefficient FIR Design, IIR Theory, IIR Coefficient Computation , IIR
Filter Implementation, Fast IIR

FPGA Architecture for Fourier Transform

The Discrete Fourier Transform Algorithms, The Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Algorithms , Fourier-Related
Transforms -Computing the DCT Using the DFT, Fast Direct DCT Implementation

Textbook
1. Uwe Meyer-Baese, Digital Signal Processing with Field Programmable Gate Arrays, Springer, 2014

Reference book
1. Roger Woods, John McAllister, Gaye Lightbody, Ying Yi, FPGA-based Implementation of Signal
Processing Systems, Wiley, 2017

PROJECT - I

Course Code: EL47001

Credit: 5
L-T-P: 0-0-10
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Students are required to undertake a final year major project either as an individual or in a group in consultation
with the project guide which may be completed in one year. The project should be related to certain advanced
technical domain. The work encompasses two semesters and to be carried out in two phases. In Project-I,
students are expected to complete detailed literature review, identify their objective and start working on the
same; perform experiments, carry out analyses and report their findings to their supervisors and the panel.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

160
CO 1: Conduct a detailed research survey or background study and summarize the theory and findings
CO 2: Formulate a research question or a general objective of the project
CO 3: Propose and outline the solution to the research question or a pathway for the implementation of the
project with consideration of public health, safety, and welfare, as well as global, cultural, social,
environmental, and economic factors
CO 4: Conduct appropriate experimentation, analyze and interpret data, and use engineering judgment to draw
conclusions
CO 5: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in a team under multidisciplinary
settings following ethical practices
CO 6: Communicate effectively with a range of audiences and prepare technical reports

PROJECT - II
Course Code: EL47002
Credit: 9
L-T-P: 0-0-18
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Project-II is a continuation of Project-I, the second phase of final year major project. Students should complete
all related experiments, develop a final solution, product or system and validate the applicability of the same
under real time scenario with consideration of public health, safety, and welfare, as well as global, cultural,
social, environmental, and economic factors. They produce a detailed technical report on their work as well as
individual contribution reports. Throughout the implementation of the major final year project, students should
demonstrate all cognitive skills and attainment of all program outcomes and student outcomes.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Readily apply fundamental concepts in their area of study for executing the projects
CO 2: Demonstrate skill in using modern technical tools, apply advanced technical knowledge integrate
information from different sources, perform complex experiments and critically analyze the findings to
draw conclusions
CO 3: Provide engineering solutions to predefined research question or project objective, design system
components or processes with consideration of public health, safety, and welfare, as well as global,
cultural, social, environmental, and economic factors
CO 4: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in a team under multidisciplinary
settings following ethical practices
CO 5: Communicate effectively with a range of audiences and prepare detailed technical reports
CO 6: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the management principles in executing their project as
a member or leader of the team, and willingness to engage in life-long learnin

PRACTICAL TRAINING / INTERNSHIP

Course Code: EL48001

Credit: 2
L-T-P : 2-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
In this course, the students will get opportunity to explore career augmentation aspects prior to graduation,
integrate theory and practice, assess interests and abilities in their field of study, learn to appreciate work and its
function in the economy, develop work habits and attitudes necessary for job success, develop communication,
interpersonal and other critical skills in the job interview process and build a record of work experience.

161
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to:

CO 1: Apply engineering knowledge in solving real-life problems

CO 2: Acquire new skills in the engineering disciplines of their own interest
CO 3: Get exposure to real-life-working environment practices, and to attain the professionalisms
CO 4: Work with multi-tasking professionals and multidisciplinary team
CO 5: Prepare a technical report, to improve presentation and other soft skills
CO 6: Learn to appreciate work and its function in the economy

MACHINE LEARNING BASED SIGNAL PROCESSING

Course Code: EM30007

Credits: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Traditionally, signal characterization is performed with mathematically driven transforms and statistical tools.
On the other hand, machine learning aims to design algorithms that learn from data. This course discusses the
use of machine learning techniques to process and understand signals. This course focuses on, firstly to acquaint
students with the representation and characterization of speech, images, and other important signals. Thereafter,
designing of ML models for classifying and retrieving information from signals is engrossed. Content delivery
will be conceptual oriented and not cover mathematical or optimization methods in detail.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Conceptualize the difference between deterministic and stochastic processes

CO 2: Appreciate various spectral analysis methods
CO 3: Comprehend the methods and underlying challenges in extracting hidden information from various
signals
CO 4: Explain clustering methods, fuzzy set, rough set and neural network topology.
CO 5: Explain Neural Network topology and learning algorithms.
CO 6: Apply ML methods for speech, seismic, image analysis and other similar applications.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction to Various Signals

Audio and Speech Signal, Image Acquisition and Storage, Radar, Sonar & Seismic signals, Signal
decomposition using Fourier & Wavelet transforms,

Estimation and Detection

162
Introduction, Bayesian Hypothesis Testing, Maximum Likelihood Hypothesis, Maximum likelihood estimator,
Least Square Estimator, Parametric estimation, Wiener Filter, Kalman Filter, Non-paremetric estimation, Filter
Bank Methods.

Spectral Analysis Stochastic Processes

Adaptive Spectral Analysis, Multivariate Signal Processing, Independent Component Analysis, Principal
Component Analysis, Markov Process, Gaussian Mixture Model, Linear Prediction Analysis.

Machine Learning
Unsupervised Learning: Clustering Principles, K-Means, Expectation Maximization, GMM Clustering
Basics of Fuzzy Logic and Rough Sets,Fuzzy Clustering, Fuzzy Probabilities
Supervised Neural Network and Ensemble Methods: Perceptron, Multi Layer Perceptron, Stochastic Gradient
Descent and Backpropagation algorithm, Deep learning, Linear sequential model using Keras, Transfer learning,

Applications
Selected applications of Machine Learning techniques for speech, image and manifold learning of radar and
seismic signals.

Textbooks
1. Francesco Camastra, Alessandro Vinciarelli, Machine Learning for Audio, Image and Video Analysis
Theory and Applications, 2nd Edition, 2015, Springer
2. Deepika Ghai, Suman Lata Tripathi, Sobhit Saxena, Manash Chanda, Mamoun Alazab, Machine Learning
Algorithms for Signal and Image Processing, 2022, Wiley Online, ISBN:9781119861829.

Reference books
1. Max A. Little, Machine Learning for Signal Processing: Data Science, Algorithms, and Computational
Statistics, Oxford University Press
2. Valliappa Lakshmanan, Martin Görner, Ryan Gillard, Practical Machine Learning for Computer Vision,
Released July 2021, Publisher(s): O'Reilly Media, Inc., ISBN: 9781098102364

DEEP LEARNING: ALGORITHMS AND IMPLEMENTATION

Course Code: EM30008

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
In this course, students will learn the fundamental principles, underlying mathematics, and implementation
details of deep learning. This includes the concepts and methods used to optimize these highly parameterized
models (gradient descent and backpropagation, and more generally computation graphs), the modules that make
them up (linear, convolution, and pooling layers, activation functions, etc.), and common neural network
architectures (CNN, RNN, etc.). Applications ranging from computer vision to natural language processing
and generative models will be demonstrated. Through in-depth programming assignments, students will learn
how to implement these fundamental building blocks as well as how to put them together using popular deep
learning libraries, Keras & PyTorch.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Describe the functional roles of DNN sequential blocks.

CO 2: Demonstrate skills in selecting deep learning architecture for computer vision tasks.
163
CO3: Develop critical thinking skills to evaluate and analyze generative models for computer vision
applications
CO 4: Appraise and apply transfer learning and the concepts of fine-tuning
CO 5: Implement deep learning techniques on sequential data
CO 6: Design deep learning techniques to perform efficient analysis for real-world applications

COURSE DETAILS

Foundations of Deep Learning

Overview of ANN, Feed forward, MLP, Gradient descent, back propagation algorithm, evolution of DL,
Regularization

Convolution Neural Networks

CNN Architectures: Convolution, Pooling Layers, Transfer Learning, GAN, Popular CNN Model Architectures
(Imagenet, LeNet architecture, AlexNet, VGGNet, GoogLeNet, ResNet architecture

Recurrent Neural Network

RNN architecture, LSTM, GRU, Encoder Decoder architecture

Applications of Deep Learning

Applications of Deep Learning to Computer Vision: Image segmentation, Object detection, Image Captioning,
Medical imaging, Image Classification using Transfer Learning, Applications of Deep Learning to NLP.

Advance Models
Auto-encoders, Generative Adversarial Network

Implementation
Tensor Flow, PyTorch, Comparing TensorFlow & PyTorch, Configuring and Running Jupyter notebooks on an
AWS EC2 GPU Instance.

Textbooks
1. Ian J. Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio, Aaron Courville, “Deep Learning”, MIT Press, 7.
2. Charu C. Aggarwal. Neural Networks and Deep Learning: A Textbook. Springer. 2019.

Reference books
1. Phil Kim, Matlab Deep Learning: With Machine Learning, Neural Networks and Artificial Intelligence,
Apress, 2017.
2. Ragav Venkatesan, Baoxin Li, Convolutional Neural Networks in Visual Computing, CRC Press, 2018.
3. Navin Kumar Manaswi, Deep Learning with Applications Using Python, Apress, 2018.
4. Francois Chollet, Deep Learning with Python, Manning Publications, 2018
DATA ANALYTICS

Course Code: EM30009

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Objective of this course is to familiarize students with the concepts of data science, gain knowledge on Big data
technologies and tools, become familiar with statistical concepts and apply data analytics techniques.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to
164
CO 1: Make use of data science concepts to handle big data.
CO 2: Examine the statistical concepts for finding relationships among variables and estimate data
samplings.
CO 3: Select the data analytics techniques&models for both data prediction and performance analysis.
CO 4: Develop rules using frequent item sets and association mining.
CO 5: Solve real-time problems using classification and clustering techniques.
CO 6: Apply the mining techniques for data streams.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction to Data Science

Introduction to data, Data science, Challenges of traditional systems, Evolution of analytic ccalability, Types of
computing (Distributed, Parallel, Grid), Data analytics life-cycle, Introduction to Big Data (Characteristics) and
Hadoop (Hadoop Ecosystem, MapReduce, Hbase, Pig, Hive, Sqoop, NOSQL), Visualizations

Statistical Concepts
Data exploration: Distribution of a single variable, Basic concepts (populations and samples, Data sets,
variables, and observations, types of data), Descriptive measures for categorical variables, Descriptive measures
for numerical variables, Outliers and missing values. Finding relationships among variables: Categorical
variables, Numerical variables, Sampling and distributions: Terminology, Estimation, Confidence interval
estimation, Sampling distributions, Confidence interval, Hypothesis testing, Chi-square test for independence

Data Analytic
Introduction, Types of data analytic, Importance of data analytics, Data analytics applications, Regression
modelling techniques: Linear regression, Multi-variable regression, Non linear regression, Logistic regression,
Time series analysis, Performance analysis (RMSE, MAPE).

Frequent Item-sets and Association

Introduction to frequent itemsets, Market-basket model, Algorithm for finding frequent, Itemsets, Association
rule mining, Apriori algorithm and correlations.

Classification & Clustering

Introduction to classification and clustering, Distance-based algorithms: K-Nearest Neighbour (KNN), Decision
Tree-based algorithms: Decision Tree (ID3 Algorithm), Linear Support Vector Machines, Naves Bayes.
Overview of clustering techniques, Hierarchical clustering, Partitioning methods, K- means algorithm.

Data Streams
Introduction to mining data streams, Data stream management systems, Data stream mining, Examples of data
stream applications, Stream queries, Issues in data stream query, Processing, Sampling in data streams, Filtering
streams, Counting distinct elements in a stream, Estimating moments.

Textbook
1. Radha Shankarmani, M.Vijayalaxmi, Data Analytics, Wiley India Private Limited, ISBN:
9788126560639.

Reference books
1. S. Christian Albright and Wayne L. Winston, Business Analytics: Data Analysis & Decision Making . 6th
Edition, Cengage Learning. (ISBN: 9781305947542)
2. Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber, and Jian Pei, Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques 3rd Edition. Morgan
Kaufmann. (ISBN: 9780123814791)
3. Data Science and Big Data Analytics: Discovering, Analyzing, Visualizing and Presenting Data by EMC
Education Services (Editor), Wiley, 2014
4. DT Editorial Services, Big Data, Black Book, Dreamtech Press, 2015

165
 DATA MINING
Course Code: EM30011
Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: NIL

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course is an introductory course on data mining. It introduces the basic concepts, principles,methods,
implementation techniques, and applications of data mining, with a focus on two major data mining functions:
(1) pattern discovery and (2) cluster analysis.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Articulate the role of data mining in decision-making

CO 2: Perform data processing and analysis.
CO 3: Recall important pattern discovery concepts, methods, and applications, such as frequent pattern, and
association rules
CO 4: Recall basic concepts, methods, and applications of cluster analysis.
CO 5: Evaluate the output of data mining for decisions and practical application
CO 6: Demonstrate the benefits of data mining from business perspective.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
What is data mining? Why data mining? Data mining process, Introduction to data mining tasks (Classification,
Clustering, Association Analysis,Anomaly Detection).

Data Pre-processing
Understanding of data, Types of attributes, Properties of attribute values, Types of data, Data quality, Sampling,
Data normalization, Data cleaning, Similarity measures, Feature selection/Instance selection, Importance of
feature selection/ instance selection in various big data scenarios

Classification
Decision-Tree based approach (e.g. C4.5), Rule-based approach (e.g. Ripper), Instance-based classifiers (e.g. k-
Nearest Neighbor). Support Vector Machines (SVMs), Ensemble learning, Classification model Selection and
evaluation, Applications: B2B customer buying stage prediction, Recommender systems

Clustering
Partition and hierarchical clustering methods, Graph-based method, Density-based methods, Cluster validation
applications: Customer profiling, Market segmentation.

Association Analysis
Apriori algorithm and its extensions, Association pattern evaluation, Sequential patterns and frequent sub-graph
mining, Applications: B2B customer buying path analysis, Medical informatics, Telecommunication alarm
diagnosis.

Anomaly Detection
Statistical-based and density-based methods, Ethics of data mining, Privacy in data mining

Case Studies
Big data analytics in mobile environments, Fraud detection and prevention with data mining techniques, Big
data analytics in business environments

Textbook
1. Han, J., Kamber, M., & Pei, J., Data mining: Concepts and techniques, 3rd ed., Waltham: Morgan

166
 Kaufmann

Reference books
1. Foster Provost and Tom Fawcett, O’REILLY, Data Science for Business, ISBN: 78-1-449-36132-7,
2013
2. Pang-Ning Tan, Michael Steinbach, Vipin Kumar, Introduction to Data Mining, Addison Wesley,
ISBN: 0-321-32136-7

MINOR PROJECT

Course Code: EM37002

Credit: 2
L-T-P: 0-0-4
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Students are required to undertake a mini project either as an individual or in a group in consultation with the
project supervisor which may be completed in one semester. The project work is aligned with the discipline of
the student and its allied areas. It is preferably related to certain research objective or advanced technical
domain. Students will demonstrate higher level learning outcomes and cognitive skills in the implementation of
the project.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: perform a background study on certain technical aspect and formulate a project objective
CO 2: outline a pathway for the implementation of the project within the time line
CO 3: apply fundamental engineering concepts, advanced technical know-how, use modern engineering tools,
perform experiments and critically analyze the data
CO 4: provide engineering solutions, design system components or processes with consideration of public
health, safety, and welfare, as well as global, cultural, social, environmental, and economic factors
CO 5: function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in a team under
multidisciplinary settings following ethical practices
CO 6: communicate effectively with a range of audiences and prepare technical reports

ML FOR LANGUAGE PROCESSING

Course Code: EM40001

Credit : 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites : EM30007

COURSE OBJECTIVE
 To understand the steps involved in Natural language processing
 To learn about the lexical, syntactic and semantic analysis of natural language processing
 To explore the various parsing techniques for natural languages
 To understand the statistical models for Natural language processing
 To learn about the various applications involved in Natural language processing

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to
167
CO 1: Evaluate different computing architectures for natural language processing for various
parameters
CO 2: Justify the various steps necessary for processing natural language
CO 3: Suggest appropriate lexical and parsing techniques for a given natural language
CO 4: Apply appropriate statistical models for a given natural language application
CO 5: Modify existing algorithms to suit any natural language for processing
CO 6: Suggest appropriate pre-processing steps essential for the various applications involving
natural language processing

COURSE DETAIL

Lexical Analysis
Lexical Analysis, Regular expression and Automata for string matching, Words and Word Forms,
Morphology fundamentals, Morphological Diversity of Indian Languages, Morphology Paradigms, Finite
State Machine, Transducers Based Morphology, Automatic Morphology Learning, Parts of Speech, N-gram
Models, Hidden Markov Models.

Speech Processing
Biology of Speech Processing, Place and Manner of Articulation, Word Boundary Detection, Argmax based
computations, HMM and Speech Recognition, Text to Speech Synthesis, Rule based, Concatenative based
approach.

Parsing
Theories of Parsing, Parsing Algorithms, Earley Parser, CYK Parser, Probabilistic Parsing, CYK, Resolving
attachment and structural ambiguity, Shallow Parsing, Dependency Parsing, Named Entity Recognition,
Maximum Entropy Models, Conditional Random Fields.

Lexical Knowledge Networks

Meaning: Lexical Knowledge Networks, Wordnet Theory, Indian Language Wordnets and Multilingual
Dictionaries, Semantic Roles, Word Sense Disambiguation, WSD and Multilinguality, Metaphors,
Coreference and Anaphora Resolution.

Applications
Applications: Sentiment Analysis, Text Entailment, Machine Translation, Question Answering System,
Information Retrieval, Information Extraction Cross Lingual Information Retrieval (CLIR).

Textbook
1. Christopher Manning, Schutze Heinrich, Foundations of Statistical Natural Language Processing,
MIT Press, 1999.

Reference book
1. Allen James, Natural Language Understanding, Second Edition, Benjamin Cumming, 1995.

CYBERSECURITY

Course Code: EM40006

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil
168
COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course aims to provide a comprehensive introduction and effective defence to distinct challenges like;
securing the infrastructure, securing devices, and securing local networks.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand what cybercrime is and appreciate the importance of legal perspective on cybercrime and
organizational implications
CO 2: Explain types of cyberattacks, role of cybercafes and what is cyberstalking
CO 3: Understand the security challenges in mobile devices, removable medias, and organizational
measures needed to protect information systems.
CO 4: Describe tools ans methods used in cybercrime
CO 5: Learn about phishing-pharming-phoraging and different types of ID thefts
CO 6: Understand global and Indian IT Act in cybercrime perspective

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction of Cybersecurity
Cybercrime, Classifications, Legal perspectives, Ethics of Hacking and Cracking

Cyber offenses
Active and Passive Attacks, Cyberstalking, Botnets, Benefits of Cloud Computing

Vulnerbility
Autthentication Security and Attacks on Mobile Devices, Email Attacks and Browser based vulnerabilities,
Server Vulnerability,TCP/IP Vulnerability, Incident handling, Organizational Security Policy

Tools and Methods Used in Cybercrime

Proxy Servers, Phishing, Spoofing, Encryption & Password Cracking, Session Hijacking, Hacking Network
Devices, Trojan Horses, Malware in Action

Prevention and Mitigation

Buffer overflow detection and Prevention, Organizational Security Policies, Digital Forensic tools, , Incident
Handling

Social, Political, Ethical and Physiological Dimensions

Intellectual property in Cyberspace, Ethical Dimensions, Legal Perspective, Information Technology Act

Textbook
1. Nina Godbole, Sunit Belapure, Kamlesh Bajaj, Cyber Security: Understanding Cyber Crimes,
Computer Forensics And Legal Perspectives Paperback – January 1, 2011, Wiley India

2. Alfred Basta, Cyber Security And Cyber Laws, Cengage Learning India Pvt Ltd

Reference books
1. Yuri Diogenes and Dr. Erdal Ozkaya, Cybersecurity – Attack and Defense Strategies: Counter modern
threats and employ state-of-the-art tools and techniques to protect your organization against
cybercriminals.

2. Ashish Mishra, Modern Cybersecurity Strategies for Enterprises: Protect and Secure Your Enterprise
Networks, Digital Business Assets, and Endpoint Security with Tested and Proven Methods

BIOINFORMATICS
169
Course Code: EM40008
Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Bioinformatics is a rapidly evolving interdisciplinary field in which computational resources are necessary to
investigate and interpret complex biological data. The students will gain the basic knowledge of sources of
sequences and protein structure data, an understanding of the relevance and importance of this data, and some
exposure to basic algorithms used for processing this data.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand fundamental concepts and application of Bioinformatics

CO 2: Have an overview of the most important methods and tools that are used
CO 3: Understand how some of the basic methods for biological sequence analysis works
CO 4: Understand the need for methods to be accurate and efficient
CO 5: Implement some of the algorithms
CO 6: Using existing tools to perform simple sequence analyses

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction to Bioinformatics
Introduction to Bioinformatics; Biological databases: Nucleotide databases, Protein databases, Specialized
databases; Laboratory data submission and data retrieval; Various file formats for biomolecular sequences:
Genbank, EMBL, FASTA, GCG, msf, nbrf-pir etc.; Basic concepts of sequence similarity: identity and
homology, definitions of homologues, orthologues, paralogues; Sequence patterns and profiles

Sequence Alignment and Database Searching

Introduction, Evolutionary Basis of Sequence Alignment, Optimal alignment method, Statistical Significance of
Alignment. Database searching Artifacts; Database similarity searching: FASTA, BLAST, Various basic and
advance version, Multiple sequence alignment: progressive method and Iterative method; Applications of
pairwise and multiple sequence alignment; Tools for multiple sequence alignment: CLUSTALW and Pileup
(Algorithmic concepts).

Introduction to Genes and Proteins

Genome Sequences, ORFs, Genes, Introns, Exons, Splice Variants, DNA/RNA Secondary Structure Triplet
Coding, Protein Sequences, Protein Structure: Secondary, Tertiary, Quaternary, The notion of Homology.
Scoring matrices: Basic concept of a scoring matrix, Similarity and distance matrix, Predictive Method using
Nucleotide Sequence: Introduction, Marking repetitive DNA, Database search, Codon bias detection, detecting
functional site in DNA.

Phylogenetics
Phylogeny and concepts in molecular evolution; nature of data used in taxonomy and phylogeny; definition and
description of Phylogenetic trees and various types of trees; Different methods of Phylogenetic tree
construction: UPGMA and Fitch-Margoliash Algorithm; case studies in phylogenetic sequence analysis.

Machine learning for Bioinformatics

Unsupervised learning, K-means clustering, Hierarchical clustering, Heatmap representations. Dimensionality
reduction, Principal Component Analysis (PCA). Hands-on session with unsupervised learning analysis of
cancer cells further highlighting practical considerations and best practices for the analysis and visualization of
high dimensional datasets.

Textbooks
1. A. M. Lesk, Introduction to Bioinformatics, Oxford University Press, 2022

170
Reference books
1. T. K. Attwood & D. J. Parry-Smith, Introduction to Bioinformatics, Pearson Education Ltd, Low Price
Edition, 2001.
2. D.W. Mount, Bioinformatics: Sequence and Genome Analysis, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press,
2001.
3. D. Baxevanis and F. Oulette, Bioinformatics : A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins,
Wiley Indian Edition, 2002.
4. M.D.B. Bergeron, Bioinformatics Computing, Prentice Hall India (Economy Edition), 2003.

OPTIMIZATION METHODS IN MACHINE LEARNING

Course Code: EM40010

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course introduces students to the fundamental concepts, techniques, and algorithms in optimization for
machine learning. Students will learn how optimization plays a crucial role in the design and analysis of
machine learning models. The course will cover a broad range of optimization methods, with a focus on
understanding their theoretical properties and practical implementation.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand the foundational concepts of optimization and their importance in the context of machine
learning, including the role of loss functions, performance metrics, and optimization problems.
CO 2: Analyze and implement a variety of optimization techniques, including gradient descent and its
variants, adaptive learning rate methods, second-order optimization methods, and metaheuristic
optimization algorithms.
CO 3: Apply regularization techniques to prevent over fitting and improve the generalization performance of
machine learning models.
CO 4: Design and implement optimization algorithms for deep learning models, including proper
initialization, back propagation, and fine-tuning strategies.
CO 5: Employ model selection and hyperparameters optimization techniques to enhance the performance of
machine learning models on real-world tasks.
CO 6: Utilize distributed and parallel optimization algorithms to scale up optimization processes for large-
scale machine learning applications.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction to Optimization and Machine Learning/Deep Learning

Introduction to optimization, Machine learning basics, The role of optimization in machine learning, Loss
functions and performance metrics, Deep learning basics, Back propagation algorithm, Initialization techniques,
Transfer learning and fine-tuning

Convex and Non Convex Optimization Techniques

Convex sets and functions, Convex optimization problems, First-order and second-order optimality conditions,
Introduction to gradient descent ,Batch gradient descent, Stochastic gradient descent (SGD), Mini-batch
gradient descent, Momentum and Nesterov accelerated gradient (NAG) , Adagrad, RMSprop, Adam and its
variants, Learning rate scheduling, Early stopping, Dropout, Cross-validation techniques, Grid search, Random
search, Bayesian optimization

Second-Order Optimization Methods

171
Newton's method, Quasi-Newton methods (BFGS, L-BFGS), Conjugate gradient method,

Non -Convex Optimization Techniques

Local and global minima, Saddle points and plateaus, Strategies for escaping saddle points,

Constrained Optimization
L1 and L2 regularization, Elastic net regularization, Equality and inequality constraints, Lagrange multipliers,
Karush-Kuhn-Tucker (KKT) conditions Sequential quadratic programming (SQP)

Metaheuristic Optimization Algorithms

Genetic algorithms, Simulated annealing, Particle swarm optimization, Ant colony optimization
Multi-objective Optimization
Pareto optimality, Scalarization methods, Evolutionary multi-objective optimization algorithms (NSGA-II,
MOEA/D)

Distributed and Parallel Optimization

Data and model parallelism, Synchronous and asynchronous updates, Distributed optimization algorithms
(ADMM, Federated Learning)

Textbooks
1. Goodfellow, I., Bengio, Y., & Courville, A. Deep Learning. MIT Press. (Link:
https://www.deeplearningbook.org/)
2. Deb, Kalyanmoy. Optimization for engineering design: Algorithms and examples. PHI Learning Pvt.
Ltd., 2012.

Reference books
1. Boyd, S., & Vandenberghe, L. Convex Optimization. Cambridge University Press. (Link:
https://web.stanford.edu/~boyd/cvxbook/)
2. K. Deb.- Multi-Objective Optimization Using Evolutionary Algorithms— (Chichester, U.K.: Wiley,
2001
3. Ruder, S. , An Overview of Gradient Descent Optimization Algorithms. arXiv preprint
arXiv:1609.04747. (Link: https://arxiv.org/abs/1609.04747)
4. Sra, S., Nowozin, S., & Wright, S. J. (Eds.). Optimization for Machine Learning. MIT Press.
5. Nocedal, J., & Wright, S., Numerical Optimization. Springer Science & Business Media.

PROJECT - I

Course Code: EM47001

Credit: 5
L-T-P: 0-0-10
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Students are required to undertake a final year major project either as an individual or in a group in consultation
with the project guide which may be completed in one year. The project should be related to certain advanced
technical domain. The work encompasses two semesters and to be carried out in two phases. In Project-I,
students are expected to complete detailed literature review, identify their objective and start working on the
same; perform experiments, carry out analyses and report their findings to their supervisors and the panel.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Conduct a detailed research survey or background study and summarize the theory and findings
CO 2: Formulate a research question or a general objective of the project

172
CO 3: Propose and outline the solution to the research question or a pathway for the implementation of the
project with consideration of public health, safety, and welfare, as well as global, cultural, social,
environmental, and economic factors
CO 4: Conduct appropriate experimentation, analyze and interpret data, and use engineering judgment to draw
conclusions
CO 5: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in a team under multidisciplinary
settings following ethical practices
CO 6: Communicate effectively with a range of audiences and prepare technical reports

PROJECT - II
Course Code: EM47002
Credit: 9
L-T-P: 0-0-18
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Project-II is a continuation of Project-I, the second phase of final year major project. Students should complete
all related experiments, develop a final solution, product or system and validate the applicability of the same
under real time scenario with consideration of public health, safety, and welfare, as well as global, cultural,
social, environmental, and economic factors. They produce a detailed technical report on their work as well as
individual contribution reports. Throughout the implementation of the major final year project, students should
demonstrate all cognitive skills and attainment of all program outcomes and student outcomes.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Readily apply fundamental concepts in their area of study for executing the projects
CO 2: Demonstrate skill in using modern technical tools, apply advanced technical knowledge integrate
information from different sources, perform complex experiments and critically analyze the findings to
draw conclusions
CO 3: Provide engineering solutions to predefined research question or project objective, design system
components or processes with consideration of public health, safety, and welfare, as well as global,
cultural, social, environmental, and economic factors
CO 4: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in a team under multidisciplinary
settings following ethical practices
CO 5: Communicate effectively with a range of audiences and prepare detailed technical reports
CO 6: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the management principles in executing their project as a
member or leader of the team, and willingness to engage in life-long learning

PRACTICAL TRAINING / INTERNSHIP

Course Code: EM48001

Credit: 2
L-T-P: 2-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
In this course, the students will get opportunity to explore career augmentation aspects prior to graduation,
integrate theory and practice, assess interests and abilities in their field of study, learn to appreciate work and its
function in the economy, develop work habits and attitudes necessary for job success, develop communication,
interpersonal and other critical skills in the job interview process and build a record of work experience.

COURSE OUTCOMES

173
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Apply engineering knowledge in solving real-life problems

CO 2: Acquire new skills in the engineering disciplines of their own interest
CO 3: Get exposure to real-life-working environment practices, and to attain the professionalisms
CO 4: Work with multi-tasking professionals and multidisciplinary team
CO 5: Prepare a technical report, to improve presentation and other soft skills
CO 6: Learn to appreciate work and its function in the economy

NETWORK THEORY

Subject Code: EE20001

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To familiarize the concepts of network theorems, explain the concept of coupling in electric circuits and analyze
the transient response of circuits with dc and ac inputs. Understand the concept of two port network, network
topology and able to design filters.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1 : Analyze different electrical circuits using network theorems.

CO 2 : Understand the magnetic couple circuits.
CO 3 : Apply the transients in DC/AC circuits.
CO 4 : Evaluate different parameters and functions of one port and two port networks
CO 5 : Know the concept of network topology
CO 6 : Design different passive filters

COURSE DETAILS

Network Theorems (for DC and AC Circuit)

Superposition theorem, Thevenin’s Theorem, Norton’s Theorem, Maximum Power Transfer Theorem,
Reciprocity Theorem.

Magnetic coupled circuits

Self and Mutual Inductance, Dot convention for coupled circuits and coefficient of coupling.

Transient Response
Duality of circuits, Transient response for R-L, R-C and R-L-C circuits with both DC and AC excitation in time
domain and Laplace transformation method.

Two-Port Networks
Network Configurations, Open Circuit, Short circuit, transmission and hybrid parameters, Condition of
symmetry and reciprocity in two port network, Interconnection of two port networks (Series, Parallel
&Cascade).Inter-relationship between parameters of two port network.

Network Function
Concept oif complex frequency, driving point and transfer functions of one port and two port network.

Network Topology

174
Concepts of Network graph, Tree, Co-Tree, Links and Twigs, Formation of incidence matrix [A] and loop
matrix [B] Formation of Fundamental Cut-Set Matrix [QF], Tie-Set Matrix. Relation between branch voltage
and current, loop current network topology analysis.

Filter Design
Passive filters, Design of low pass, high pass, band pass, and band elimination filter.

Textbooks
1. M. E. Van Valkenburg - Network Analysis by, Pearson Education, 3rd Edition, 2006.
2. Charles K. Alexander, Matthew N.O. Sadiku- Fundamentals of Electric Circuits, , McGraw Hill Education; 5th
edition.

Reference books
1. A Sudhakar ShyammohanS Palli - Circuits and Networks Analysis and Synthesis (Second
Edition), Tata McGraw-Hill, 2011.
2. Basic Circuit Analysis, John O’Malley, Schaum’sOutlines, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2nd
edn.,2010(Reprint).
3. Ravish R Singh- Network Theory Analysis and Synthesis- S. Chand Publication 1st edition 2023.
4. William Hart Hayt Jack E Kemmerly Steven M Durbin- Engineering circuit analysis
5. D.Roy Choudhury - Networks and systems- New Age Publication, 2nd Edition, June 2013.

ELECTRICAL MACHINES
Course Code: EE20010
Credits: 3
L-T-P: 3-0 -0
Pre-requisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand construction, working principles, testing and control of different electrical machines and their
industrial and domestic applications.
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Know the Construction, principle, efficiency and control of DC machines.

CO 2: Understand the principle, Phasor diagram, losses, efficiency and regulation of transformers.
CO 3: Analyze the three phase transformers through vector grouping.
CO 4: Comprehend the operation and characteristics of Synchronous machines.
CO 5: Investigate the operation and characteristics of Induction Motor.
CO 6: Study the construction, principle of operation and application of single phase induction motors.

COURSE DETAIL
DC Machine
Principle of Operation, emf equation of DC machine, Types and its characteristics. Concepts of back emf,
armature and shaft torque, Speed control of DC shunt motor, efficiency, Necessity of starter, 3-point starter.
Transformer
Single phase transformer, Construction , Principle of operation, emf equation, equivalent circuit and phasor
diagram, open circuit and short circuit test, regulation, losses and efficiency. Three phase transformer with
different vector group.
175
Three-phase Synchronous Machine
Construction, Principle of operation, Pitch factor, distribution factor, winding Factor, winding diagram, EMF
equation, armature reaction, equivalent circuit V-curves, method of starting and application, voltage regulation
of three phase alternator (synchronous impedance and mmf method), power stage and efficiency.
Three-Phase Induction Motor
Construction, squirrel cage and slip ring type, principle of operation, equivalent circuit and phasor diagram,
Torque slip characteristics, starting torque and maximum torque, losses and efficiency, method of starting,
speed control and application.

Single-phase Induction Motor

Construction, Staring method and application

Textbooks
1. P. S Bimbhra, Electrical Machinery, 7th Edition, Khanna Publishers, 2008.
2. B. L. Theraja, Electrical Technology, Volume -II. S .Chand Publications. 2010.
3. Ashfaq Hussain, Electrical Machines, Dhanpat Rai, Delhi, 2nd Edition, 2008.

Reference books
1. C. I. Hubert, Electric Machines, Pearson Education, 2003.
2. Kothari. D P and I J Nagrath, Electric Machines, 3rd edn, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi. 2004

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MODELING USING MATLAB

Course Code: EE28002

Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite(s):Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course is proposed as a Sessional to UG students with the aim of imparting basic understanding of
Modeling and Simulation so that the students will find it easy to use this knowledge in profession for applying
to various engineering systems and design.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Know the characteristic of half wave and full wave uncontrolled rectifier .
CO 2: Understand the characteristic of half wave and full wave controlled rectifier .
CO 3: Apply modeling techniques to Simulate the R-L and R-C circuit.
CO 4: Analyse the methods of plotting of single phase and 3 phase sine wave.
CO 5: Evaluate the simulated design of the PID controller.
CO 6: Design a circuit to Plot I-V & P-V Characteristic of a PV cell.

INDUSTRIAL WIRING AND CONTROL PANEL DESIGN

Course Code: EE28011

Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2

176
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE

This vocational course will provide an overview of electrical occupations, including the training and the
employment options available in electrical industry. It is also designed to provide related training in the
electrical trade that will give students the proper coursework in installation and designing of control panel.

COURSE OUTCOMES

After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Realise the purpose and general principles of control components and circuits, CO 2: Install Industrial
wiring circuits according to given specification and plan,
CO 3: Analyze circuit operations on basic motors (3ø induction Motor),
CO 4: Interpret and install circuits according to rules and regulations of the National Electrical Codebook,
CO 5: Connect motor controllers for specific applications with emphasis on safety practices and in accordance
with National Electrical Code (NEC) requirements, and
CO 6: Select and size contactors, relays and timing relays and overload relays both physically and schematically
and describe their operating principles.

COURSE DETAILS
 Design multiwire circuit for a direct motor starter (DoL) with one operating (forward) direction using
QElectrotech software.
 Design multiwire circuit for a direct motor starter (DoL) with two operating (forward & reverse) direction
using QElectrotech software.
 Design multiwire circuit for a Star – Delta motor stator with one operating (forward) direction using
QElectrotech software.
 Design multiwire circuit for a Star – Delta motor stator with two operating (forward & reverse) direction
using QElectrotech software.
 Design & connect for a direct motor starter (DoL) with one operating (forward) direction in modular set up.
 Design & connect for a direct motor starter (DoL) with two operating (forward & reverse) direction in
modular setup.
 Design & connect for a Star – Delta motor stator with one operating (forward) direction in modular set up.
 Design & connect for a Star – Delta motor stator with two operating (forward& reverse) direction in
modular set up.
 Install & wire for a direct motor starter (DoL) with one operating (forward) direction in Industrial Control
Panel.
 Install & wire for a direct motor starter (DoL) with two operating (forward & reverse) direction in
Industrial Control Panel.
 Install & wire for a Star – Delta motor stator with one operating (forward) direction in Industrial Control
Panel.
 Install & wire for a Star – Delta motor stator with two operating (forward & reverse) direction in Industrial
Control Panel.

Reference Books
1. Tarlok Singh, Installation, commissioning and maintenance of electrical equipment.
2. B.P. Patel and M.A. Chaudhari, Industrial Electrical Systems.

INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF SOLAR POWER SYSTEM

177
Course Code: EE28013
Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE

To impart job-oriented training to students and make them well convergent on Installation, operation &
maintenance of solar PV system. This vocational course is based on study of solar photovoltaic (PV) cells,
modules, and system components; electrical circuits; PV system design and sizing for use on homes, commercial
building etc., understanding energy conversion from sunlight to electricity, and working with solar conversion
equipment. This Course will give students the book knowledge and hands on experience needed to become
entrepreneur / self-employed.

COURSE OUTCOMES

After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Demonstrate and apply the knowledge of solar electric systems terms and concepts,
CO 2: Size and design a photo voltaic system,
CO 3: Mount, ground, position, install, wire and connect a photo voltaic system,
CO 4: Test voltage generated by photo voltaic system,
CO 5: Learn different types of solar PV modules and batteries used in solar PV plant, and
CO 6: Design of solar PV plant based on estimated loads.

COURSE DETAILS

 To demonstrate the I-V and P-V Characteristics of PV module with varying radiation and temperature level.
 To demonstrate the I-V and P-V characteristics of series and parallel combination of PV modules.
 To show the effect of variation in tilt angle on PV module power.
 To demonstrate the effect of shading on module output power.
 To demonstrate the working of diode as bypass diode and blocking diode.
 To draw the charging and discharging characteristics of battery.
 Observe the output waveform of the inverter in auto mode.
 Workout power flow calculations of standalone PV system of AC load with battery.
 Workout power flow calculations of standalone PV system of DC load with battery.
 Find the MPP manually by varying the resistive load across the PV panel.

Reference Books

1. Chetan Singh Solanki, Solar Photo Voltaic Technology and Systems.

2. B.H. Khan, Non-Conventional Energy Resources.
3. P. Sukhatme, Solar Energy - Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage.
4. G.N. Tiwari, Solar Energy: Fundamentals, Design, Modelling and Applications.

DOMESTIC WIRING AND HOME AUTOMATION

Course Code: EE28015
Credit: 1

178
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE

This vocational course will provide an overview of electrical occupations, including the training and the
employment options available in electrical consultancy. It is also designed to provide related training in the
electrical wing that will give students the proper coursework in installation and designing of domestic wiring
and home automation. To develop electrical wiring skills in students through systematic training that would
enable the students to construct and test various electrical circuits using appropriate electrician tools, wires,
protective devices and wiring accessories as per IS standards.

COURSE OUTCOMES

After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Use appropriate electrician tools, wires, protective devices and wiring accessories,
CO 2: Rig up wiring diagrams using conduit system of wiring,
CO 3: Apply IS standards for electrical wiring,
CO 4: Prepare different types of wiring joints,
CO 5: Well convergent in drawing electrical wiring circuit, and
CO 6: Enhancement of knowledge regarding specification and application of different electrical devices.

COURSE DETAILS

 Perform the assembly, wiring and implementation of a single switch (SPST Switch) in circuit.
 Perform the assembly, wiring and implementation of a Double switch (SPST Switch) in circuit.
 Perform the assembly, wiring and implementation of a power socket in circuit.
 Perform the assembly, wiring and implementation of a controlled power socket circuit in housing.
 Perform the assembly, wiring and implementation of a two ways switches (SPDT Switch) in circuit.
 Perform the assembly, wiring and implementation of a impulse relay in circuit.
 Perform the assembly, wiring and implementation of a time switch in circuit
 Perform the assembly, the wiring and the implementation of a timer lighting in circuit.
 Perform the assembly, the wiring and the implementation of a twilight switch in circuit in house or in a shop.
 Perform the assembly, wiring and implementation of a controlled lighting in circuit (time switch, timer,
twilight switch).
 Perform the assembly, the wiring and the implementation of a water heater in circuit.
 Perform the assembly, wiring and implementation of a central impulse relay in circuit.
 Study and implementation of Light sensitive switch.
 Perform the assembly, wiring and implementation of a fan in circuit.
 Perform the assembly, wiring and implementation of a distribution panel.
 Home automation using KNX technology.
 Application of Load shedding contactor and programmable time switch.

Reference Books

1. Frederic Marsh, Home Automation - A Smart Home Guide: The Beginner’s Manual Including Google
Home, Echo Dot and Amazon Alexa. Easy Instructions, Directions and Commands ... and Home Automation
Guide Series Book 1, Kindle Edition.
2. James Gerhart, Home Automation and Wiring.

179
 CYBER PHYSICS APPLICATION IN INDUSTRIAL IOT

Course Code: EE28017

Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE

The students will utilize the principles of Cyber-Physical Systems (CPS) and Internet of Things (IoT) to develop
applications, implement IoT applications by selecting appropriate hardware and software platform and also
Develop IoT applications using open-source platforms.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Basics of cyber physics components,

CO 2: Understanding of sensors and actuators,
CO 3: Layout diagram of open source microcontroller board,
CO 4: Understanding of analog and digital I/O for cyber-physics,
CO 5: Understanding of different protocols for IoT connectivity, and
CO 6: Basic architecture for IoT enabled Cyber Physics.

COURSE DETAILS

1. CYBER PHYSICAL SYSTEM (THEORY)

 CPS Realworld.
 Design and Validation of CPS.
 Smart city application CPS.
 CPS Hardware Platforms (Process, Sensors and Actuators).

2. Industry 4.0
 IOT Fundamentals and protocols including layers.
 Sensor and Interfacing.

Hands on Practice
 Architecture and pin diagram of Arduino UNO/MEGA and ESP8266
 IDE installation for open source C++ or Phython
 Analog and Digital voltage sensing and processing through Firmware
 Analog and Digital voltage based actuator through Firmware
 Display OLED/Seven segment integration through IDE
 PCB Design Concept and implementation with uC.
 Implementation of UI/UX through RestAPI based Thing speak
 DATA logging and Generating CSV through Rest API
 Writing a Firmware for ESP-8266 or NODEMCU (programming based knowledge)
 IoT based transformer / condition monitoring system

Reference Books

180
1. Adrian McEwen, Hakim Cassimally, Designing the Internet of Things.
2. Asoke K Talukder and Roopa R Yavagal, Mobile Computing, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
3. Tanenbaum, Andrew S, Computer Networks, Pearson Education Pte. Ltd., Delhi, 4th Edition
4. Stallings, William, Data and Computer Communications, Pearson Education Pte. Ltd., Delhi, 6th Edition.
5. F. Adelstein and S.K.S. Gupta, “Fundamentals of Mobile and Pervasive Computing,” McGraw Hill, 2009.

INDUSTRIAL CONTROL AND REMOTE MONITORING

Course Code: EE28019

Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE

To provide hands on experience in developing Industrial Control and remote monitoring by using PLC
(Programmable logic Controller), thus by utilizing it in Process control applications.

COURSE OUTCOMES

After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Know about typical components of a Programmable Logic Controller,

CO 2: Know the concept of Electrical ladder logic and its relationship to PLC instructions, CO 3: Understand the
concept of digital electronics and data acquisition,
CO 4: Program PLC logical switching circuits for industrial applications,
CO 5: Choose and utilize Timer, Counter, and other intermediate programming functions, and CO 6: Design and
program automated industrial production line.

COURSE DETAILS

1. Programmable logic Controller SYSTEM. (THEORY)

 Introduction to Industrial Automation.
 Introduction to PLC programmable logic controller
 PLCs & related software and its major Components
 Relay logic Hardware Platforms (Switches, Sensors and Actuators).
 Study of Contactors, Timers, Counter and Comparator

2. Human Machine interface
 Introduction to HMI Communication with PLC
 HMI tags and Assignments
 Project on Industrial load sequential feedback control Using PLC HMI

Hands on Practice
 Introduction of PLC SOFTWARE as TIA Portal
 Ladder Programming for Basic gates logics by using SPST Contacts
 Ladder Programming on SPDT
 Latching Concept and related Latching program
 Study of program memory and Programming on Memory Bits
181
  Study of TIMER BLOCKs and its Programming
 Introduction to COMPARATOR BLOCK and its Programming
 Introduction to COUNTER BLOCK and its Types with Programming
 Project on Industrial Load OFF/ON control Using PLC and HMI
 Introduction to analog Logic in PLC and its Programming

Reference Books

1. Vijay R. Jadhav, Programmable logic Controller, KHANNA PUBLISHERS, 2nd Edition, 2012.
2. R.G Jamkar, Industrial Automation Using PLC, SCADA and DCS, Laxmi Publications Private Limited.
3. PLC and SCADA by Prof Rajesh Mehra and Er. Vikrant Vij Published by University Science Press.
4. John R Hackworth and Frederick D. Hackworth Jr., Programmable logic Controller: Programming
methods and Applications, PEARSON Edition: 1st Edition, 2006.

ELECTRICAL MACHINES LABORATORY

Course Code: EE29002

Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite(s): Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The main objective of the Electrical machines laboratory is to provide the practical exposure to the student
regarding operation of various electrical machines like DC generators, DC Motors, Alternators, Synchronous
motors, Induction Motors, Special Motors and Transformers. Students are allowed to conduct various
experiments for the validation of performance characteristics of all the machines. From this laboratory courses
student will gain the skill to select correct machine for a specific application.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Memorize the working principle and applications of different electrical machines.

CO 2: Understand the challenges in industrial applications of electric motors.
CO 3: Utilize different electrical machines.
CO 4: Analyse different electrical machine according to the requirement in the industrial applications.
CO 5: Assess the safety precautions to be taken while using electrical equipment.
CO 6: Design the equivalent circuit of the transformer and construct the circle diagram of an induction motor.

POWER ELECTRONICS AND DRIVES

Subject Code: EE30005

Credits: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Pre-requisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVES
It aims to familiarize readers with switching devices, power converters, and their uses in different power control
systems.

COURSE OUTCOMES

182
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand the working principles of different power electronics devices.

CO 2: Analyze the concepts of single phase and three phase controlled rectifiers.
CO 3: Compare different topologies of DC to DC converters.
CO 4: Understand the control of single phase and three phase Inverters
CO 5: Know the operation of power factor correction circuit and MLI
CO 6: Analyze the different industrial drive system.

COURSE DETAIL

Introduction to Power Electronics

Comparison of power devices operating in the switch mode to those operating in the active region.
Power Electronic Devices
Thyristor characteristics, Turn ON methods, Dynamic Characteristics of thyristors, Two Transistor
Model of thyristor, Characteristics and construction of Power MOSFETS, Characteristics and
construction of IGBT, SiC based power devices and applications.
AC to DC Converters
Single Phase Converters – Half Wave with R, RL, RLE load and effect of free Wheeling diode, Single
Phase half and full controlled full Wave converters with R and RLE Load, 3 Phase half and fully
controlled rectifiers, Power factor correction circuit.
DC to DC Converters
Step up and Step Down choppers, basic concepts of bi-directional converter. Forward and Flyback
converters.

Inverters
Single Phase Half Bridge and Full Bridge Inverters, 3 Phase Inverters, 180° and 120 0 conduction,
Voltage Control of inverters, Sinusoidal Pulse Width Modulation, Concept of multi level inverters.
Electric Drives
Different loading and operating points of speed torque characteristics, Selection of motors, Steady state
stability, load Equalization, D.C. Motor Speed control, 4 quadrant choppers for control of DC motor,
A.C. Drives: variable frequency drives.

Textbooks
1. M. H. Rashid, Power Electronics, Devices, Circuits & Applications, Pearson Education,
4thEdition, 2017.
2. P S Bhimbra, Power Electronics, Khanna Publishers, 7thEdition, 2022.
3. G K Dubey, Electrical Drives, Narosa Publishing House Pvt Ltd; 2nd Edition 2010.

Reference books
1. M. D. Singh and K. B. Khanchandani, Power Electronics, Tata McGraw-Hill, Second Edition,
2007.
2. N. Mohan, Tore M. Undeland, and William P. Robbins, Power Electronics, Converters,
Applications and Design , John Wiley and Sons, 3rd Edition, 2009.
3. R Krishnan, Electric Motor Drives: Modeling, Analysis and Control, Pearson Education India, 1 st
Edition, 2015.

POWER SYSTEM OPERATION AND CONTROL

183
Course Code: EE30006
Credits: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Pre-requisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This subject provides the basic knowledge of analyzing a power system by different studies and suggests
appropriate control action for smooth operation of a power system.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Compute the bus admittance matrices

CO 2: Solve the load flow problems.
CO 3: Find economic operation of power generation.
CO 4: Classify different Power system faults.
CO 5: Apply the stability concept to power system.
CO 6: Analyze the concepts of generation control

COURSE DETAIL

Load Flow Studies

Bus classification, Nodal Admittance matrix, Formulation of load flow problem, Approximate load flow
solution by Gauss-Siedel Method with and without PV bus, acceleration of convergence, Newton-
Raphson Method, Decoupled and Fast decoupled method.

Economic Operation of Power System

Introduction, Optimal operation of generators, Distribution of load on various generating units, Penalty
factor and Transmission loss as a function of plant generation.

Symmetrical and Unsymmetrical Fault Analysis

Introduction, Transients in transmission line, Symmetrical components, Sequence analysis of power
system, Symmetrical Fault analysis, Unsymmetrical Fault analysis.

Stability Analysis
Introduction to stability, Dynamics of synchronous machines, Swing equation, Power angle curve and its
equation, Steady state stability, Equal area criterion, Effect of clearing time on stability.

Automatic Generation and Voltage Control

Introduction, Load frequency control, Turbine speed governing system, Modeling of speed governing
system, Turbine model, Generator load model, Integrated representation of various models, Proportional
plus integral control, Automatic voltage regulator .

Textbooks
1. I. J. Nagrath, D. P. Kothari- Modern Power System Analysis, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd, New Delhi, 3rd Edition, 2003.
2. John. J. Grainger & W. D. Stevenson- Jr Power System Analysis- TMH, 2003 Edition, (15th
Reprint).

184
Reference books
1. T K Nagsarkar and M S Sukhija- Power System Analysis - 1st Edition, Eighth impression 2012,
Oxford University Press.
2. Abhijit Chakrabarti, Sunita Halder- Power System Analysis Operation and Control, Third
Edition, 2010, PHI Learning Private Limited.

POWER TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION

Course Code: EE30007

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: EE20001

COURSE OBJECTIVE

To give the students requisite basic knowledge about the key parameters of transmission and distribution of
modern power supply system, analyze the performance of transmission lines, cables, distribution systems and
mechanically design the components of a power system.

COURSE OUTCOMES

After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Describe different powers in power system.

CO 2: Evaluate the line constants in different configuration of overhead lines.
CO 3: Analyze the performance of transmission lines and underground cables.
CO 4: Describe different phenomenon of transmission line.
CO 5: Calculate the corona loss in transmission lines.
CO 6: Determine the current and voltage distribution in different distribution modules.

COURSE DETAIL

Introduction
Single and 3-phase transmission, Concept of complex power, Per Unit system, Power System layout. Supply
System: Comparison of AC and DC transmission, Advantage of high voltage transmission, Advantages and
Disadvantages of EHV (AC) and HVDC Transmission.

Line constants
Resistance, Inductance of Single phase and three phase line with symmetrical and unsymmetrical spacing,
GMD and GMR calculation, Transposition of power line, Capacitance of Single-phase line, Effect of earth on
line capacitance, Charging current due to capacitance effect, Bundle conductors, Skin and Proximity effect.

Performance of Transmission line

Analysis of short, medium and long Transmission Line, ABCD constants and its calculation for Short, Medium
and Long Transmission Line, Ferranti effect, Surge Impedance and Surge Impedance Loading, Line
compensators. Corona: Critical disruptive voltage, Visual
critical voltage, Corona Power losses, Factors affecting corona, Advantages and Disadvantages of Corona,
Problem Discussion, Radio Interference between power and communication line.

Mechanical Design of overhead transmission lines:

185
Types of conductors and insulator, Insulating materials, Potential distribution over a string of suspension
Insulators, String Efficiency, Methods of equalization of the potentials, Sag and Stress calculation, Effect of ice
and wind loading, Vibration dampers.

Underground Cable:
Overhead line verses underground cables, Type and construction, Grading of cables, Insulation resistance of
cable, Capacitance of three core cable, dielectric losses.

Distribution Systems:
Classification of distribution system, Types of AC and DC distributors, Feeder, Voltage drop and load
calculation for concentrated and distributed loads, Radial and ring main system, Economic choice of conductor,
Kelvin’s law.

Textbooks
1. C.L. Wadhwa- Electrical Power System, , New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers, 2009.
2. A. Chakrabarti, M.L. Soni, P.V. Gupta and U.S. Bhatnagar, Dhanpat Rai and Co -A Text Book on
Power System Engineering, Reprint 2012.

Reference books
1. J. B. Gupta, S K Kataria- A Course in Power System- Sons Publishers and Distributors, 2011.
2. B. R. Gupta- Power System Analysis and Design- S. Chand Publications, 3rd Edition, Reprint, 2003.
3. V.K.Mehta- Principle of Power System- S.Chand Publishers, 2012.

SENSORS AND ACTUATORS

Course Code: EE30012

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: EE20001

COURSE OBJECTIVE

This course helps the students to have an exposure to sensors and its importance in the real world. Student will
be able to understand basics of sensors, actuators and their operating principle and also have knowledge about
simulation and characterization of different sensors.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand components of sensor and selection criteria.

CO 2: select suitable sensor for measuring displacement and velocity.
CO 3: Select suitable sensor for force, weight and pressure measurement.
CO 4: Select suitable sensor to measure temperature, level and flow.
CO 5: Know about different actuators and Electrical actuating systems.
CO 6: Use micro sensor and micro actuators in different applications.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Definitionofsensorandtransducer,classification,characteristics.Selectioncriteriaoftransducers.Smartsensor:Block
diagram, features.

Displacement and velocity Measurement

Linearandrotarydisplacementsensors:Potentiometer,capacitive,inductive,Positionmeasurement:OpticalEncoder,p
roximitysensors.

186
Velocity measurement: Tachometer types, Stroboscope, Encoder.
Measurement of Force, Weight and Pressure. Force and weight measurement :Strain gauge, load cell.Pressure
measurement: Manometer types, Strain gauge, diaphragm gauge, capsule, bellows, bourdon tube, piezoelectric
sensor.

Temperature measurement
Temperature scales, Mechanical thermometers: Filled insystems, Metallic expansion, Electrical thermometers:
RTD, Thermo-couple, Semiconductor temperature sensors.

Level& Flow measurement

Mechanicalmethods:floatanddisplacer.Electricalmethods:Resistance,inductive, capacitance type.Ultrasonic level
gauging. Basic principles of flow measurement. Differential pressure devices: orifice, venturi, flow nozzle, pitot
tube, annubar.

Actuators
Definition, types and selection of Actuators; linear; rotary; Logical and Continuous Actuators, Pneumatic
actuator- Electro-Pneumatic actuator; cylinder, rotary actuators, Mechanical actuating system: Hydraulic
actuator - Control valves; Construction, Characteristics and Types, Selection criteria.

Electrical actuating systems

Solid-state switches, Solenoids, Electric Motors- Principle of operation and its application: D.C motors - AC
motors - Single phase & 3 Phase Induction Motor; Synchronous Motor; Stepper motors - Piezoelectric Actuator.
Micro Sensors
Principles and examples, Force and pressure micro sensors, position and speed micro sensors, acceleration
micro sensors, chemical sensors, biosensors, temperature micro sensors and flow micro sensors. Simulation and
characterization of various sensors using COMSOL Multiphysics.
Micro actuators
Actuation principle, shape memory effects-one way, two way and pseudo elasticity. Types of microactuators:
Electrostatic, magnetic, fluidic, inversepiezoeffect.

Textbook
1. S.K.Singh- Industrial instrumentation and control, 3rdEdition,TMH

Reference books
1. Murthy.D.V.S- Transducers and Instrumentation, ,2001,Prentice Hall of India.
2. Patranabis. D- Sensors and transducers, , 2003, PHI.
st
3. Sergej Fatikow and Ulrich Rembold- Microsystem Technology and Microrobotics, ,1 edition, Springer-
Verlag Berlin Heidelberg.
4. Manfred Kohl- Shape memory actuators, first edition, Springer.

INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS OF ELECTRIC ENERGY

Course Code: EE30013

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: EE20001

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This subject gives a comprehensive idea in utilization of electrical power such as drives, electric heating,
electric welding and illumination, electric traction, electrolysis process.

187
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Describe in applications of different motors.

CO 2: Demonstrate on electric tariff.
CO 3: Examine the characteristics and intensity of lightning systems for different types of lamps.
CO 4: Analyze various electrolytic processes.
CO 5: Know the Process of different kinds of electric heating and electric welding.
CO 6: Know the application of different lamps.

COURSE DETAILS

Motor power rating and selection

General considerations in selecting motor power rating, Selection of motor capacity for continuous duty,
Equivalent current, torque and power methods, Selection of capacity for short term and intermittent periodic
duty.

Electric Tariff
Classification of costs, Formulation of Electric Tariff, Various kinds of Tariff, Economics of Generation, Load
duration curve, Base load and peak load plants, Effect of Load Factor, diversity Factor and power factor on
tariff.

Electric Heating and Welding

Advantages of electrical heating, Design of heating elements, Heating methods, Resistance Heating, Induction
Heating, Dielectric Heating, Resistance furnace, Causes of failure of heating elements, Temperature control of
resistance furnace, Arc furnace, Advantages of electric welding, Welding methods: Resistance welding, Electric
arc welding, Atomic hydrogen welding, Modern welding techniques: Ultrasonic and Laser welding.

Illumination
Introduction, terminology in illumination: luminous flux, luminous intensity, lumen candela power, illumination
lux, lamp efficiency, Brightness glare, Space height ratio, Polar curve, Laws of illumination, Co-efficient of
utilization, Maintenance factor, Depreciation factor, Solid Angle, Types of Lamps: Arc Lamp, Incandescent
lamp, Sodium vapor lamp, Mercury Vapor Lamp, Fluorescent Lamp, Neon Lamp, Types of Lighting Scheme,
Flood Lightning, Street lightning, Compact Lighting Characteristics.

Electrolytic Processes
Fundamental principles, Faradays law of electrolysis, Extraction and refining of metals, Electro deposition.

Textbooks
1. C.L. Wadhwa- Generation, Distribution and Utilization of Electrical Power- Wiley Eastern Ltd, New Delhi,
2006.
2. J B Gupta, S K Kataria and Sons- Utilization of Electrical Power and Electric Traction, Delhi, 2011.

Reference books
1. H. Pratab- Art & Science of Utilization of Electrical Energy - Dhanpat Rai & Co.(P) Ltd. 2013.
2. Er. R K Rajput- Utilization of Electric power - Lakshmi publications Pvt. Ltd, 1st Edition 2006.
3. L Thereja, A.K Thereja- Electrical Technology volume – III, S Chand Publisher – 2013.

POWER GENERATION AND CONTROL

Course Code EE30014

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: EE20001

188
COURSE OBJECTIVE

This subject provides the basic knowledge of various types of power generating stations. Students will be able
to know the know the philosophy of components of generating power stations, generation control, substations,
tariff, and power factor improvement.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand various energy sources and their applications to power stations.

CO 2: Discuss the requirement and description of various components used in different power generation
station
CO 3: Compare various sources of power generation and evaluate their power output.
CO 4: Analyze the performance of the speed governing system
CO 5: Elaborate on the process of testing and commissioning for different substation components.
CO 6: Measure power factor and tariffin electrical power system.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Introduction to different sources of Energy. Discussion on application of energy sources to power station.

Thermal Power Plant

Layout of thermal power plant, Main Equipment, Coal Handling plant, Boiler, Super heater, Reheater,
Economizer,Air Preheater steam turbine,condenser, Ash handling plant, Cooling tower and ponds, Feed water
heater, E.S.P, Power supply to auxiliaries. Governor, specific speed, Plant auxiliaries. Load frequency
control,Turbine speed governing system,Modelling of speed governing system, Turbine model, generator
model,load model, Integrated representation of various model,Excitation System: DC exciter, AC exciter, static
exciter, AVR.

Hydro Power Plant

Classification according to (i) Water Flow (ii) Load (iii) Head, surge tank, Penstock, spillway, Tail Race, Types
of turbine (i) Pelton turbine, (ii) Francis turbine, (iii) Kaplan turbine,Governor, specific speed, Plant auxiliaries.

Nuclear Power Plant

Location, Layout of nuclear power plant, Fission, Fusion, controlled chain reaction, Classification of Nuclear
reactors –Advanced Gas cooled Reactor, Pressurized Water Reactor, Boiling Water Reactor, Fast Breeder
Reactor, Reactor Control & Cooling.

Diesel Electric Power plant and Gas Turbine Power plant

Introduction, Selection of site, Layout and Main components, Application.

Electrical System
Testing and commissioning of generators and power transformers.HT, EHT, and LV Substation arrangements.
Station batteries and battery chargers. Tariffs-Types, power factor improvement.

Textbook
1. B.R. Gupta- Generation of Electrical Energy- S.Chand Publication, 2009.
2. J.B.Gupta, S.K.Kataria- A course in power system- Sons Publication,2013.

Reference books
1.B.G.A. Skrotzki and W.A. Vopat, Power Station Engineering and Economy, McGraw Hill, Digitized on Dec
2007.
2. Sudipta De- Nag's Power Plant Engineering, 5th Edition- McGraWHill, 2021

189
 IOT FOR ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Course Code: EE30015

Credit: 3
L- T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course enhance both device-to-device interactions, as well as device-to-human interactions via the
Internet. IoT systems facilitate controlling and monitoring devices from anywhere by integrating sensors,
actuators, local processing and storage devices, wireless networks, Internet, and cloud computing and their
applications in electrical engineering.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Identify the components of IoT.

CO 2: Analyze various protocols of IoT.
CO 3: Apply internet of things in power sector.
CO 4: Examine schemes for the applications of IoT in home automation.
CO 5: Demonstrate embedded development platform.
CO 6: Create building blocks of Internet of Things and characteristics.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Definition, Components in internet of things, Sensing and Actuation Anywhere, Anytime, Genesis of the
Internet of Things, Power Sources, Internet Principles, Internet Communications: An Overview (IP, TCP, The
IP Protocol Suite (TCP/IP), UDP), IP Addresses (DNS, Static IP Address Assignment, Dynamic IP Address
Assignment, IPv6), MAC Addresses, TCP and UDP Ports.

IoT in the power sector

Asset Performance Management, Operational Optimization, Comprehensive Customer Services and
Experiences

Advanced Embedded Development Platforms

System on Chip (SoC), ARM®, Raspberry Pi, Evolution of Pi and technical specification comparative study,
GPIO Interfacing Cloud, Analytics & UI, Client Server Model, HTTP, Thingspeak, AWS, Cloud MQTT.

Home Automation
Sensor based automated technologies, PIR Sensor, GSM module, Node MCU Module, Bluetooth module,
Humidity sensor.

Textooks
1. Adrian McEwen, Hakim Cassimally- “Designing the Internet of Things”, Wiley publication, st Edition,
November 2013.
2. Ramamurthy, A. and Jain, P- The Internet of Things in the Power Sector Opportunities in Asia and the
Pacific, 2017.

Reference books:
1. Luigi Atzori, Antonio Lera, Giacomo Morabito- “The Internet of Things: A Survey”, Journal on Networks, ,
Elsevier Publications, October, 2010.
2. Honbo Zhou- "The Internet of Things in the Cloud: A Middleware Perspective”, , CRC Press-2012.
3. Dieter Uckelmann, Mark Harrison- “Architecting the Internet of Things- Springer, 2011.

RENEWABLE ENERGY RESOURCES

190
Course Code: EE30016
Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To facilitate the students to achieve a clear conceptual understanding of technical aspects of Renewable Sources
of Energy.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand the need of renewable energy sources for future requirements globally.
CO 2: Demonstrate on various solar thermal system applications
CO 3: Apply the concept of solar PV for maximizing the energy efficiency.
CO 4: Describe the process of extraction of power from wind energy and biomass energy.
CO 5: Analyze the scope of Geothermal and Ocean energy.
CO 6: Reflect the concept of principle of operation of fuel cell and its applications.

COURSE DETAILS

Fundamentals of Energy
Energy Consumption and standard of living, Classification of Energy Resources, Importance of Non-
Conventional Energy Sources, Common Forms of Energy, Advantages and Disadvantages of Conventional
energy Sources, Environmental aspects of energy, Environment–economy-energy and sustainable development,
Energy densities of fuels, Energy scenario in world and India
.
Basics of Solar Energy
Extraterrestrial and Terrestrial Radiations, Depletion of Solar Radiation, Solar Time, Solar Radiations
Measurement.

Solar Thermal Systems

Solar Collectors: Classification, Performance indices, Working of Flat plate collector and Evacuated Tube
collector, various other types of Collectors, Solar Passive Space – Heating and Cooling Systems, Solar thermal
energy applications in Water Heater, Cookers, Furnaces, Green House, Dryer and Distillation.

Solar Photovoltaic Systems

Solar Cell Fundamentals, P-N Junction, Generation of electron hole pair, Photoconduction, Solar Cell
Characteristics, Effect of variation of isolation and temperature, Energy payback period, Solar Cell
Classification, Solar Cell, Module, Panel and Array Construction, Cell mismatch and Effect of shadowing.
Maximizing the Solar PV Output and Load Matching, Maximum Power Point Tracker ( Perturb and Observance
method and Incremental conductance method).

Wind and Biomass energy

Wind Energy: Origin of Winds, Nature of Winds, Wind Turbine Siting, Major Application of Wind Power,
Power extraction from wind, Wind Turbine Types and Their Construction, Speed control strategies for wind
turbine, Power versus wind speed Characteristics, Wind Energy Conversion Systems (WECS), Environmental
aspects of wind energy, Wind energy programme in India.

Biomass Energy: Usable Forms of Biomass, their Composition and Fuel Properties, Biomass Resources,
Energy Farming, Biomass Conversion Technologies, Urban Waste to Energy Conversion, Biomass Gasification,
Biomass Liquefaction, Biomass to Ethanol Production.

Geothermal Energy

191
Applications, Origin, and Distribution of Geothermal Energy, Types of Geothermal Resources, Environmental
aspects of Geothermal energy, Geothermal Energy in India

Ocean Energy
Ocean Thermal Electric Conversion (OTEC) systems like open cycle, closed cycle, Environmental impact, Tidal
Energy: Energy from tides, Tidal energy conversion scheme: single basin and double basin tidal power plants,
advantages, limitation and scope of tidal energy.

Wave energy
Power from wave, wave energy conversion devices, advantages and disadvantages of wave energy,
Environmental impact

Fuel cells
Principle of working of various types of fuel cells and their working, performance and limitations, MHD
(Magneto hydro dynamics) generation principles, advantages and disadvantages.

Textbook
1. B. H. Khan, “Non – Conventional Energy Resources” Tata Mc Graw Hill, nd edition .
2. N. K. Bansal, Manfred Kleemann, Michael Meliss, “Renewable energy sources and conversion
technology", Tata Mc Graw Hill, 1990.
Reference books
1. Kothari D.P., “Renewable energy resources and emerging technologies”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd,
2006.
2. Rai G.D, "Non-Conventional Energy Sources", Khanna Publishers, 4th Edition 2000.
3. Ashok V. Desai, "Nonconventional Energy", New Age International Publishers Ltd, Reprint 2003.

ENERGY AUDIT AND ACCOUNTING

Course Code: EE 30020

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: EE20001

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of Energy Audit is to determine ways to reduce energy consumption per unit of product output or
to lower operating costs and accounting the cost of energy.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Learn the need of energy audit.

CO 2: Understand the concept of energy conservation and audit.
CO 3: Apply the concept of accounting in energy audit.
CO 4: Design the capacitor rating for power factor improvement.
CO 5: Evaluate the energy efficiency of furnace & CHP System.
CO 6: Create a report for an Economic Evaluation.

COURSE DETAILS

General Aspects
Indian Energy scenario, definition of energy conservation, management and audit,, Energy audit-need, Types of
energy audit, Energy Audit Reporting Format ,Energy audit instruments, Energy Conservation schemes, Energy
192
index, Cost Index, Representation of energy consumption.Economic and ecological implications on
management & auditing systems, auditing on emission, pollution, safety and reliability.

Energy Utilization and Conversion System

Furnace: Classification of furnace, controlled atmosphere in furnace, furnace fuels, efficiency of energy in
furnace, thermal efficiency, heat losses, reducing heat losses.
Combined heat and power systems: Characteristic of prime movers, heat and power requirement, economics of
C.H.P. system

Industrial Heating: Resistance heating, Induction heating, arc Heating, dielectric and microwave atmosphere
generators, radiant heating

Lighting: Lamp lifetime, efficient lighting

Motive power and power factor improvement

Cost of electrical Energy, Power factor improvement, Capacitor rating, sitting the capacitor, effect of power
factor improvement. Hydraulic power system, Electrical Measurement, Temperature measurement and optimal
start control.

Economic Analysis
Introduction, Basic Concepts, Interest Rate, Inflation Rate, Tax Rate ,Cash Flows, break even charts,
Compounding Factors, Single Payment, Uniform-Series Payment, Economic Evaluation Methods Net, Present
Worth, Rate of Return Benefit–Cost Ratio, Payback Period, Summary of Economic Analysis Methods, Life-
Cycle Cost Analysis Method, General Procedure for an Economic Evaluation.Financing Options, Direct
Purchasing, Leasing, Performance Contracting

Textbooks
1. W.R. Murphy and G. McKay, “Energy management”, Butterworth & Co Publishers, Oxford, UK, .
2. Moncefkrarti- Energy Audit of Building systems: An Engineering approach, CRC PRESS, Second Edition,
2009.

Reference books
1. Tarik Al, Shemmeri- A Workbook for Energy Management in building- Wiley-Blackwell.
2. Y. Pabbi- Energy audit: Thermal power, combined cycle, and co-generation plants, TERI, 2011.
3. WC Turner- Energy Management Handbook, Seventh Edition, (Fairmont Press Inc., 2007).
4. Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE) (2016); Study material for Energy managers and Auditors Examination:
Paper I.

SPECIAL MACHINES AND ITS CONTROL

Course Code: EE30022

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To understand the working of special machines like stepper motor, switched reluctance motor, BLDC motor &
PMSM and Linear induction motor with proper design of controller for smart inverter used to control the above
special machine.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able t:

CO 1: Understand the operation of different special machines.

193
CO 2: Select different special machines as part of control system components.
CO 3: Analysis of Linear induction motor and its control.
CO 4: Design digital controllers for different machines.
CO 5: Apply the knowledge of axial and radial flux motor into a way of thinking to solve in real time
applications.
CO6: Design Smart Inverters and Sizing for Grid Connection and Off Grid.

COURSE DETAILS

Stepper Motors
Introduction, Hybrid stepping motor, Construction, Principles of operation, Energization with two phase at a
time, essential conditions for the satisfactory operation of a 2-phase hybrid steper motor, very slow speed
synchronous motor for servo control-different configurations for switching the phase windings-control circuits
for stepping motors, an open-loop controller for a 2-phase stepping motor.

Linear Induction Motor

Development of a double-sided LIM from rotary type IM- A schematic of LIM drive for electric traction
development of one-sided LIM with back iron-field analysis of a DSLIM fundamental assumptions.

Synchronous Motors
Construction- Principle of operation of Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motors – EMF and torque equations –
Starting – Rotor configurations –Dynamic model, Synchronous Reluctance Motors: Constructional features–
axial and radial flux motors – operating principle – characteristics.

Control of PMSM, BLDC and Switched Reluctance Motor

Bipolar optical sensor based control of Trapezoidal BLDC Motor, Sensorless control of BLDC motor, Torque
ripple control of BLDC motor, Unipolar control for SRM, Torque ripple control of SRM.

Smart Inverters
Selection of power conditioning unit (PCU), Sizing of solar inverter for roof top and grid connected projects,
Passive and active protection, IEC/IEEE /Grid Compliance of inverters, Grid-Connected Inverters vs. Stand-
Alone Inverters.

Textbooks
1. Miller, T. J. E., Brushless Permanent Magnet and Reluctance Motor Drives, Oxford Science Publications,
1989.
2. Kenjo, T., and Sugawara, A., Stepping Motors and their Microprocessor Controls, Oxford Science
Publications, 1984.

Reference books
1. Krishnan, R., Electric Motor Drives: Modeling, Analysis, and Control. Prentice Hall, (2001).
. Krishnan, R., “Permanent Magnet and BLDC Motor Drives”, CRC Press, .
3. Chang-liang, X., "Permanent Magnet

ELECTRIC DRIVES AND CONTROL

Course Code: EE30024

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE

194
It aims to familiarize readers with steady-state performance, starting, dynamic and regenerative braking,
plugging and reverse direction operation, speed control, sudden and temporary overloads, ambient conditions
and mechanical coupling of machines.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1. Learn the need of Electric Drives in the industry.

CO 2. Understand the various braking methods of electrical drives.
CO 3. Know the applications of different electric motors.
CO 4. Analyze the open loop and closed loop control techniques of different drives.
CO 5. Understand different speed control techniques for various industrial drives.
CO 6. Analyze the performance of Permanent Magnet Synchronous and Brushless DC motor drives.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Basic elements of an electric drive, Four quadrant operation of an electric drive, Dynamics of motor load
combination, Types of loads, Stable operating condition of various motor load combinations, Fundamental load
torque equation, Speed and current limit control, Load curve, load equalization, motor selection and rating
calculations.

DC Motor Drives
Review of characteristics of DC motors, Modification of characteristics of DC shunt and series motors, Concept
of Electric Braking, Regenerative, Dynamic and Counter current braking of DC motors.

Control of DC motor drives

Open loop speed control, Closed loop Speed control, Closed loop speed and current control, Closed loop Torque
control, Hysteresis controller, PI controller.

Solid State Control of DC drive

Chopper and rectifier based DC Separately excited motor and series motor drive control, four quadrant drive
using dual converter.
Induction Motor Drives
Review of characteristics of three phase Induction motors, Modification of speed torque characteristics due to
variation of stator voltage, Stator frequency and rotor resistance, Electric Braking of Induction Motors:
Regenerative Braking, DC Dynamic braking and Plugging, Slip Power recovery.

Speed Control of Induction Motors

Control of IM by three phase AC-AC Voltage controller, PWM Voltage Source Inverter fed induction motor
drives, Current source inverter fed induction motor drives, Comparison of VSI and CSI fed drives, slip
compensation schemes, closed loop control (V/f control).

Synchronous and Brushless DC Motor Drives

Synchronous motors, cylindrical rotor, salient pole synchronous motor, permanent magnet synchronous motor,
synchronous reluctance motor, Transients due to load disturbances, Braking, Permanent magnet AC motor
drives, Sinusoidal PMAC motor drives, Brushless DC motor Drives.

Textbooks
1. G.K. Dubey, Fundamentals of Electric Drives, Second Edition, Narosa Publishers, 2007.
2. S. K. Pillai, A First Course On Electrical Drives, New Age International Publishers, 2nd Edition, 2007.

195
Reference books
1. Bimal K. Bose, Power Electronics and Motor Drives: Advances and Trends, Academic Press, Har/Cdr
edition (13 September 2006).
2. N. K. De, P. K. Sen: Electric Drives, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 7th Edition, 2004.
3. Bimal. K. Bose, Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives, PHI Publisher, 1st Edition, 2013.
4. S.A. Nasar, Boldea , Electrical Drives, CRC Press, Second Edition, 2006
5. M. A. El-Sharkawi , Fundamentals of Electrical Drives , Thomson Learning, 1st Edition, 2000.
6. R. Krishnan, Electrical Motor Drives, PHI, 2003

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PLANNING AND AUTOMATION

Course Code: EE30026

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course gives the complete knowledge of electrical distribution systems, the design of feeders, substations.
It also gives conceptual knowledge on how to determine the performance of a distribution system through its
important parameters i.e. voltage drops and power losses and the very important thing that protection of the
system by means of protective devices and their co-ordination during the several fault conditions. it also
specifies how to improve the voltage profiles and power factors of the system to better value using various
voltage control and compensation techniques.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Know the concept of distribution planning.

CO 2: Understand load forecasting techniques.
CO 3: Identify appropriate substation location.
CO 4: Evaluate a distribution system for a given geographical service area.
CO 5: Determine the location and optimum size of capacitor for distribution system.
CO 6: Understand the concept of distribution system automation.

COURSE DETAILS

Planning and forecasting techniques

Methods of load forecasting: regression analysis, correlation analysis and time series analysis, Load
management, tariffs and metering of energy.

Distribution Transformers: Types – Three phase and single phase transformers – connections Dry type and self-
protected type transformers – regulation and efficiency. Sub Transmission Lines,

Distribution Sub–Stations: Distribution substationsBus schemes –description and comparison of switching

schemes, Substation location and rating

Primary Systems
Types of feeders – voltage levels – radial type feeders.

Voltage Drop and Power Loss Calculations

Three phase primary lines – Copper loss – Distribution feeder costs – Loss reduction and Voltage improvement

196
in rural networks.

Distribution Systems
Effects of series and shunt capacitors – justification for capacitors – Procedure to determine optimum capacitor
size and location.

Distribution System Protection

Basic definitions – types of over current protection devices. Objective of distribution system protection.

Distribution System Automation

Reforms in power sector, Methods of improvement, Reconfiguration, Reinforcement, Automation,
Communication systems, Sensors, Automation systems, Basic architecture of Distribution automation system,
software and open architecture, RTU and Data communication , SCADA requirement and application functions,
GIS/GPS based mapping of Distribution networks, Communication protocols for Distribution systems ,
Integrated sub, station metering system , Revenue improvement , issues in multi–year tariff and availability
based tariff.

Textbooks
1. Turan Gonen : Electric Power Distribution Engg., Mc-Graw Hill,1986.
2. A. S. Pabla : Electric Power Distribution, TMH, 2000.

Reference books
1. Shahnia, Farhad, Arefi, Ali, Ledwich, “Electric Distribution Network Planning”, 8,Springer Nature
Singapore Pte Ltd.
2. James Northcote-Green , Robert G. Wilson, ``Control and Automation of Electrical Power Distribution
Systems”, 1st Edition, September 22,2006 , Taylor and Francis Publisher.

HVDC AND FACTS

Course Code: EE30028

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To understand the configuration and working of HVDC & AC systems. To impart knowledge on application of
shunt and series compensators to improve AC power transmission using FACTS devices.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Know the basic of HVDC transmission systems.

CO 2: Analyze converter configurations used in HVDC and list the performance metrics.
CO 3: Apply the control techniques to HVDC transmission systems.
CO 4: Analyze the reactive power requirement and harmonics with its elimination in HVDC system.
CO 5: Realize the application of FACTS devices in power system.
CO 6: Analyze and design shunt and series compensation in a transmission system.

COURSE DETAILS

HVDC Transmission
DC Power Transmission: Introduction, Need for power system interconnections, Types of DC links, Relative
merits, Components of a HVDC system, Modern trends in DC Transmission systems.

197
Analysis of HVDC Converters
Pulse number, Choice of converter configurations, Analysis of Graetz circuit with and without overlap, Voltage
waveforms, Analysis of two and three valve conduction mode, Converter Bridge characteristics, Inverter mode
of operation, voltage waveforms.

Converter and HVDC Control

Principles of DC link control, Converter Control characteristics, Control hierarchy Constant current (CC)
control, CIA control, CEA Control, firing angle control of valves, starting and stopping of a dc link, Power
control.

Reactive Power and Harmonics in HVDC

Reactive power requirements in steady state, Conventional control strategies, Alternate control strategies,
Sources of Reactive Power, Harmonics and filters, Generation of harmonics, Types of ac filters, DC filters for
HVDC system.

Flexible AC Transmission Systems (FACTS)

FACTS concepts and general system conditions: Power flow in AC systems, Basic types of FACTS controllers,
Shunt and series controllers, Current source and Voltage source converters

Static Shunt Compensators

Objectives of shunt compensation, Methods of controllable VAR generation, Static Var Compensator, Its
characteristics, TCR, TSC, FC-TCR configurations, STATCOM, basic operating principle

Static Series Compensators

Objectives of series compensator, Variable impedance type of series compensators, TCSC, TSSC and

Combined Compensators
Introduction to Unified Power Flow Controller, Basic operating principles

Textbooks
1. Prabha Kundur, Power System stability and Control, McGraw Hill, Inc
2. K.R.Padiyar, HVDC Power Transmission Systems –Technology and System Interactions, New Age
International Publishers
3. Narain G.Hingorani, Laszlo Gyugyi Understanding FACTS –Concepts and Technology of Flexible AC
Transmission Systems,

Reference book

1. Sang, Y.H. and John, A.T., Flexible AC Transmission Systems, IEEE Press (2006).
2. S. Rao., EHVAC and HVDC Transmission Engineering and Practice
3. J. Arrillaga, High Voltage Direct Current Transmission, Peter Pregrinu
4. R. Mohan Mathur, Rajiv K. Varma Wiley- Thyristor Based FACTS Controllers for Electrical
Transmission Systems 1 st Edition, 2002.
5.

SOLAR ENERGY UTILIZATION

Course Code: EE30030

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To provide a deep introduction about solar energy basics, principles, materials, theories and derivations about
solar radiation, devices and its applications.
198
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Analyze the mathematical modelling of the solar radiation pattern

CO 2: Estimate of solar radiations and its measurement methods
CO 3: Design the construction of various solar collectors
CO 4: Analyze the performance parameters of various solar collectors
CO 5: Explore the various applications of solar energy
CO 6: Categorize the different forms of the energy storage units

COURSE DETAILS

Solar Radiation
History of solar energy utilization - Solar radiation and modelling - Empirical equations for predicting the
availability of solar radiation – Measurement of global, direct and diffuse radiation – Radiation computations on
inclined surfaces – Angstrom’s turbidity - Solar chart - Standard radiation scale.

Solar Radiation Measurement and Estimating

Measurement of solar radiation - Solar energy measuring instruments – Pyranometer – Pyrheliometer –
Sunshine recorder - Estimation of average solar radiation - Ratio of beam and total radiation on tilted surface of
that on horizontal surface.

Solar Collectors
Flat plate collector - Materials for flat plate collector and their properties - Thermal Analysis of Flat- plate
Collector and Useful Heat Gained by the fluid - fin efficiency, Collector efficiency, Heat Removal Factor,
Focusing collectors, Types and applications of focusing collectors

Solar Energy Applications

Introduction and principle of operation of solar cooker, Solar air heater, Solar water heater, Solar distillation,
Solar pond, Solar thermal power generation, Greenhouse effect, Solar PV application

Storage of Solar Energy

Types of Energy Storage, Thermal Storage, Electrical Storage, Chemical Storage, hydro-storage

Textbooks
1. Rai, G.D., Solar Energy Utilization, Khanna Publishers, N. Delhi, 2010.
2. Sukhatme S.P., Solar Energy, Tata McGraw Hills P Co.,3rd Edition, 2008

Reference books
1. Jean Smith Jensen, Applied solar energy research: a directory of world activities and bibliography of
significant literature, Volume2, Association for Applied Solar Energy, Stanford Research Institute,
2009.
2. Duffie, J.A., and Beckman, W.A. Solar Energy Thermal Process, John Wiley and Sons, NewYork,
2006. Jui Sheng Hsieh, Solar Energy Engineering, Prentice- Hall, 2007.

INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICAL MACHINES

199
Course Code: EE30038
Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE

The objective of this course to enable the efficient and effective conversion of one form of energy into another
form by using various DC and AC machine.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO1: Know the principle of electromechanical Energy conversion system.

CO2: Understand the principle of operation and characteristics of DC generator.
CO3: Analuze the performace of DC motor through its characteristics
CO4: Analyze the performace of transformer by equivalent circuit
CO5: Know the oprtaion principle, torques and starting of 3 phase induction motor.
CO6: Understand the construction, operating principle and application of Synchronous Machine

COURSE CONTENT

Electromechanical Energy Conversion

Principle, Singly Excited Magnetic System and Doubly Excited Magnetic system, Physical concept of torque
production, Electromagnetic torque and Reluctance torque.

DC Machines
DC Generator: EMF equation of dc generator, methods of excitation, armature reaction, interpoles and
compensating winding, commutation, characteristics of separately excited and self excited dc generator, losses,
condition for maximum efficiency. DC Motor: Working principle, voltage equation, condition for maximum
power, characteristics, operating characteristics of dc motor, torque developed, speed control methods.

Transformers
Single Phase Transformer: Working principle, types, EMF equation, Transformer on no load and full load,
vector diagram, exact and approximate equivalent circuit, O.C and S.C.test on transformer, Voltage regulation
of transformer, losses and efficiency, condition for maximum efficiency, Auto transformer, 3 Phase
transformers: connections (Y-Y, Y-Δ, Δ- Δ, Δ-Y).

3 Phase Induction Motor

Types, rotating magnetic field, principle of operation, slip, frequency of rotor current, rotor emf, rotor current,
vector diagram and equivalent circuit, expression for torque, conditions for maximum torque, torque slip
characteristics, starting torque in squirrel cage and slip ring motors, effect of change in supply voltage on
torque, slip and speed , relation between full load torque and maximum torque, Power stages in induction motor,
starting methods for 3 phase induction motor.

Synchronous Machine
Alternator: Basic principle, pitch factor, distribution factor, emf equation, alternator on load, voltage regulation:
Synchronous impedance method. Synchronous motor: Basic principle.

Textbooks
200
 1. Electrical Machines, Ashfaq Hussain, Dhanpat Rai, Delhi, 2nd Edition, 2008.
2. Electrical Machinery, P. S Bimbhra, 7th Edition, Khanna Publishers, 2008.

Reference Books:
1. Principles of Electrical power systems by J. B. Gupta
2. Text book of Electrical Machine by K R Sidhapura and D B Raval, Vikash, 1st edition, 2013.

SWITCH GEAR AND PROTECTION DEVICES

Course Code: EE30045

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE

To know the construction and working principles of Circuit breakers and relays for protection of Generators,
Transformers and feeder bus bar and understand the need of protection of electric equipment and their
protection schemes.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Describe the need of protective devices in power system.

CO 2: Distinguish in different types of Circuit Breakers.
CO 3: Demonstrate the principle of operation of different relays.
CO 4: Realize the different scheme of protection for alternator, transformer.
CO 5: Understand the protection schemes of bus bar, feeder and transmission line.
CO 6: Know the protection against surges.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Protection system and its attributes, Philosophy of protection, Requirement of ideal protective scheme, Different
terms in protective systems, Basic elements in protective scheme, Requirement of circuit breakers,
Characteristics of an electric arc, Principle of AC and DC arc interruption, Recovery voltage, Re-striking
voltage, Current chopping, Resistance switching.

Circuit Breakers
Types of AC and DC circuit breakers, Arc extinction methods, oil circuit breaker, Air blast circuit breaker,
Vacuum and SF6 circuit breaker, Principle of miniature circuit breaker and Moulded case circuit breaker,
determination of circuit breaker capacity, Circuit breaker ratings.

Protective Elements
Concept of Fuse, need, construction, principle, characteristics of H.R.C fuse.

Earthing
Introduction, Methods of neutral grounding (Solid earthing, Resistance earthing and Peterson coil earthing and
its effects on fault conditions), Construction, Principle of operations of Electromagnetic type, induction type:
Over current, Directional, Distance relays, Differential relay.

Alternator Protection
Different types of faults, Differential protection with biasing, Restricted earth fault protection, Negative
sequence protection, Automatic field suppression and Neutral circuit breakers.
201
Transformer Protection
Buchholz relay, Biased differential protection, Restricted earth fault protection, Harmonic restraint, Protection
of combined alternator and Transformer.

Bus Bar Protection

Differential scheme for both phase and line faults, Introduction to digital protective relay and Microprocessor
based relays.

Feeder protection
Time graded protection: Radial, Parallel and Ring feeders; Over current and Earth fault protection, Calculation
of graded time setting, Split core protection of feeders, Carrier current protection.
Pilot Wire Protection
Circulating current differential protection (Merz-Price protection), Biased or percentage differential protection
scheme, Opposed (balanced) voltage differential protection system, Translay scheme; static relays.

Protection against Surges

Ground wire, Surge diverters: Rod gap, Horn gap lighting arresters, Surge absorbers.

Textbooks
1. Y. G. Paithankar, S. R. Bhide, Fundamentals of Power System Protection”, nd edition, Prentice Hall of
India Private Limited, New Delhi, 2011.
2. B Rabindranath and M Chander, Power System Protection and Switchgear, Wiley Eastern 2017, 2 nd
Edition.

Reference books
1. J. B. Gupta, S. K. Kataria, A Course in Power Systems, Sons Publishers and Distributors, 2009.
2. Y. G. Paithankar, Van Warrington, Principles of Relaying”, TMH, .
3. N.Veerappan and S R Krishnamurthy, Power system Switchgear and Protection S Chand Publication,
Revised edition 2013.
4. Badri Ram and D N Vishwakarma, Power system Protection and Switchgear, Tata McGraw Hill, 2nd
reprint 2012
5. C.L. Wadhwa, Electrical Power System, New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers, 2009.

POWER ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS

Course Code: EE30047

Credits: 3
L-TP: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
It aims to familiarize the switching devices, Power converters and Its applications in various systems for power
control.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand the working principles of different power electronics devices.

CO 2: Analyze the concepts of single phase and three phase controlled rectifiers.
CO 3: Compare different topologies of DC to DC converters.
CO 4: Realize the control of single phase and three phase Inverters
CO 5: Know the operation of power factor correction circuit and MLI
CO 6: Comprehend the concepts of AC to AC converters
202
COURSE DETAILS

Introduction to Power Electronics

Comparison of power devices operating in the switch mode to those operating in the active region.

Power Electronic Devices

Thyristor characteristics, Turn ON methods, Dynamic Characteristics of thyristors, Two Transistor Model of
thyristor, Characteristics and construction of Power MOSFETS, Characteristics and construction of IGBT, SiC
based power devices and applications.

AC to DC Converters
Single Phase Converters – Half Wave with R, RL, RLE load and effect of free Wheeling diode, Single Phase
half and full controlled full Wave converters with R and RLE Load, 3 Phase half and fully controlled rectifiers,
Power factor correction circuit.

DC to DC Converters:
Step up and Step Down choppers, 4 quadrant choppers for control of DC motor, Basic concepts of bi-directional
converter, Forward and Flyback converters.

Inverters
Single Phase Half Bridge and Full Bridge Inverters, 3 Phase Inverters, 180° and 120 0 conduction, Voltage
Control of inverters, Concept of multi level inverters, modulation techniques.

AC to AC Converters:
Single phase AC Voltage regulator with R and RL load, Single phase mid-point type cyclo-converter with R-L
Load.

Textbooks
1. M. H. Rashid, Power Electronics, Devices, Circuits & Applications Pearson Education, 4thEdition, 2017.
2. Philip T. Krein, Elements of Power Electronics, Oxford University Press, 2nd Edition, 2017.
3. P S Bhimbra, Power Electronics, Khanna Publishers, 7thEdition, 2022.

Reference books
1. N. Mohan, Undeland and Robbins, Power Electronics, Converters, Applications and Design, John Wiley
and Sons , 3rd Edition ,2009.
2. P. C Sen, Modern Power Electronics S Chand Publisher, 2013.
3. K.R.Varmah and Chikku Abraham, Power Electronics, Cengage Publications, 2014.
4. M. D. Singh and K.B. Khanchandani, Power Electronics, McGraw - Hill, 2nd edition, 2017.

POWER ELECTRONICS LABORATORY

Course Code: EE39001

Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite(s): Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Utilities of Power Electronic Converters are introduced. The AC-DC converters are examined in details with R
and RL loads. Analysis of DC-DC converters are done so that experimental verification can be facilitated. The
principle of chopper is applied in the Fly-Back Converters for SMPS. The waveforms and the output voltage
equation of SMPS are experimentally verified.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to
203
CO 1: Choose an appropriate converter for variety of needs..
CO 2: Comprehend the principles of operation of various converters.
CO 3: Apply AC-DC converters for rectification..
CO 4: Analyze the parameters and the waveforms of the output of the converters.
CO 5: Assess the efficacy of a converter.
CO 6: Discuss about the merits and demerits of the converters.

POWER SYSTEMS LABORATORY

Course Code: EE39002

Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The main objective of the Power Systems laboratory is primarily used for teaching power system basic and
advance modelling of transformers, transmission lines, fault analysis, protective relays characteristics and its
schematics. The Power Systems Laboratory is equipped with different Protection Scheme of Alternator, over
Current Relay, over voltage relay, Percentage biased Differential Relay, Microcontroller based negative
sequence relay, Transmission line simulator kit. From this laboratory courses student will gain the skill to
analyse the performance of power system networks, study different power system protective relays & develop
computer software programs for analysis of power systems.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Spell the characteristics of a transmission line.

CO 2: Comprehend the uses of different relays in power systems.
CO 3: Apply suitable techniques to locate the fault of an underground cable.
CO 4: Analyze the results of short circuit analysis for symmetrical and unsymmetrical faults.
CO 5: Assess the characteristics of a solar PV module.
CO 6: Discuss the procedural steps needed to implement for interpreting the results of the power system
software.

PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROL LABORATORY

Course Code: EE39007

Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite(s): Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
PLC Laboratory is to aware the students about the Industrial Automation Techniques. The students will be
familiar with different switches, sensors, actuators and measuring instruments which are most frequently used in
process control industries. The students will be enabling with the upgraded relevant advanced software based
controller utilized in modern industry. PLC laboratory gives the effort for making them efficient to design and
construct the hardware part related to desired process control. Students can be able to know the technique and
logical programme behind the Industrial process Control.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Spell typical components of a Programmable Logic Controller.

204
CO 2: Explain the concept of electrical ladder logic and its relationship to programmed PLC instruction.
CO 3: Apply the concept of basic digital electronics and data manipulation.
CO 4: Analyse the timers and counters using intermediate programming functions.
CO 5: Evaluate the PLC circuits for entry-level PLC applications.
CO 6: Design and program automated industrial production line.

ELECTRIC VEHICLE TECHNOLOGY

Subject Code: EE40010

Credits: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Pre-requisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To understand and develop a vehicle model with a focus on the analysis of power train components and
selection of battery systems for the Design of electric vehicles.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand the history and renaissance of EVs.

CO 2: Study the power train configuration of EV systems.
CO 3: Analyze the control of various traction motors for EVs.
CO 4: Demonstrate the basics of energy storage systems.
CO 5: Describe Types of Battery systems for EVs.
CO 6: Design of Electric Vehicle system.

COURSE DETAIL

Introduction
A brief history of Electric vehicles, The Renaissance of EVs, social and environmental importance of electric
vehicles.

EVs and HEVs

The basic concept of electric traction, introduction to various electric drive-train topologies, Power flow control
in electric drive-train topologies, Fuel efficiency analysis, Challenges, and key technologies of EVs.

Electric Propulsion System

Introduction to electric components used in electric vehicles, Configuration, and control of Induction Motor
drives, Permanent Magnet Motor drives, and Switch Reluctance Motor drives, and trends in electric motors for
EVs.

Energy Storage
Introduction to Energy Storage Requirements in Hybrid and Electric Vehicles, Battery based energy storage and
its analysis, Fuel Cell based energy storage and its analysis, Hybridization of different energy storage devices.
Sizing the drive system: Matching the electric machine and the internal combustion engine (ICE), Sizing the
propulsion motor, sizing the power electronics, and selecting the energy storage technology, Communications,
and supporting subsystems.

Battery systems and Design of EVs

205
Introduction to battery management systems used in electric vehicles, exploration of different battery
management strategies, Comparison of different battery management strategies. Trends and developments in
battery systems for EVs and Concept of tariff systems used in charging stations.

Case Studies
Design of a Battery Electric Vehicle (BEV)

Textbooks
1. Husain, I. (2021). Electric and hybrid vehicles: design fundamentals. CRC press.
2. Emadi, A., Ehsani, M., & Miller, J. M. (Eds.). (2003). Vehicular electric power systems: land, sea, air,
and space vehicles. CRC press.

Reference books
1. Ehsani, M., Gao, Y., Longo, S., & Ebrahimi, K. M. (2018). Modern electric, hybrid electric, and fuel
cell vehicles. CRC press.
2. Larminie, J., & Lowry, J. (2012). Electric vehicle technology explained. John Wiley & Sons.
3. Brenna, M., Foiadelli, F., & Zaninelli, D. (2018). Electrical railway transportation systems. John Wiley
& Sons.
4. Chan, C. C., & Chau, K. T. (2001). Modern electric vehicle technology (Vol. 47). Oxford University
Press on Demand.

SMART GRID

Course Code: EE40012

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To provide students with a working knowledge of fundamentals and development of Smart Grid, from the basic
concepts of power systems.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO1: Know the different elements of smart grid.

CO2: Demonstrate on Smart Grid Architecture.
CO3: Describe in Synchro Phasor Measurement Unit.
CO4: Understand the wide area monitoring system of smart grid.
CO5: Solve the load flow analysis in micro grid.
CO6: Control of the voltage and reactive power in smart grid.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction to Smart Grid

Definition of smart grid, Components and Architecture of smart grid design, Review of the proposed
architectures for smart grid, The fundamental components of smart grid designs, Transmission automation,
Distribution automation, Renewable integration.

Tools and Techniques for Smart Grid

Synchro Phasor Measurement Units (PMUs), Computational intelligence techniques, Distribution Generation
Technologies

Communication Technologies and Smart Grid

Computational techniques, Static and Dynamic optimization techniques, Introduction to communication
206
technology, Evolutionary algorithms, Artificial intelligence techniques.

Control of Smart Power Grid System

Load Frequency Control (LFC) in micro grid system, Voltage control in micro grid system, Reactive power
control in smart grid, Case studies and test beds for the smart grids.

Textbooks
1. James Momoh, “SMART GRID, Fundamentals of Design and Analysis” IEEE press, .
2. A. G. Phadke and J. S. Thorp, “Synchronized Phasor Measurements and their Applications”, Springer
Edition, 2010

Reference books
1. Gil Masters, "Renewable and Efficient Electric Power System", Wiley–IEEE Press, 2004.
2. T. Ackermann, "Wind Power in Power Systems", Hoboken, NJ, USA, John Wiley, 2005.
3. Clark W Gellings P.E. "The Smart Grid enabling energy efficiency and demand response", CRC Press, 2013.
4. Stuart Borlase, "Smart Grids, Infrastructure, Technology and Solutions", CRC Press, 2013.

WIND AND BIOMASS ENERGY

Course Code: EE40013

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: EE30016

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To provide a deep introduction about wind energy basics, wind energy conversion Technologies, Various types
of Biomass energy sources and Biomass to energy conversion technologies.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand the basics of wind energy conversion and their operating characteristics
CO 2: Understand the aerodynamics of wind rotor and design the wind turbine system
CO 3: Understand the use of different power electronics converters and electrical machines used in standalone
wind energy conversion systems.
CO 4: Analyze the nature and principles of bioenergy systems.
CO 5: Prioritize the concept of waste management to produce energy
CO 6: Analyze the mechanism of different Biomass energy conversion technologies.

COURSE DETAILS

Wind Energy: Basics &Types of Turbines

Sources of Energy: Renewable energy sources and features. Introduction to wind energy. Wind Turbine Sitting,
General theories of wind machines: Basic laws and concept of aerodynamics, efficiency limit for wind energy
conversion. Description and performances of horizontal axis wind turbine: Design of the blades and
determination of forces acting on the wind power plant, power ~ speed and torque ~ speed characteristics of
wind turbines, wind turbine control systems. Description and performances of vertical axis wind turbine
Wind Energy: Power Conversion Technologies and applications
Conversion to electrical power: Induction and synchronous generators, Grid connected and Self-excited
induction generator operation, Generation schemes with variable speed turbines, Constant voltage and Constant
frequency generation with power electronic control, Optimized control of induction generators and Synchronous
generators. Reactive power compensation, Types of converters, Type of wind energy conversion system, MPPT
techniques for wind electrical systems.
Biomass energy source
207
Biomass energy sources, Energy content of various Bio – fuels, Energy plantation, Origin of Biomass photo
synthesis process, Biomass Characteristics, Briquetting, Pelletization, Agrochemical, sustainability of Biomass.
Biomass energy conversion technologies
Biomass Conversion Technologies, Urban Waste to Energy Conversion, Biomass Gasification: Types of
gasifiers. Fixed bed gasifiers, Fluidized bed gasifiers. Biomass Liquefaction: Biomass to Ethanol Production,
Bio Diesel from edible & non-edible oils, Production of Bio diesel from Honge & Jatropha seeds, Blending of
Bio diesel, Performance analysis of diesel engines using bio diesel, Biogas production from waste Biomass,
classification of Biogas digester, floating gasholder & fixed dome type.(Working Principle with diagram),
Calculations for sizing the Biogas plant.

Textbooks
1. S. N. Bhadra, D. Kastha, S. Banerjee, Wind Electrical Systems, Oxford Univ. Press , 2005
2. B. H. Khan, “Non – Conventional Energy Resources” Tata Mc Graw Hill, nd edition .

Reference books
1. Kothari D.P., “Renewable energy resources and emerging technologies”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd,
2006.
2. Rai G.D, "Non-Conventional Energy Sources", Khanna Publishers, 4th Edition 2000.
3. T. Ackermann, “Wind Power in Power Systems”, John Wiley and Sons Ltd., .

ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND SCADA

Course Code: EE40014

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Energy management system provides the information about optimizing the performance of the generation
including the economic aspects and monitoring and control the power system through computerized tools.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to
CO 1: Know recent developments in Energy management System.
CO 2: Understand economic load dispatch and unit commitment.
CO 3: Analyze the economic aspect of energy production.
CO 4: Demonstrate the knowledge of energy management to existing system.
CO 5: Understand optimization and control of power systems.
CO 6: Describe SCADA system.
.
COURSE DETAILS
Introduction to Energy Management
Energy Management Centers and Their Functions, Architectures, Characteristics of Power Generating Units and
Economic Dispatch, Unit Commitment (Spinning Reserve, Thermal, Hydro and Fuel Constraints), Solution
techniques of Unit Commitment, Generation Scheduling with Limited Energy, Energy management system.

Economic Aspect
Energy Production Cost – Cost Models, Budgeting and Planning, Practical Considerations, Interchange
Evaluation for Regional Operations, Types of Interchanges.

SCADA System
Introduction to Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition, SCADA Functional requirements and Components,
General features, Functions and Applications, Benefits, Configurations of SCADA, RTU (Remote Terminal
Units) Connections, Power Systems SCADA and SCADA in Power System Automation.

208
Textbooks
1. Wood, A. J and Wollenberg, B. F, & sheble B.G.“Power Generation Operation and Control”, nd
Edition John Wiley and Sons, 2003.
2. Handschin, Edmund, Petroianu& Alexandar. “Energy Management Systems”, Springer Verlag,

Reference books
1. Green, J. N, Wilson, R, “Control and Automation of Electric Power Distribution Systems”, Taylor and
Francis, 2007.
COMPUTER AIDED POWER SYSTEMS

Course Code: EE40015

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course is designed to give students the required knowledge to calculate the Ybus including transformer and
model the network using graph theory. It also give the information how to compute Zbus and short circuit
analysis using Zbus and the transient stability analysis of a power system
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to:

CO 1: Formulate Bus admittance matrix during load flow study .

CO 2: Model power system components using graph theory.
CO 3: Formulate incidence and network matrix of 3-phase networks.
CO 4: Calculate the Bus impedance (Zbus) using algorithm.
CO 5: Analyze the different fault study of 3-phase network using Zbus.
CO 6: Know the transient stability analysis.

COURSE DETAILS
Load Flow Study using Computer Techniques
Formation of Ybus when regulating transformer present, Network matrices, Reference frame, Network graph,
Tree, branch, Basic loop and Cut sets, Basic Incidence matrices, Augmented matrices, Primitive networks,
Network matrices by Singular and Non-singular transformation with Bus frame of reference, Branch frame of
reference, Loop frame of reference.

Three Phase Networks

Elements in impedance and admittance form, Balance excitation, Un-balance excitation, Transformation
matrices for symmetrical components, Incidence and network matrix for 3-phase elements, Formation of Z bus,
Addition of branch, Addition of link problems.

Representation of Three Phase Elements in Short Circuit Study

Short circuit study of balanced network by Z bus, LG fault, L-L fault, 3-ph fault with and without fault
impedance, Problems.

Transient stability Analysis

Load representation, Network performance equation, Swing equation, Machine equation, Solution techniques in
transient stability study, RK 4th order method, Problems.

Textbooks
1. Glenn W. Stagg, Ahmed H. El-Abiad, Computer Methods in Power System Analysis, McGraw-Hill
Book Company, International Editions, 2009.
2. L. P. Singh, Advanced Power System Analysis and Dynamics, New Age International (P) Limited,
Publishers, Revised 4th Edition, 2011.
209
Reference books
1. N.V.Ramana, Power System Analysis, Pearson Publication,2011
2. M.A.Pai, Computer application techniques in Power System, TMH, 2006.
TIDAL AND SMALL HYDRO POWER

Course Code: EE40017

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: EE30016

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of this course is to provide an understanding of the principles and technology involved in the
design, operation, and maintenance of small hydro and tidal power plants

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand the functioning of Hydro, Tidal, and Geothermal Energy systems.

CO 2: Apply the knowledge in selecting the turbine according to site conditions.
CO 3: Classify variousHydro power plant.
CO 4: Estimate energy for various Tidal power plants.
CO 5: Analyze the performance of different Tidal power plants.
CO 6: Discuss the possible locations of SHP and Tidal energy around the globe.

COURSE DETAILS

Basic working principle of Hydro and Tidal power plant

Classification of Hydroelectric power plants: Large, small, Mini, Micro - Energy equation, Numerical problems.
Tidal power, Mean extractable power, Numerical problems, Introduction to geothermal energy, Selection of
Sites.

Hydro power Energy System

Turbine Size, Types of Hydraulic turbines, Pelton Wheel, Francis Turbine, Propeller and Kaplan Turbines, Bulb
Turbine, Specific Speed, Selection of turbines, Spillways, Surge Tanks, Water Hammer, Draft Tube, Schemes
of Hydro Plants, Run-of-River Plants, Valley Dam Plants, High Head Diversion Plants, Pumped Storage Plants.

Tidal Power System

Introduction to tidal energy, Tidal characteristics, Tidal range, Components of tidal Power plant, Types of tidal
power plants- single basin single effect plant, Single basin double effect plant, Double basin double effect plants,
and tidal energy estimation.

Scope of Hydro and Tidal Power Energy System

Possible locations of SHP and Tidal energy around the globe, Limitations, Some case Studies.

Textbooks
1. Nag P.K., “Power Plant Engineering” Tata McGraw Hill, nd Edition, 4th Fourth Reprint,2003.
2. R.H. Charlier, Ocean Energy: Tidal and Tidal power-, Springer, 2009.

Reference books
1. Bryan Leyland, Small hydroelectric engineering practice- CRC Press,2014.
2. Harvey, A., Brown, A. and Hettiarachi, P., “Micro Hydro Design Manual”, Intermediate
Technologym,1993.
3. GD Rai, “Non-Conventional Energy” Khanna publication, .

210
 POWER CONVERTER ANALYSIS AND DESIGN

Course Code: EE40019

Credits: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Pre-requisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course is intended to teach the fundamentals of power conversion and will cover the design and analysis of
all types of power converters – such as, dc-dc converters, dc-ac inverters.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Learn the design of power electronics converters for different applications.

CO 2: Design high frequency transformers and Inductors.
CO 3: Analyze the operation and application of inverters.
CO 4: Describe resonant converter and SMPS in various industrial applications.
CO 5: Know the power quality improvement strategies using power electronic converters.
CO 6: Design the gate driver circuit for different semiconductor devices.

COURSE DETAIL

AC – DC Converters
Single phase Rectifier Circuit: L-C filter design, Performance parameter calculation, Heat Sink calculation.

DC to DC Converters
Non-isolated dc-dc converters: Design and operation of buck-boost, Cuk, SEPIC, Zeta in DCM and CCM.

Switch Mode Power

Isolated dc-dc converters: Operation of Flyback Converter, Forward Converter andpush-pull Converters in
CCM, Current Mode Control; Design of Magnetic Materials suitable for high frequency transformers.

Resonant Converters
Introduction to Soft switching, Difference between hard and Soft switching, Basic resonant circuit concept; ZCS
and ZVS resonant converters; Electronic Ballasts.

Inverters
Modulation Strategies of inverter: Bipolar and Unipolar switching scheme; Performance parameters of 3 phase
Sinusoidal PWM Inverters; Harmonic reduction techniques, Multi-level inverters-configurations: Diode
clamped, Flying capacitor, Cascaded multi-level inverters and Applications.

Gate drive Circuits

Gate drive circuits for MOSFET, IGBT.

Textbooks

211
 1. M.H. Rashid, Power Electronics, Pearson Education, 3rd Edition, 2009.
2. N. Mohan, Under land and Robbins, Power Electronics, Converters, Applications and Design, John Wiely
and Sons, 3rd Edition,2011.

Reference books
1. M.D. Singh and K.B. Khanchandani, Power Electronics, Tata McGraw - Hill publishers, 2nd edition,
2008.
2. P.C Sen, Modern Power Electronics, Wheeler publishing Co, First Edition, 2009.
. Philip T. Krein, Elements of Power Electronics, Oxford University Press, 25 Sept 1997.

ENERGY STORAGE TECHNOLOGY

Course Code: EE40035

Credits: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Pre-requisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course introduces the procedure for energy storage and provides a broad understanding and scientific
principles of operations and the importance of the Fuel cell for recent needs.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Describe application of different energy storage systems.

CO 2: Understand the performance of different types of energy storage device.
CO 3: Analyze the principle of different types of fuel cell.
CO 4: Understand different types of battery technology.
CO 5: Solve the state of charge of batteries using different techniques.
CO 6: Know super capacitor, green house heating.

COURSE DETAIL

Introduction
Energy availability, Demand and Storage, Need for energy storage, Different types of energy storage;
Mechanical, Chemical, Electrical, Electrochemical, Biological, Magnetic, Electromagnetic, Thermal,
Comparison of energy storage technologies.

Mechanical, Thermal Energy Storage

Flywheel storage, Hydro storage, Capacitor, Principles and Applications, Thermal energy storage, Principles
and applications, Phase change materials; Energy analysis of thermal energy storage, Solar energy and Thermal
energy storage.

Electrochemical Energy Storage

212
Electrochemical energy storage: Battery fundamentals and technologies, Characteristics and Performance
comparison of Lead-acid, Nickel-Metal hydride, Lithium Ion; Battery system model, Emerging trends in
batteries, Voltages and Capacities of Electro-chemical Cells, Equivalent Circuit of an Electrochemical Cell,
Charging and Discharging operation of batteries, State-of-charge (SOC) of batteries, Battery management
systems.

Fuel Cells
Hydrogen as energy carrier and Storage; Hydrogen resources and Production; Basic principles; Fuel cell types:
AFC, PEMFC, MCFC, SOFC, Microbial Fuel cell; Fuel cell performance; Fuel cell applications for power and
transportation.

Application of Energy Storage: Food preservation, Waste heat recovery, Solar energy storage: Greenhouse
heating; Drying and heating for process industries.

Textbooks
1. Huggins R. A., Energy Storage: Fundamentals, Materials and Applications, second edition, Springer
International Publishing, 2015.
2. Dincer I., and Rosen M. A., Thermal Energy Storage: Systems and Applications, second edition, Wiley,
2011.

Reference books
1. O'Hayre R., Cha S., Colella W., and Prinz F. B., Fuel Cell Fundamentals, Wiley, Second Edition, 2009.
2. Narayan R. and Viswanathan B., Chemical and Electrochemical Energy System, Universities Press,
(1998).
3. Rahn C. D. and Wang C., Battery Systems Engineering, First Edition, Wiley, 2013.
4. Moseley P. T., and Garche J., Electrochemical Energy Storage for Renewable Sources and Grid
Balancing, Elsevier Science, 2014.
5. Miller F. P., Vandome A. F., and John M. B., Compressed Air Energy Storage, VDM Publishing, 2010.

GIS & GPS APPLICATIONS

Course Code: CE28003
Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE

The objective of the course is to understand the GIS principles, applications, preparation of study maps, creation
of interpolation maps, delineation of watershed, explain the functions of GPS and operation of GPS.

COURSE OUTCOMES

After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to CO 1: Explain the fundamentals of GIS,
CO 2: Comprehend the operations of ArcGIS tools and prepare the layout of study area, CO 3: Create
interpolation maps,
CO 4: Delineate watershed using ArcGIS,
CO 5: Describe the principles and functions of GPS, and CO 6: Operate GPS in the field for navigation.

213
COURSE DETAILS
 Overview of Geographic Information System (GIS)
 Familiarization to ArcGIS Interface
 Layout of study area
 Preparation of interpolation map
 Watershed delineation
 Remote sensing satellites
 Basics of Global position system
 Basic operations of GPS Handset
 GPS field surveying and data processing

Reference Books
1. Principles of geographical information systems by P.A. Burrough and R. A. McDonnell, Oxford
University Press, UK.
2. Geographic information systems and science by M.F. Goodchild, P.A. Longley, D.J. Maguire and D.W.
Rhind, John Wiley & Sons Ltd., England.
3. Global Positioning system: Principles and Applications by Satheesh Gopi, McGraw Hill Education.

CONCEPTS OF DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS

Course Code: CS20001

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective is to familiarize students with the Time Complexity and Space Complexity of algorithms. In
addition, students will be acquainted with various techniques of sorting and searching, and implementing arrays,
stacks, queues, and linked lists. This course also includes complex data structures like tree sand
graphs related to real-life problems

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Apply the concepts of data structure and abstract data type (ADT).
CO 2: Synthesize the algorithm for real-life problems with time and space complexity analysis.
CO 3: Implement a linked data structure to solve various problems.
CO 4: Comprehend and apply stacks and Queues for applications such as expression evaluation, etc.
CO 5: Develop and implement Trees data structure.
CO 6: Implement and apply standard algorithms for searching and Sorting.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Notations, Abstract Data Type, Algorithms and Types, Time complexity and Space complexity.

Arrays
Arrays, Sparse matrices, Polynomials.

214
Linked List
Linked Lists, Doubly linked lists, Circularly linked lists, Applications

Stacks and Queues

Stacks, Queues, Circular Queues, Double ended Queues, Applications in evaluation of expressions.

Trees
Tree representation, Binary Trees, Binary search trees, Tree traversal, Height balanced trees, AVLtrees.

Sorting and Searching

Sorting Techniques: Selection, Bubble, Insertion, Merge, Heap, Quick, Radix sort, Linear search, Binary search,
Hash table methods.

Textbooks
1. M.Tenenbaum, Augestien, Data Structures using C, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
2. Mark Allen Weiss, Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C, 2nd Edition, Addison-Wesley
Educational Publishers, 2006.

Reference book
1. Sahni Horowitz,Fundamentals of Data Structure in C, Universities Press, 2nd Ed
2. J.P.Tremblay,P.G.Sorenson, An Introduction to Data Structures with Applications, 2nd Edition,Tata
McGrawHill,1981.

OPERATING SYSTEMS

Course Code: CS20002

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3 0-0
Pre-requisites: Nil

Course Objectives
 To provide knowledge about the services rendered by operating systems
 To explore the various scheduling policies and to provide solutions for critical section and deadlock
problems
 To provide a detailed discussion of the various memory management techniques
 To discuss the various file-system design and implementation issues
 To discuss how the protection domains, help to achieve security in a system
 To explore the design and implementation issues of Distributed OS

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Distinguish between different types of modern operating systems, virtual machines

CO 2: Comprehend the techniques used to implement the process manager
CO 3: Comprehend virtual memory abstractions in operating systems
CO 4: Design and develop file system and I/O system
CO 5: Apply various mechanisms in storage management
CO 6: Design and develop OS modules for Distributed Environment

215
COURSE DETAIL

Introduction
Need for Operating Systems, Computer Systems, OS Operations, Abstract view of OS, Virtualization,
Computing Environments, OS Services, OS Structures, System Calls, Building and Booting OS, Process,
Threads, Multithreading.

Process Management
Process Scheduling, Process Co-ordination, Synchronization, Semaphores, Monitors, Hardware
Synchronization, Deadlocks, Methods for Handling Deadlocks.

Memory Management
Memory Management Strategies, Contiguous and Non-Contiguous allocation, Virtual memory Management,
Demand Paging, Page Placement and Replacement Policies.

File Management
File System, Basic concepts, File System design and Implementation, Case Study: Linux File Systems, Mass
Storage Structure, Disk Scheduling, Disk Management, I/O Systems, System Protection and Security.

Distributed Systems
Distributed Systems, Distributed operating systems, Distributed file systems, Distributed Synchronization, OS
architecture, Case study on LINUX and Windows OS.

Textbook
1. Silberschatz, Galvin, Gagne, “Operating System Concepts”, John Wiley and Sons, Tenth Edition, 2018.

Reference books
1. William Stallings, “Operating Systems – Internals and Design Principles”, Pearson Publications, Eighth
Edition, 2014.
2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Modern Operating Systems”, Pearson Publications, Fourth Edition, 2014.
3. Dhananjay M. Dhamdhere, “Operating Systems, A Concept-Based Approach”, McGraw Hill Education,
Third Edition, 2012.

COMPUTER SYSTEM AND ARCHITECTURE

Course Code: CS20005

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3 0-0
Pre-requisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVES
 To understand the basic hardware and software issues of computer organization
 To understand how computations are performed at machine level
 To understand how data storage is happening at machine level
 To understand the memory hierarchies, cache memories and virtual memories
 To learn the different ways of communication with I/O devices

Course Outcome
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

216
CO 1: Perceive the functions of hardware components of computer and its requirements for the execution of
instructions.
CO 2: Choose Instruction Set Architecture (ISA): Instruction format, types, and various addressing modes.
CO 3: Apply the basic components to design the CPU: the ALU and control unit.
CO 4: Assess the different levels of memory organization: SRAM, DRAM, Cache memory, Virtual Memory.
CO 5: Design the ALU and it's operations: Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication, and Division.
CO 6: Classify and compare the I/O Organization and types of I/O Transfer.

COURSE DETAILS

Basic Structure of Computers

Computer Types, Functional Units, Basic Operational Concepts, Bus Structures, Machine Instructions and
Programs: Memory Locations and Addresses, Memory Operations, Encoding of Machine Instructions,
Addressing Modes, Instruction Types, Instruction Format, Instruction Length, Assembly Language,
Subroutines, Additional Instructions, RISC vs CISC.

Basic Processing Unit

Fundamental Concepts, Execution of a Complete Instruction, Single and Multiple Bus CPU Organization, Hard-
wired Control, Micro programmed Control unit.

Memory System
Basic Concepts, Semiconductor RAM Memories, Read Only Memories, Speed, Size, and Cost, Memory module
design, Memory Hierarchy, Cache Memories, Mapping Functions, Replacement Algorithms, Memory
Performance Considerations, Memory interleaving, Virtual Memories.

Input/ Output Organization

Accessing I/O Devices, Modes of I/O Transfer, Program Controlled I/O, Interrupts – Interrupt Hardware,
Enabling and Disabling Interrupts, Handling Multiple Devices, Controlling Device Requests, Exceptions, Direct
Memory Access.

Case Study
IA-32 Register Structure, IA-32 Addressing Modes, IA-32 Instructions, Machine Instruction Format, IA-32
Assembly Language, Program Flow Control, Logic and Shift/Rotate Instructions, Subroutines for IA-32,
Programming examples.

Textbooks
1. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic, Safwat Zaky, Computer Organization and Embedded Systems, 6th
Edition, MGH, 2022.

Reference books
1. M. Morris Mano, Computer System Architecture, Pearson Education India, 3rd Edition
2. William Stallings, Computer Organization & Architecture, 11th Edition, Pearson Education, 2006.

DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Course Code: CS20006

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
217
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
 To learn data models, conceptualize and depict a database system using ER diagram
 To understand the internal storage structures in a physical DB design
 To know the fundamental concepts of transaction processing techniques
 To understand the concept of Database Design in Normalization techniques
 To know the manipulation of SQL Queries

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Install, configure, and interact with a relational database management system

CO 2: Conceptualize and depict a database system using ER diagram.
CO 3: Master the basics of SQL and construct queries using SQL
CO 4: Design and develop a large database with optimal query processing
CO 5: Develop efficient storage scheme of saving and retrieving Records and Files
CO 6: Design the database with normalization techniques

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Purpose of Database System, Views of data, Data Models, Database Languages, Database System Architecture,
Components of DBMS, Entity, Relationship model (E-R model ), E-R Diagram notation, EER notations,
Examples.

Relational Model
Relational Data Model, Concept of relations, Schema-instance distinction, keys, integrity rules, Relational algebra
operators, SQL: Data definition, Data manipulation, Aggregate function, Null Values, Nested sub queries, Joined
relations.

Database Design
Dependencies and Normal forms, Dependency theory, Functional dependencies, Armstrong's axioms for FD's,
Closure of a set of FD's, minimal covers, Definitions of 1NF, 2NF, 3NF and BCNF, 4NF, 5NF, Decomposition
and desirable properties of them.

Transaction Management
ACID properties, Serializability and concurrency control, Lock based concurrency control (2PL), Timestamp
ordering protocol, Database recovery management.

Implementation Techniques
Overview of Physical Storage Media, Magnetic Disks, RAID, Tertiary storage, Organization of Records in Files,
Indexing and Hashing, Ordered Indices, primary, S econdary index structures.

Textbooks
1. Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth, S. Sudharshan, “Database System Concepts”, Fifth Edition, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2006.
2. C. J. Date, A. Kannan, S. Swamynathan, “An Introduction to Database Systems”, Eighth Edition,
Pearson Education, 2006.

Reference books
1. Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, Fourth Edition,
Pearson/Addision Wesley, 2007.
2. Raghu Ramakrishnan, “Database Management Systems”, Third Edition, McGraw Hill, 2003.
218
 3. S. K. Singh, “Database Systems Concepts, Design and Applications”, First Edition, Pearson Education,
2006.

DATA STRUCTURES

Course Code: CS21001

Credit: 4
L-T-P : 3-1-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE

The basic course objective is to familiarize students with Time Complexity and Space Complexity for
algorithm, various techniques of sorting and searching, design and implement arrays, stacks, queues, and linked
lists, complex data structures such as trees and graphs, and use above knowledge to solve real life problems

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Use the concepts of data structure, data type and abstract data type to develop solutions for engineering
problems.
CO 2: Develop programs to implement linear data structures such as stacks, queues, linked lists, etc.
CO 3: Apply the concept of trees and graph data structures in real world scenarios
CO 4: Comprehend the implementation of sorting and searching algorithms
CO 5: Compare Time Complexity and Space Complexity for algorithm
CO 6: Effectively choose the data structure that efficiently models the information in a problem.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Development of Algorithms, Notations and analysis, Storage structures for arrays, Sparse matrices, Stacks and
Queues: Representations and applications.

Linked List, Stacks, and Queues

Linked Lists, Linked stacks and queues, Operations on polynomials, Doubly linked lists, Circularly linked lists,
Dynamic storage management, Garbage collection and compaction.

Trees
Tree representation, Binary Trees, Binary search trees, Tree traversal, Expression manipulation, Symbol table
construction, Height balanced trees, AVL trees.

Graphs
Graphs, Representation of graphs, BFS, DFS, Topological sort, String representation and Manipulations, Pattern
matching.

Sorting and Searching

Sorting Techniques: Selection, Bubble, Insertion, Merge, Heap, Quick, Radix sort, Linear search, Binary search,
Hash table methods.

Textbook
1. S. Sahani and S. Anderson-Freed, Fundamentals of Data Structures in C by E. Horowitz, Universities
Press.
219
Reference book
1. Sartaj Sahni, “Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++”, Universities Press Pvt. Ltd., 2008.
WEB DESIGN

Course Code: CS28001

Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Web design and programming is a large field, with different types of technologies implemented by different
tools. HTML, CSS, and JavaScript are known to be the three pillars of client-side web programming. After
finishing this course, a student should be prepared to write nicely formatted, interactive web pages, with no
dependencies on server-side technologies.

COURSE OUTCOMES

After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO1: Understand the basics of web page design,

CO2: Use formatting instructions of HTML,
CO3: Apply the style formats using CSS,
CO4: Write basic scripts using JavaScript,
CO5: Apply DOM in web pages, and
CO6: Create dynamic web pages using HTML and JavaScript.

COURSE DETAILS

HTML Fundamentals
HTML: Structure of a program, various tags and their roles in HTML programs, Lists: ordered,
unordered, definition, Table.

More with HTML

Form design, Frames, link and it’s types, Images.

CSS Essentials
Style sheets: Inline, Internal, External.

JavaScript Basics
Introduction, characteristics, Variables, Data types, Type casting and conversion Functions. Primitives,
operators, Control statements, Array, Function, Function – Parameter Passing and dynamic argument and return
statement

More with JavaScript

DOM - browser, window, document, image and form object, Properties and Methods of different objects,
Predefined Java Script Object - Array, String and Date Object and their methods, Event handling – Link, Body,
Image and events associated with different HTML tags

Textbook
1. MASTERING HTML, CSS & Java Script Web Publishing, Laura Lemay, Rafe Colburn and Jennifer
220
 Kyrnin, BPB Publications.

Reference Books
1. HTML, CSS and JavaScript All in One, Sams Teach Yourself, Julie C. Meloni and Jennifer Kyrnin,
Pearson Education.
2. HTML 5 Black Book, DT Editorial Services, Dreamtech Press.

DATA STRUCTURES LAB

Course Code: CS29001

Credit: 1
L-T-P 0-0-2
Pre-requisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The fundamental objective of this course is to develop linear and non-linear data structures algorithms for
practical application and analyze the algorithm in their time and space complexity.

COURSE OUTCOMES

After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Apply and implement the learned algorithm for problem-solving.

CO 2: Develop the program for real-time application of the algorithm.
CO 3: Design, develop, and implement optimal algorithms using appropriate data structures.
CO 4: Implementation of priority queue for optimal algorithms.
CO 5: Implement Binary Tree, Binary Search Tree, and AVL Trees for problem-solving
CO 6: Analyze the different sorting and searching algorithm for real-time applications.

DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS LAB

Course Code: CS29006

Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Pre-requisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
 To explore the features of a Database Management Systems
 To interface a database with front end tools
 To understand the internals of a database system
 To identify Structure Query Language statements used in creation and manipulation of Database
 To identify the methodology of conceptual modeling through Entity Relationship model.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Identify Structure Query Language statements used in creation and manipulation of Database
CO 2: Use databases for building client server applications
CO 3: Comprehend the internal working of a database system
221
CO 4: Design and develop a database using SQL and the mechanism in connecting with a Web based GUI
CO 5: Analyze and design a real database application
CO 6: Evaluate the efficiency of the database design for real time applications.

PROGRAMMING WITH PYTHON AND JAVA

Course Code: CS29008

Credit: 2
L-T-P: 0-0-4
Pre-requisites: NIL

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This lab course starts with basic concepts in Python and ramps up to more complex subjects such as object-
oriented programming and data structures in Java. The objective is to impart programming skills and make
students competent to decide between JAVA and Python while working on various interfacing and writing
fully-functional programs using the two most well-known and frequently used programming languages. Python
deliverables include conditional programming, file I/O, data analysis, and visualization using Jupyter
Notebook. Java programs include a text file parser that reads, writes, and analyzes text files using Eclipse;
students will appraise object-oriented principles, data structures, file I/O, unit testing, and debugging process.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successful completion of this course, the students will be able to:

CO 1: Gain skills on Python programming concepts, including how to configure tools for Python code and
write fully functional programs using data structures.
CO 2: Examine core data science techniques by applying learned skills in data aggregation and summarization,
including using data analysis libraries and developing data visualization skills.
CO 3: Write fully-functional Python programs using commonly used data structures, custom functions,
reading and writing to files for specified applications
CO 4: Apply core principles of object-oriented programming and Java to write fully functional programs using
classes and methods.
CO 5: Gain competency to use Java inheritance and apply techniques for parsing text in files, using advanced
data structures to store information, and debugging code
CO 6: Write programs using abstract classes interfaces and packages, multi threading, exception handling and
design Java application using String and I/O classes

DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS

Course Code: CS30001

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Pre-requisites: CS21001

COURSE OBJECTIVES
 To understand the importance of algorithm
222
  To analyze the complexity of an algorithm in terms of time and space complexities
 To understand various problem solving techniques
 To learn about amortized analysis of algorithms
 To design and implement various programming paradigms and its complexity

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO1: Analyze the time and space complexity for any algorithm
CO2: Compare and contrast different algorithm techniques
CO3: Apply the design techniques of algorithm in solving real world problems
CO4: Perform amortize analysis for any algorithm
CO5: Modify existing algorithms to apply in common engineering design situations
CO6: Use NP class of problems to propose approximation algorithms

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Concepts in algorithm analysis & design motivation, Space and Time Complexity of algorithm, Asymptotic
Notations (Big Oh, Omega, Theta), Analysis of time complexity of Insertion Sort by step count method, Solving
recurrences using Iterative, Substitution, Recurrence Tree, Master theorem

Divide & Conquer and Greedy Approaches

Divide and Conquer method, Greedy method, Huffman code, Minimum spanning trees, Dijkstra algorithm,
Knapsack problem, Job sequencing with deadlines.

Dynamic Programming Approaches

Dynamic Programming, Knapsack problem, Matrix Chain Multiplication, longest common subsequence
Multistage graphs, All pair’s shortest paths, Optimal binary search trees, Travelling salesman problem.

Amortization
Randomized Algorithms and Amortized Analysis, Las Vegas and Monte Carlo types, Randomized quick sort
and its analysis, Min-Cut algorithm.

NP Problems
NP-Hard and NP-complete problems, Basic concepts, Reducibility, Vertex cover, 3CNF_SAT, clique,
Hamiltonian cycle, TSP, Approximation algorithms, Vertex cover, TSP.

Textbook
1. T. Cormen, C. Lieserson, R. Rivest, C. Stein, “Introductions to Algorithms”, M I T P r e s s , Third
Edition, 2009.

Reference books
1. M. Tenenbaum, Augestien, “Data Structures using C”, Pearson Education, Third Edition, 2007.
2. E. Harwitz, S. Sahani, S. Rajsekharan, Galgotia “Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms”, Galgotia
Publication.

COMPUTER NETWORKS
Course Code: CS30003
Credit: 3
223
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVES
 To provide insight about fundamental concepts and reference models (OSI and TCP/IP) and its
functionalists
 To gain comprehensive knowledge about the principles, protocols, and significance of Layers in OSI
and TCP/IP
 To know the implementation of various protocols and cryptography techniques
 Learn the flow control and congestion control algorithms

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO1: Use of different models for study of computer networks

CO2: Identify the components required to build different types of networks
CO3: Choose the required functionality at each layer for given application
CO4: Identify solution for each functionality at each layer
CO5: Trace the flow of information from one node to another node in the network
CO6: Build networking solutions using the concepts of world wide web and electronic mail technologies

COURSE DETAILS

Data Communications
Data Transmission, Multiplexing, Data Encoding Techniques, Introduction to computer networks, Network,
Topologies, Reference Models: ISO/OSI Model and TCP/IP Model.

Physical Layer
Transmission Media, Analog signals, Digital Signals, Data Link Layer, Error Detection and Correction, Parity,
LRC, CRC, Hamming Code, Flow Control and Error Control, Stop and wait, ARQ, Sliding window – IEEE,
Ethernet.

Network Layer
Packet Switching and Circuit Switching, IP addressing methods, Subnetting, Supernetting, Routing Protocols:
IP, ARP, RARP, DHCP, Routing Algorithms: Distance Vector Routing, Link State Routing.

Transport Layer
Transport Services, UDP, TCP, Congestion Control, Quality of Services (QOS).

Application Layer
Domain Name Space (DNS), Electronic Mail, HTTP, WWW.

Textbooks
1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, David J. Wetherall, “Computer Networks”, Pearson, Fifth Edition,
2. Behrouz A. Foruzan, “Data Communication and Networking”, Science Engineering & Math
Publications, Fifth Edition, 2013.

Reference books
1. W. Stallings, “Data and Computer Communication”, Pearson Education, Tenth Edition, 2014.
2. Larry L. Peterson, Bruce S. Davie, “Computer Networks: A Systems Approach”, Morgan Kaufmann
Publishers, Fifth Edition, 2011.
224
 3. Nader. F. Mir, “Computer and Communication Networks”, Pearson, 2010.

HIGH PERFORMANCE COMPUTING

Course Code: CS30005

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: CS20005

COURSE OBJECTIVES
 To understand the concept of advanced pipelining techniques
 To understand the current state of art in memory system design
 To know the working principle of I/O devices
 To understand the memory management techniques

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO1 : Choose performance metrics to find the performance of systems

CO2 : Identify the program block that requires parallelism for any program
CO3: Comprehend the concept of different types of hazards along with theistructural implementation and
applications.
CO4: Elaborate the criteria to enhance the performance of the pipelined processors.
CO5: Design algorithms for memory management techniques for multiprocessor system
CO6: Identify various parallel architecture like centralized anddistributed memory architecture require for real
life application

COURSE DETAILS:

Introduction, Classes of computers, Defining Computer Architecture, Trends in Technology, Trends in Power
and Energy in Integrated Circuits, Trends in Cost, Dependability, Measuring, Reporting and Summarizing
Performance, Quantitative Principles of Computer Design

Basic and Intermediate pipelining Concepts, The Major Hurdle of Pipelining, Pipeline Hazards, Pipelining
Implementation, Implementation issues that makes Pipelining hard, Extending the MIPS Pipeline to Handle
Multicycle Operations, The MIPS R4000 Pipeline.

Instruction, Level Parallelism: Concepts and Challenges, Basic Compiler Techniques for Exposing ILP,
Reducing Branch Costs with Prediction, Overcoming Data Hazards with Dynamic Scheduling, Dynamic
Scheduling, Hardware, Based Speculation, Exploiting ILP Using Multiple Issue and Static Scheduling,
Exploiting ILP, Advanced Techniques for Instruction Delivery and Speculation, Studies of the Limitations of
ILP.

Vector Architecture, SIMD Instruction Set Extensions for Multimedia, Graphics Processing Units, Detecting and
Enhancing Loop-Level Parallelism, Centralized Shared-Memory Architectures, Performance of Shared-Memory
Multiprocessors, Distributed Shared Memory, Models of Memory Consistency, Multicore Processors and their
Performance.

Review of Memory Hierarchy Design, Cache Performance, Basic Cache Optimizations, Virtual Memory,
Protection and Examples of Virtual Memory, Advanced Optimizations of Cache Performance, Memory
Technology and Optimizations, Protection: Virtual Memory and Virtual Machines, Crosscutting Issues: The
Design of Memory Hierarchies, Case Studies / Lab Exercises.
225
Textbooks
1. David. A. Patterson, John L. Hennessy, “Computer Architecture: A Quantitative approach”, Sixth
Edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2012.

Reference books
1. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic, Safwat Zaky, Naraig Manjikian, “Computer Organization and
Embedded Systems”, Sixth Edition, McGraw Hill Inc, .
2. William Stallings “Computer Organization and Architecture”, Eleventh Edition, Pearson Education,
2006.

DISTRIBUTED OPERATING SYSTEMS

Course Code: CS30009

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Pre-requisite: CS20002

COURSE OBJECTIVES
 To understand the fundamentals of distributed system
 To be able to know the basic concepts of shared memory architecture
 To be able to understand various implementation difficulties of distributed operating systems
 To be able to understand transparency in distributed operating systems

COURSE OUTCOMES:
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO1: Assess the concept of Distributed Operating Systems

CO2: Enlist the communication techniques in Distributed Operating Systems
CO3: Determine the clock synchronous concepts and algorithms
CO4: Examine the distributed system that fulfills requirements with regards to key distributed systems
properties
CO5: Discuss distributed shared memory architectures and algorithms
CO6: Analyze the distributed files systems

COURSE DETAILS

Fundamentals of Distributed Systems:

Introduction to distributed systems, Goals of Distributed Systems, Hardware Concepts, Software Concepts,
Design Issues, Network Operating Systems, True Distributed System and Time sharing Multiprocessor
Operating System, System Architectures.

Communication in Distributed Systems:

Basics of Communication Systems, Layered Protocols, ATM Models, Client Server Model, Blocking Primitives
and Non Blocking Primitives, Buffered Primitives and Unbuffered Primitives, Reliable and Unreliable
primitives, Message Passing, Remote Procedure Call.

Synchronization and Processes:

226
Clock Synchronization, Mutual Exclusion, Election Algorithm, Atomic Transactions, Deadlock in Distributed
Systems, Process and Threads, System Models, Processor Allocation, Process Scheduling.

Consistency, Replication and Fault Tolerance:

Data Centric Consistency Models, Client-Centric Consistency Models, Replica Management, Consistency
protocols, Fault Tolerance, Process Resilience, Distributed Commit, Reliable Client Server Communication,
Reliable Client Server Communication.

Overview of shared memory:

Architecture, Algorithm, Protocols, Design Issues, consistency model, Page based Distributed Shared Memory,
Shared variable Distributed shared Memory, and Object based Distributed Shared Memory.

Textbooks:
1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Distributed Operating Systems”, Pearson Education, .

Reference Books:
1. G. Coulouris, J. Dollimore, and T. Kindberg, “Distributed Systems: Concepts & Design”, Pearson
Publication, 4th Edition,2005.
2. Pradeep K. Sinha, “Distributed Operating Systems Concepts and Design”, PHI, 8.

CLOUD COMPUTING

Course Code: CS30010

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: CS20002

COURSE OBJECTIVE
 To provide an in-depth and comprehensive knowledge of the deployment models in Cloud
Computing
 To understand the enabling technologies needed for establishing cloud environment
 To motivate students to do programming and experiment with the various cloud computing
environments
 To shed light on the cloud providers and software platforms
 To introduce about different programming models in cloud computing

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Articulate the main concepts, key technologies, strengths, and limitations of cloud computing and
the possible applications for state-of-the-art cloud computing
CO 2: Compare the various cloud services and cloud platforms
CO 3: Identify the architecture and infrastructure of cloud computing, including SaaS, PaaS, IaaS, Public
cloud, Private cloud, Hybrid cloud
CO 4: Adopt suitable computing mechanisms for establishing a cloud environment
CO 5: Examine various cloud applications and issues.
CO 6: Provide the appropriate cloud computing solutions and recommendations according to the
applications used

COURSE DETAILS

227
Introduction
Evolution: Clustering, Grid computing, Virtualization, Basic concepts, Benefits and Risks, Roles and
Boundaries, Characteristics, XaaS based service offerings, Basic Deployment models.

Enabling Technologies
Networks: ISPs, Connection less Packet Switching, Router-based Inter-connectivity, Technical and Business
Considerations, Data Center: Standardization and Modularity, Automation, Remote Operation, High Availability,
Hardware Virtualization: Hardware Independence, Server Consolidation, Resource Replication, OS and
hardware based Virtualization, Web Technology, Multitenant Technology, Service Technology.

Computing Mechanisms
Infrastructure: Logical Network Perimeter, Virtual Server, Storage Device, Usage Monitor, Resource Replication,
Specialized: Automated Scaling Listener, Load Balancer, Monitors, Failover System, Hypervisor, Resource
Cluster, Multi-Device Broker, State Management Database, Management: Resource, SLA, Billing, Remote
Administration, Security.

Cloud Providers & Software Platforms

Globally available public clouds (Microsoft Azure, Amazon Web Services, Google Cloud Platform): Overview
and Comparison, Instances, Images, Networking and Security, Storage, Monitoring and Automation,
Introduction to Open-source softwares: Eucalyptus, Open Nebula, Open Stack, Apache Cloud Stack.

Programming Models & Advances

Introduction to Map Reduce, Apache Spark, Tensor Flow, Inter cloud: Architecture, Resource Provisioning,
Billing, Security, Mobile Cloud Computing: Resource Allocation, Security, Business Aspects, Application,
Future Scope, Introduction to Edge and Fog Computing.

Textbook
1. Kai Hwang, Geoffrey C. Fox, and Jack J. Dongarra, “Distributed and Cloud Computing from
Parallel Processing to the Internet of Things”, Morgan Kaufmann, Elsevier, 2012.

Reference books
1. Barrie Sosinsky, “Cloud Computing Bible”, John Wiley & Sons, 2010.
2. Tim Mather, Subra Kumaraswamy, Shahed Latif, “Cloud Security and Privacy: An Enterprise
Perspective on Risks and Compliance”, O'Reilly, 2009.
3. James Turnbull, “The Docker Book: Containerization is the New Virtualization”, E-Book, 2015.

COMPUTATIONAL INTELLIGENCE

Course Code: CS30011

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
 To understand the basic concepts and characteristics of soft computing
 To understand and analyse fuzzy rules, fuzzy reasoning and various fuzzy inference systems
 To be able to know derivative free optimization and apply genetic algorithms to optimization problems
 To apply neural networks to various classification problems.
 To know some hybrid models such as adaptive Neuro-fuzzy inference systems

COURSE OUTCOMES
228
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO1: Identify the basic concepts and characteristics of soft computing and also its associated methodologies.
CO2: Apply various set theoretic operations in fuzzy sets.
CO3: Analyze fuzzy rules, fuzzy reasoning and various fuzzy inference systems.
CO4: Choose derivative free optimization and apply genetic algorithms to optimization problems.
CO5: Assess concepts of artificial neural networks and apply neural networks to various classification problems.
CO6: Analyze some hybrid models such as adaptive neuro-fuzzy inference systems.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Introduction, Soft Computing constituents and Conventional AI, Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing
characteristics

Artificial Neural Networks

Introduction to ANN, Perceptrons and MLP, Adaline and Madaline, Back-propagation Multilayer Perceptrons
(BPMLP), Radial Basis Function Networks (RBF), Kohonen Self-Organizing Networks, Learning Vector
Quantization, Hebbian Learning, Hopfield networks.

Fuzzy Set Theory

Fuzzy sets, Basic Definition and Terminology, Set-theoretic Operations, Member Function Formulation and
Parameterization, More on Union, Intersection and Complement, Extension Principle and Fuzzy Relations,
Fuzzy If-Then Rules, Fuzzy Reasoning, Fuzzy Inference Systems, Mamdani Fuzzy Models, Sugeno Fuzzy
Models, Tsukamoto Fuzzy Models, Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference Systems(ANFIS), ANFIS Architecture,
Hybrid Learning Algorithm

Particle Swarm Optimization

PSO Model, Global Best, Local Best, Velocity Update Equations, Position Update Equations, Velocity
Clamping, Inertia Weight, Constriction Coefficients, Synchronous and Asynchronous Updates, Binary PSO.

Differential Evolution
DE as modified GA, generation of population, operators and their implementation.

Ant Colony Optimization

Basic Concepts, Ant System, Application.

Artificial Bee Colony

Historical Development, Types of Bees and Their Role in the Optimization Process.

Textbooks:
1. Jang, Sun, Mizutani, Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing, Pearson Education

Reference Books:
1. Adam Slowik, Swarm Intelligence Algorithms: A Tutorial, Ed: CRC Press, 2020
2. Simon Haykin, Neural Networks: A Comprehensive Foundation, Pearson Education
3. David E. Goldberg, Genetic Algorithms, Pearson Publication, 2003

229
 WEB TECHNOLOGY AND APPLICATIONS

Course Code: CS30019

Credits: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Pre-requisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVES
 To understand the basics of Web Designing using HTML, DHTML, and CSS
 To learn the basics about Client side scripts and Server side scripts

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO1: Describe and interpret standard web technologies

CO2: Apply the basics of Web Designing using HTML, DHTML, and CSS
CO3: Build real world applications using client side and server side scripting languages
CO4: Design and develop applications using web technologies
CO5: Create the database connectivities
CO6: Suggest appropriate web technologies for any application

COURSE DETAILS

HTML, Introduction, HTML Formatting, Hyper-Links, Lists, Tables, Images, Forms, Frames, Cascading Style
sheets, Types, XML, Document type definition, XML Schemas, Document Object model.*

Introduction to Client Side scripting, JavaScript, Control statements, Functions, Arrays, Objects, Events,
Dynamic HTML with Java Script, AJAX: Ajax Client Server Architecture, XML Http Request Object, Call
BackMethods.

NodeJS and Express, Introduction to AngularJS and Fundamentals of ReactJS, Web servers, IIS (XAMPP,
LAMPP) and Tomcat Servers, Server Side Scripting, Java Servlets, Java Server Pages, Java Server Faces, JSF
Components, Session Tracking, Cookies.

PHP, Basic Syntax, Defining variable and constant, PHP Data types, Operator and Expression, Operator
Precedence, Decisions and Loop, Functions & Recursion, String Processing and Regular Expressions, Form
Processing, Working with file and Directories, Cookies

Database Connectivity with MySQL, Servlets, JSP, PHP, MongoDB, NOSQL Database*, Fundamentals of
JQuery and Bootstrap

Textbooks:
1. Paul J. Deitel, Harvey M. Deitel, Abbey Deitel, “Internet & World Wide Web How to Program”,
Fifth Edition, Deitel Series, 2012.
2. Jason Gilmore, “Beginning PHP and MySQL from Novice to Professional”, Fourth Edition, Apress
Publications, 2010.(Foreign books with available in the publisher site)
3. Brown, Ethan, “Web Development with Node and Express: Leveraging the JavaScript
Stack”,Second Edition O'ReillyMedia,.
4. Anthony, Accomazzo, Murray Nathaniel, Lerner Ari, “Fullstack React: The Complete Guide to React JS
and Friends”, Fullstack.io, 7.(Not available in the publisher site)

230
Reference books:
1. Robert W. Sebesta, “Programming with World Wide Web”, Fourth Edition, Pearson, 2008.
2. David William Barron, “The World of Scripting Languages”, Wiley Publications, 2000.
3. Dayley B., “Node.js, MongoDB, and AngularJS Web Development”, Addison-Wesley Professional,
2014.
4. Vainikka J., “Full-Stack Web Development using Django REST Framework and React”, 2018.

SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKING

Course Code: CS30023

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: CS30003/EC30004

COURSE OBJECTIVES
 Analyze reduced Complexity of Network Operation
 Describe and understand the concepts of minimize Layer and maximize Network Resources
 Evaluate and understand the Faster Time to Revenue for New Applications
 Memorize Data center and its usage
 Illustrate about Big data
COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Comprehend Software Defined Networks

CO 2: Analyze reduced Complexity of Network Operation
CO 3: Compare and analyze the advantages of SDN over traditional network
CO 4: Design and implement software defined network
CO 5: Design algorithm for virtualization
CO 6: Design algorithm for big data analytics

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Introduction, Control Plane, Data Plane, Distributed Control Planes, IP and MPLS, Creating the IP Underlay,
Convergence Time, Load Balancing High Availability, Creating the MPLS Overlay, Replication, Centralized
Control Planes, Logical Versus Litera, ATM/LANE, Route Servers, Wire Protocol, FAWG, Config and
Extensibility, Architecture, Hybrid Approaches, Ships in the Night, Dual Function Switches.*

Interface
VMWare, Nicira, Mininet, NOX/POX, Trema, Ryu, Big Switch Networks/Floodlight, Layer 3 Centric, L3VPN,
Path Computation Element Server, Plexxi Affinity, Cisco OnePK, Management Interface, Network Divide,
Modern Programmatic Interfaces, Modern Orchestration.*

Data Center
Multitenant Data Center, Virtualized Multitenant Data Center, SDN Solutions for Data Center Network,
VLANs, EVPN, VxLan, NVGRE, Virtualization and Data Plane I/O, Services Engineered Path, Service
Locations and Chaining, NEV at ETSI, Non-ETSI NEV Work.*

Topology
Network Topology, Traditional Methods, LLDP, BGP-TE/LS, ALTO, I2RS, Build Code First, The Juniper
SDN Framework(s), Open Daylight Controller/Framework, Policy.*

231
Technology:
Bandwidth Scheduling, Manipulation, Calendaring, Bandwidth Calendaring, Big Data and Application Hyper,
Virtualization for Instant CSPF, Expanding Technology, Use Cases for Data Center Overlays, Big Data, Network
Function Virtualization, Data Center Orchestration, Puppet, Network Function Virtualization, Optimized Big
Data, Firewall as Service, Network Access Control Replacement, Virtual Firewall, Feed Back and Optimization,
Intrusion Detection/Threat Mitigation.*

*Programming Assignments are mandatory

Textbooks
1. Thomas D. Nandeau, Ken Gray, “Software Defined Networks”, First Edition, O’ Reilly Media Inc., 2013.
2. FEI HU, “Network Innovation through Open Flow and SDN: Principles and Design”, CRC Press, 2014.

Reference Books
1. Azodolmolky, Siamak, “Software Defined Networking with OpenFlow”, Packt Publishing Ltd., 2013.
2. Nadeau, Thomas D., Ken Gray, “SDN: Software Defined Networks: An Authoritative Review of
NetworkProgrammability Technologies”, O'Reilly Media Inc., 2013.
3. Dillinger, Markus, Kambiz Madani, Nancy Alonistioti, “Software Defined Radio: Architectures,
Systems and Functions”, John Wiley & Sons, 2005.
4. Goransson, Paul, Chuck Black, Timothy Culver, “Software Defined Networks: A Comprehensive
Approach”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2016.

COMPUTER VISION AND PATTERN RECOGNITION

Course Code: CS30029

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The challenge of computer vision is to develop a computer based system with the capabilities of the human eye-
brain system. It is therefore primarily concerned with the problem of capturing and making sense of digital
images. The field draws heavily on many subjects including digital image processing, artificial intelligence,
computer graphics and psychology. The objectives are to develop students’ understanding of the basic principles
and techniques of image processing, image understanding, and to develop skillsets in the design and
implementation of computer vision techniques.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO1: Explain the image formation and camera technologies

CO2: Perform feature extraction using different image processing techniques.
CO3: Differentiate between image formats
CO4: Perform image transformation based on different types of transformation techniques.
CO5: Design filters to perform image analysis using spatial and frequency domain methods.
CO6: Design systems to detect and track various objects.

COURSE DETAILS

Digital Image Fundamentals

Elements of visual perception, A simple image model, Sampling and Quantization, Relationship between pixels,
image geometry: Translation, Rotation.
232
Image Analysis
Introduction spatial domain methods, Frequency domain method, Enhancement by point processing : Histogram
equalization, Spatial filtering : Mean & Median filter, Sharpening filter, High boost filters, Derivative filters,
Enhancement in frequency domain, Homomorphic filtering.

Image Transform Review of mathematical preliminaries

Toeplitz and Circulant matrices, Orthogonal and Unitary matrices, Block matrices and Kronecker products,
Separable operators, Introduction to image transforms, Two dimensional orthogonal and Unitary transforms,
Properties of unitary transforms, 2-D DFT, Walsh Transforms, Hadamard transform, Discrete Cosine Transform
(DCT), Karhunan-Lauve (K-L) Transform, SVD Transform.

Feature Extraction
Edges Canny, Sobel, Line detectors (Hough Transform),Corners -Harris and Hessian Affine, Orientation
Histogram, SIFT, SURF, Feature analysis, Feature vectors, Distance/similarity measures.

Object Representation and Tracking

Object detection, Face detection, Pedestrian detection, Face recognition: Eigenfaces, Active appearance and 3D
shape models. Object representation, Motion detection and Tracking, Background Subtraction and Modelling,
Optical Flow. Point tracking, Kernel tracking, Introduction to Yolo.
Machine Learning for Computer Vision
Neural Architecture, deep learning use cases, Datasets for Machine perception, Training Pipeline, Building
sequential model using Keras and CV2, Transfer learning.

Textbooks
1. Richard Szeliski, Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications, Springer-Verlag London Limited
2011.
2. Valliappa Lakshmanan, Martin Görner, Ryan Gillard, Practical Machine Learning for Computer
Vision, Released July 2021, Publisher(s): O'Reilly Media, Inc., ISBN: 9781098102364
3. D. A. Forsyth, J. Ponce, Computer Vision: A Modern Approach, Pearson Education, 2003.

Reference Books
1. E.R Davis, Computer and Machine Vision Theory, Algorithms, Practicalities, Academic Press,4th
Edition
2. R.C. Gonzalez and R.E. Woods, Digital Image Processing, Addison- Wesley, 1992.
3. Bradski, G., & Kaehler, A. (2008). Learning Open CV: Computer vision with the OpenCV library. "
O'Reilly Media, Inc."
4. Hartley, R., & Zisserman, A. (2003). Multiple view geometry in computer vision. Cambridge
university press.

SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
Course Code: CS31001
Credit: 4
L-T-P: 3-1-0
Pre-requisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
 To understand the Software Engineering Practice

233
  To understand the Software Engineering Process Models
 To understand Design Engineering, Web applications
 To gain knowledge of the software testing
 To understand Software Project Management

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO1: Identify appropriate software process models for developing real life projects
CO2: Assess each module given the overall Software engineering practice
CO3: Enhance the software project management skills
CO4: Comprehend the systematic methodologies involved in SE
CO5: Work ethically in a team as well as independently on software projects and adapt t o the ever
changing dynamic real world situations.
CO6: Design and develop a software product in accordance with SE principles

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Role of Software Engineer, Software Components, Software Characteristics, Software Crisis, Software
Engineering Processes, Similarity and Differences from Conventional Engineering Processes, Quality
Attributes.

Assessment
How Software Engineering Changes? Software Development Life Cycle (SDLC) Models: Water Fall Model,
Prototype Model, Spiral Model, Evolutionary Development Models, Iterative Enhancement Models, Choosing a
social relevant problem, Summary Team Report.

Requirement Engineering Process

Elicitation, Analysis, Documentation, Review and Management of User Needs, Feasibility Study, Information
Modeling, Data Flow Diagrams, Entity Relationship Diagrams, Designing the architecture.

Assessment
Impact of Requirement Engineering in their problem, Decision Tables, SRS Document, IEEE Standards for
SRS, Architectural design, component level design, User interface design, WebApp Design, Submission of SRS
Document for Team Project.

Quality concepts, Review Techniques, Software Quality Assurance (SQA)

Verification and Validation, SQA Plans, Software Quality Frameworks.

Assessment
Framing SQA Plan, ISO 9000 Models, SEI-CMM Model and Their relevance to project Management, Other
emerging models like People CMM.

Testing Objectives, Unit Testing, Integration Testing, Acceptance Testing, Regression Testing, Testing for
Functionality and Testing for Performance, Top-Down and Bottom-Up Testing, Software Testing Strategies,
Strategies: Test Drivers and Test Stubs, Structural Testing (White Box Testing), Functional Testing (Black Box
Testing), Testing conventional applications, Object oriented applications, Web applications, Formal modeling
and Verification, Software configuration management, Product metrics. Assessment: Team Analysis in Metrics
Calculation.
234
Project Management Concepts, Process and Project Metrics, Estimation for Software projects, Project
Scheduling, Risk Management, Maintenance and Re-engineering. Assessment: Preparation of Risk mitigation
plan.

Text books:
1. R. S. Pressman, “Software Engineering: A Practitioners Approach”, Seventh Edition, McGraw Hill, 2010.
2. Rajib Mall, “Fundamentals of Software Engineering”, PHI, Third Edition, 2009.
3. Pankaj Jalote, “Software Project Management in Practice”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2002.

APPLICATIONS DEVELOPMENT LAB

Course Code: CS33002
Credit: 2
L-T-P: 0-0-4
Pre-requisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
 To be familiar with Web page design using HTML/XML and style sheets
 To learn to write Client Server applications
 To be familiar with the PHP programming
 To be exposed to creating applications with AJAX
 Know the components and structure of mobile application development frameworks for Android
and windows OS based mobiles
 Learn the basic and important design concepts and issues of development of mobile applications

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO1: Construct Web pages using HTML/XML and style sheets

CO2: Build dynamic web pages with validation using Java Script objects and by applying different event
handling mechanisms
CO3: Develop Web application which makes use of PHP programming
CO4: Construct web applications using AJAX
CO5: Design and Implement various mobile applications using emulators
CO6: Deploy applications to hand-held devices
ALGORITHMS LAB

Course Code: CS39001

Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-1
Pre-requisites: CS21001

COURSE OBJECTIVE:
 To learn how to analyze the complexity of algorithms
 To compare and evaluate algorithms in terms of time and space complexity
 To program brute force, divide and conquer, decrease and conquer, transform and conquer, greedy,
and dynamic techniques

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

235
 CO1: Solve and analyze general algorithms based on space and time complexity
CO2: Implement and empirically compare fundamental algorithms and data structures to real-world
problems
CO3: Design, develop, and optimize algorithms in different paradigms
CO4: Implement problems in string manipulation
CO5: Develop solutions using graph theory
CO6: Evaluate optimization techniques for real-world problems

COMPUTER NETWORKS LAB

Course Code: CS39003
Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Pre-requisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
 To create client and server applications using the "Sockets" API and the implementation of Data link
layer protocol and TCP layer
 To conduct computer communication network simulations
 To have a hands on experience of computer network simulation and modelling techniques using
NS-3 simulation software

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO1: Invoke analytical studies of Computer Networks through network simulation

CO2: Design a network using NS-3 toolkit and its importance in designing a real network
CO3: Measure and analyze the network parameters for a high throughput network
CO4: Practice experiments on Network Equipments
CO5: Evaluate Network Performance Evaluation using NS-3
CO6: Build experiments on Network equipments
SOFTWARE TESTING AND AUTOMATION

Course Code: CS40003

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Pre-requisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVES
 To understand the criteria for test cases
 To Develop and design test cases
 To Analyse test management and test automation techniques
 To Assess test metrics and measurements
 To Design and validate website testing

COURSE OUTCOMES:
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO1: Identify suitable tests to be carried out

CO2: Design test cases suitable for a software development for different domains
CO3: Prepare test planning based on the document
236
 CO4: Document test plans and test cases designed
CO5: Apply automatic testing tools
CO6: Develop and validate a test plan

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction:
Testing as an Engineering Activity, Testing as a Process, Testing Maturity Model, Testing axioms, Basic
definitions, Software Testing Principles, The Tester‘s Role in a Software Development Organization, Origins
of Defects, Cost of defects, Defect Classes, The Defect Repository and Test Design, Defect Examples,
Developer/Tester Support of Developing a Defect Repository.

Test Case Design Strategies:

Test case Design Strategies, Using Black Box Approach to Test Case Design, Boundary Value Analysis,
Equivalence Class Partitioning, State based testing, Cause-effect graphing, Compatibility testing, User
documentation testing, Domain testing, Random Testing, Requirements based testing, Using White Box
Approach to Test design, Test Adequacy Criteria, Static testing vs. Structural testing, Code functional testing,
Coverage and Control Flow Graphs, Covering Code Logic, Paths, Code complexity testing, Additional White
box testing approaches, Evaluating Test Adequacy Criteria.

Levels of Testing:
The need for Levels of Testing, Unit Test, Unit Test Planning, Designing the Unit Tests, The Test
Harness, Running the Unit tests and Recording results, Integration tests, Designing Integration Tests,
Integration Test Planning, Scenario testing, Defect bash elimination System Testing, Acceptance testing,
Performance testing, Regression Testing, Internationalization testing, Ad-hoc testing, Alpha Beta Tests,
Testing OO systems, Usability and Accessibility testing, Configuration testing, Compatibility testing, Testing
the documentation, Website testing.

Test Management:
People and organizational issues in testing, Organization structures for testing teams, Testing services, Test
Planning, Test Plan Components, Test Plan Attachments, Locating Test Items, Test management, Test
process, Reporting Test Results, Introducing the test specialist, Skills needed by a test specialist, Building a
Testing Group, The Structure of Testing Group, The Technical Training Program.

Test Automation:
Software test automation, Skills needed for automation, Scope of automation, Design and architecture for
automation, Requirements for a test tool, Challenges in automation, Test metrics and measurements – project-
progress and productivity metrics.

Textbooks
1. Srinivasan Desikan, Gopalaswamy Ramesh, “Software Testing: Principles and Practices”, Pearson
Education, 2006.
2. Ron Patton, “Software Testing”, Second Edition, Second Edition, Sams Publishing, 2007.

Reference books
1. Ilene Burnstein, “Practical Software Testing”, Springer International Edition, 2003.
2. Edward Kit, “Software Testing in the Real World – Improving the Process”, O’Reilly(Sams), 1995.
3. Boris Beizer, “Software Testing Techniques”, Second Edition, Wiley, 1990.
4. Aditya P. Mathur, “Foundations of Software Testing Fundamental Algorithms and Techniques”,
DorlingKindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., Pearson Education, 2008

237
 HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION

Course Code: CS40005

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Pre-requisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVES
 To provide an overview of the concepts of human-computer interfaces
 To understand the theoretical dimensions of human factors involved in the acceptance of computer
interfaces
 To understand the implementation of human-computer interfaces
 To identify the various tools and techniques for interface analysis, design and evaluation

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Describe the Human Computer Interaction and its fundamentals.

CO 2: Design and Develop processes and life cycle of Human Computer Interaction
CO 3: Analyze product usability evaluations and testing methods
CO 4: Apply the interface design standards/guidelines for cross cultural and disabled users
CO 5: Categorize, Design and Develop Human Computer Interaction in proper architectural structures
CO 6: Build the application oriented human computer interface for solving real life problems.

COURSE DETAILS

HCI Foundations: Input–output channels, Human memory, Thinking: Reasoning and Problem solving, Emotion,
Individual differences, Psychology and The design of interactive systems, Text entry devices, Positioning,
pointing and Drawing, Display devices, Devices for virtual reality and 3D interaction, Physical controls, Sensors
and Special devices, Paper: Printing and Scanning.

Designing, Programming Interactive systems, Models of interaction, Frameworks and HCI, Ergonomics,
Interaction styles, Elements of the WIMP interface, The context of the interaction, Experience, Engagement and
Fun, Paradigms for interaction. Cantered Design and Testing, Interaction design basics, The process of design,
User focus, Scenarios, Navigation design, Screen design and Layout, Iteration and Prototyping.

HCI in the software process, Iterative design and Prototyping, Design rules, Principles to support usability,
Standards and Guidelines, Golden rules and Heuristics, HCI patterns. Implementation support, Elements of
windowing systems, Programming the application, Using toolkits, User interface management systems.

Evaluation techniques, Evaluation through expert analysis, Evaluation through user participation, Universal
design, User support. Models and Theories, Cognitive models, Goal and task hierarchies, Linguistic models, The
challenge of display-based systems, Physical and device models, Cognitive architectures.
Collaboration and Communication, Face-to-face communication, Conversation, Text-based communication,
Group working, Dialog design notations, Diagrammatic notations, Textual dialog notations, Dialog semantics,
Dialog analysis and Design Human factors and Security, Groupware, Meeting and Decision support systems,
Shared applications and Artifacts, Frameworks for groupware, Implementing synchronous groupware, Mixed,
Augmented and Virtual Reality.

238
Textbooks:
1. Alan Dix, Janet Finlay, G D Abowd, R Beale, “Human, Computer Interaction’’, Third Edition,
Pearson Publishers, 2008.
2. Shneiderman, Plaisant, Cohen, Jacobs, “Designing the User Interface: Strategies for Effective
Human Computer Interaction”, Fifth Edition, Pearson Publishers, 2010.

COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM

Course Code: CS40007
Credits: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0 3
Pre-requisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVES
 To understand the basics of various inputs and output computer graphics hardware devices
 Exploration of fundamental concepts in 2D and 3D computer graphics
 To know 2D raster graphics techniques, 3D modeling, geometric transformations, 3D viewing and
rendering
 Exploration of fundamental concepts in multimedia systems, file handling, hypermedia

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Make use of various computer graphics hardware and display technologies

CO 2: Analyze and implement various algorithms to scan, convert the basic geometrical primitives,
transformations, Area filling
CO 3: Identify the use of three dimensional graphics, 3D geometric transformations, projections t o
detect visible surfaces
CO 4: Apply 2D and 3D viewing technologies into the real world applications
CO 5: Implement multimedia components efficiently
CO 6: Design and develop of modeling, rendering, shading and animation.

COURSE DETAILS

Basic of Computer Graphics

Applications of computer graphics, Display devices, Random and Raster scan systems, Color models, Graphics
Primitives: Points, Lines, Circles and Ellipses as primitives, Scan conversion algorithms for primitives.*

Two-Dimensional Graphics
Two dimensional geometric transformations, Matrix representations and Homogeneous coordinates, Composite
transformations, Two dimensional viewing, Viewing pipeline, Viewing coordinate reference frame, Window to
viewport coordinate transformation, Two dimensional viewing functions, Clipping operations, Point, Line,
Polygon clipping algorithms.*

Three-Dimensional Graphics
Three dimensional concepts, Three dimensional object representations, Polygon surfaces, Polygon tables, Plane
equations, Polygon meshes, Curved Lines and Surfaces, Quadratic surfaces, Blobby objects, Spline
representations, Bezier curves and Surfaces, B-Spline curves and Surfaces, Transformation and Viewing: Three
dimensional geometric and Modeling transformations, Translation, Rotation, Scaling, Composite
transformations, Three dimensional viewing, Viewing pipeline, Viewing coordinates, Projections, Clipping.*

239
Multimedia System Design & Multimedia File Handling
Data and File Formats, Multimedia basics, Multimedia applications, Multimedia system architecture, Evolving
technologies for multimedia, Defining objects for multimedia systems, Multimedia data interface standards,
Multimedia databases, Compression and Decompression, Data and File format standards, Multimedia I/O
technologies, Digital voice and Audio, Video image and Animation, Full motion video, Storage and Retrieval
technologies.*

Hypermedia
Multimedia authoring and User interface, Hypermedia messaging, Mobile messaging, Hypermedia message
component, Creating hypermedia message, Integrated multimedia message standards, Integrated document
management, Distributed multimedia systems.*

*Programming assignments are mandatory.

Textbooks:
1. J. D. Foley, A. Van Dam, S. K. Feiner, J. F. Hughes, “Computer Graphics: Principles and practice”,
Second Edition in C, Addison Wesley, 1997.
2. Donald Hearn, Pauline Baker M, “Computer Graphics”, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2007.
3. Andleigh, P. K, Kiran Thakrar, “Multimedia Systems and Design”, PHI, 2003.

Reference Books:
1. D. F. Rogers, J. A. Adams, “Mathematical Elements for Computer Graphics”, Second Edition, McGraw
Hill International Edition, 1990.
2. F. S. Hill Jr., “Computer Graphics using OpenGL”, Second Edition, Pearson Education, 2003.
3. “The OpenGL Reference Manual, The Bluebook”, Version 1.4, Fourth Edition, Addison-Wesley.
4. Judith Jeffcoate, “Multimedia in Practice: Technology and Applications”, PHI, 1998.
5. “The OpenGL Programming Guide, The Redbook”, Version 2, Fifth Edition, Addison-Wesley.

AUGMENTED AND VIRTUAL REALITY

Course Code: CS40010

Credits : 3
L-T-P 3-0-0
Prerequisites: CS30015/CS30029

COURSE OBJECTIVE:
 To know basic concepts of virtual reality
 To understand visual computation in computer graphics
 To understand interaction between system and computer
 To know application of VR in Digital Entertainment
 To know basic concepts of augmented reality

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Discuss the fundamentals and I/O components of the augmented and virtual reality system
CO 2: Evaluate different computing architectures for virtual reality
CO 3: Provide opportunity to explore the research issues in Augmented Reality and Virtual Reality (AR &
VR)
240
 CO 4: Apply the different modeling concepts to visual virtualization
CO 5: Explore the role of virtual reality in traditional & emerging applications
CO 6: Develop prototypes using the concepts for virtual reality

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction of Virtual Reality

Fundamental Concept and Components of Virtual Reality, Primary Features and Present Development on
Virtual Reality, Multiple Models of Input and Output Interface in Virtual Reality: Input, Tracker, Sensor, Digital
Glove, Movement Capture, Video-based Input, 3D Menus & 3DScanner, Output, Visual /Auditory / Haptic
Devices.

Visual Computation in Virtual Reality

Fundamentals of Computer Graphics, Software and Hardware Technology on Stereoscopic Display, Advanced
Techniques in CG: Management of Large Scale Environments & Real Time Rendering.

Interactive Techniques in Virtual Reality

Body Track, Hand Gesture, 3D Manus, Object Grasp.
Development Tools and Frameworks in Virtual Reality: Frameworks of Software Development Tools in VR.
X3D Standard; Vega, MultiGen, Virtools.

Application of VR in Digital Entertainment

VR Technology in Film & TV Production, VR Technology in Physical Exercises and Games, Demonstration of
Digital Entertainment by VR.

Augmented and Mixed Reality

Taxonomy, Technology and Features of augmented reality, Difference between AR and VR, Challenges with
AR, AR systems and Functionality, Augmented reality methods, Visualization techniques for augmented reality,
Wireless displays in educational augmented reality applications, Mobile projection interfaces, Marker-less
tracking for augmented reality, Enhancing interactivity in AR environments, Evaluating AR systems.

Textbooks
1. Burdea, G. C., P.Coffet., “Virtual Reality Technology”, Second Edition, Wiley-IEEE Press, 2003/2006.
2. Alan B. Craig, “Understanding Augmented Reality, Concepts and Applications”, Morgan Kaufmann,
2013.

Reference book
1. Alan Craig, William Sherman, Jeffrey Will, “Developing Virtual Reality Applications, Foundations
of Effective Design”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2009.

BLOCKCHAIN
Course Code: CS40012
Credits: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVES
 To understand the design principles Block Chain
 To describe differences between proof-of-work and proof-of-stake consensus
 To understand building a distributed application
 To understand Bitcoin's consensus mechanism

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to
241
CO1: Explain the design principles of Bitcoin and Ethereum.
CO2: List and describe differences between proof-of-work and proof-of-stake consensus.
CO3: Interact with a blockchain system by sending and reading transactions
CO4: Design, build and deploy a distributed application.
CO5: Apply the concept of Bitcoin's consensus mechanism and the interaction between Bitcoin and Altcoins
CO6: Familiarize with Ethereum, smart contracts and related technologies, and solidity language

COURSE DETAILS

Blockchain Fundamentals
Fundamental of Blockchain Technology and Its importance, Electronic Systems and Trust, Distributed Versus
Centralized Versus Decentralized, Bitcoin Predecessors, DigiCash, E-Gold, Cryptographic hash functions,
Properties of a hash function-Hash pointer and Merkle tree, digital signatures, B-Money, Evolution of the
Blockchain Technology, Storing Data in a Chain of Blocks, Compelling Components, Achieving Consensus

Cryptocurrency Fundamentals
Basic cryptocurrency system, Public and Private Keys in Cryptocurrency Systems, The UTXO Model,
Transactions, Signing and Validating Transactions, Bitcoin Transaction Security, Wallet Types: Custodial
Versus Noncustodial, Lightweight wallets, Hierarchical deterministic wallets, Permissioned and Permissionless
Consensus, Proof-of-Work, Proof-of-Stake, Proof of Burn, Proof of Elapsed Time, Bitcoin Miner, Mining
Difficulty

Distributed Consensus
Permissioned Blockchain: Design issues for Permissioned blockchains, Execute contracts, State machine
replication, Overview of Consensus models for permissioned blockchain- Distributed consensus in closed
environment, Paxos, RAFT Consensus Algorithm, Practical Byzantine Fault Tolerance (PBFT), Lamport-
Shostak-Pease BFT Algorithm.

Forks and Altchains

Understanding Forks, Contentious Hard Forks, The Bitcoin Cash Fork, Altcoins, Litecoin, Privacy-Focused
Cryptocurrencies, Segregated witness, Validation and Analysis of Smart Contracts, Evolution of Ethereum, The
Ethereum Classic Fork, Comparison among Bitcoin, Ethereum, Stellar, Monero, ZCash, Quorum and
Hyperledger fabric. Enterprise, Healthcare and transportation application of Blockchain

Textbooks
1. Arvind Narayanan, Joseph Bonneau, Edward Felten, Andrew Miller, and Steven Goldfeder. Bitcoin and
cryptocurrency technologies: a comprehensive introduction. Princeton University Press, 2016.
2. Lorne Lantz & Daniel Cawrey, Mastering Blockchain Unlocking the Power of Cryptocurrencies, Smart
Contracts, and Decentralized Applications, O’REILLY Publications

Reference Books
1. Bina Ramamurthy, Blockchain in Action, MANNING Publication.
2. Bikramaditya Singhal, Gautam Dhameja, and PriyansuSekhra Panda, Beginning Blockchain, Apress
Publication.
3. Draft version of “S. Shukla, M. Dhawan, S. Sharma, S. Venkatesan, “Blockchain Technology:
Cryptocurrency and Applications”, World cientific, .
4. Josh Thompson, “Blockchain: The Blockchain for Beginnings, Guild to Blockchain Technology and
Blockchain Programming’, Create Space Independent Publishing Platform, 7.

242
 CRYPTOGRPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY

Course Code: CS40015

Credit: 3
L-T-P 3-0-0
Prerequisites: EC30004/CS30003

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The main objective of this course is to cover the cryptography algorithms for network security in
communication and to introduce students to the areas of cryptography and crypt-analysis attacks and security
goals. This course develops the understanding of the algorithms Symmetric and Asymmetric Algorithms and
used to protect users online and to understand some of the design choices behind these algorithms.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Analyze different security threats and attacks with reference to ISO/OSI model security.
CO 2: Differentiate between various cryptography, watermarking, steganography methods.
CO 3: Analyze different Symmetric and Asymmetric cryptographic algorithms
CO 4: Differentiate various key distribution and Digital Signature.
CO 5: Analyze the working of various communication security protocols with respect to OSI layer.
CO 6: Analyze different network security systems implementation in Wireless systems.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Cryptography, Watermarking, Steganography, Escrow and Crypt Analysis, ISO/OSI reference model and
Security, Security Goals, Security threatening attacks, Security Services, Security Mechanisms.

Symmetric Key Mono-Alphabetic Cryptography

Symmetric key cipher, Traditional Ciphers, Substitution Cipher, Mono-Alphabetic Ciphers, Additive Cipher/
Shift Cipher/ Caesar Cipher, Multiplicative Cipher,, Affine Cipher (combination of Additive Multiplicative
Cipher).

Symmetric Key Poly-Alphabetic Cryptography

Poly-Alphabetic, Auto-key, Play- - Enigma Machine

Symmetric Key Transposition Cryptography

Introduction to Traditional Transposition, Key-less Transposition, Keyed Transposition, Combined Two
Approach, Double Transposition, Stream/ Block.

Asymmetric Key Cryptography

Introduction to asymmetric key cryptography, Keys, General Idea, Plain- text, Cipher-text, Encryption,
Decryption.

RSA Cryptosystem
Rivest-Shamir-Adleman (RSA), RSA Procedure, RSA key generation, RSA Encryption and Decryption,
Attacks on RAS, Cryptography key distribution system (KDS).

Network Security
Network Security at Application Layer (PGP and S/MIME), Network Security at Transport Layer (SSL and
TSL), Security at Network Layer (IPSec).
243
Textbooks
1. B A Forouzan and D Mukhopadhyay, Cryptography & Network Security Mc-Graw Hill, India,
2ndEdition, 2010.
2. S V. Kartalopoulos, Security of Information and Communication Network Wiley-IEEE Press., 2009.

Reference books
1. Stavroulakis, Peter, Handbook of Information and Communication Security ; Springer, 2010.
2. Adrian Perrig& Doug Tygar, Secure Broadcast communication in Wired and Wireless Communication.
Kluwer Publication, 2002.
3. W Mao,Modern Cryptography: Theory and Practice, Pearson, 1st Edition, 2003.

INDUSTRY 4.0 TECHNOLOGIES

Course Code: EX20001
Credits: 2
L-T-P: 2-0-0
Pre-requisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVES
The current manufacturing industries and businesses are moving from the third industrial revolution of the
computers and automation to the fourth where the automation becomes even smarter fueled by data
analytic and artificial intelligence. This course is designed to offer learners an introduction to use of Internet and
Digital technology for better manufacturing and business. Learners will gain deep insights into how
smartness is being harnessed from data and appreciate what needs to be done in order to overcome some of the
challenges.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand the key components and enablers of Industry 4.0 Technology

CO 2: Appreciate the smartness in Smart Factories, smart products and smart Services.
CO 3: Outline Smart Factory technologies and their role in an Industry 4.0 world
CO 4: Outline IoT technology and scope of implementing IoT in Industries and businesses.
CO 5: Comprehend distributed cyber-physical and digital manufacturing system
CO 6: Demonstrate the opportunities, challenges brought about by Industry 4.0 and how organizations and
individuals should prepare to reap the benefits

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
The Fourth Industrial Revolution, Difference between conventional automation and Industry 4.0, Case Studies:
Health, Agriculture, Manufacturing

Industry 4.0 and its components

Internet of Things (IoT) & Industrial Internet of Things (IIoT), Internet of Services, Value chains in
manufacturing companies, Digital Twins

Digital Manufacturing and Design

Cyber Physical Systems and Next Generation sensors, Collaborative Platform and Product Life-cycle
Management, Robotics and Automation

Industrial IoT
Cloud Computing, Big Data Analytic, AI & ML, Virtual and Augmented Reality, Block-chain

244
Challenges & Opportunities in Industry 4.0
A Digital Strategy alongside Resource Scarcity, Standards and Data security, Financing conditions, availability
of skilled workers, Comprehensive broadband infra- structure, Legal framework, Protection of corporate data,
liability, Handling personal data.

Textbooks
1. D. Pyo, J. Hwang, and Y. Yoon, Tech Trends of the 4th Industrial Revolution, Mercury Learning &
Information publisher, 2021.

2. Bruno S. Sergi, Elena G. Popkova, Aleksei V. Bogoviz, and Tatiana N. Litvinova Understanding Industry
4.0 : AI, the Internet of Things, and the Future of Work, Pub: Emerald Publishing Limited, 2019

Reference books
1. S. Misra, A. Mukherjee, and A. Roy Introduction to IoT. Cambridge University Press, 1st edn. 2021
2. Dac-Nhuong Le, Chung Van Le, Jolanda G. Tromp , Gia Nhu Nguyen, Emerging Technologies for
Health and Medicine: Virtual Reality, Augmented Reality, Artificial Intelligence, Internet of Things,
Robotics, Industry 4.0, John Wiley publisher, 2018

3. Alasdair Gilchrist, Industry 4.0: The Industrial Internet of Things, Apress Berkeley publisher, CA 1st ed
2016.

SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL WRITING

Course Code: EX20003

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: NIL

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Technical documents take many forms depending on their purpose and the audience. A technical document can
be a project proposal, minutes of a meeting, an advertisement in a newspaper, or even a research paper. A
scientific document is a form of technical document where both the author and the audience are experts. The
writing styles and the document density of technical documents depend on the nature of the document. The
objective of this subject is to train the students in the art and science of writing a range of scientific and
technical documents.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Realize the need to articulate the purpose of the document, identify its audience, and decide the density
of information to be included in scientific and technical documents;
CO 2: Internalize the art and science of scientific and technical writing;
CO 3: Make appropriate use of crisp language, illustrations, and symbols.
CO 4: Distinguish between bad and good writing. (Analyze and Evaluate)
CO 5: Prepare a variety of scientific and technical documents, including laboratory and project reports; and
CO 6: Write these documents in an accurate, clear, concise, coherent, appropriate, and readable manner.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction
Forms and features of creative, technical, scientific, and science writing; Audience types (general and specific
experts, technicians, managers, laypersons, and mixed audience); Examples of documents for technical,
professional, and scientific communications; Characteristics of effective technical writing: Accuracy, clarity,
conciseness, coherence, appropriateness, and readability.

245
Language Issues
Revisiting English grammar; Punctuation (period, comma, colon, semicolon, question mark, exclamatory mark,
apostrophe, quotation marks, hyphen, dash, parentheses, and brackets); Mechanics (capitalization, italics,
abbreviations, acronyms); Latin terms used popularly in English texts; Informal and colloquial English;
Dangling modifiers, Faulty parallelism, Judicious use of common words and phrases; Active and passive voice;
Nominalization; Common English errors; Pitfalls in writing; Adapting texts to issues of gender, race, and
ethnicity; and Guarding against Plagiarism.

Paragraphing: Unity of idea, topic sentence, logical and verbal bridges through use of signposts, transitions, and
link words; Patterns of development of an idea; and Lists.

Structure of Scientific Documents

Prefatory Materials
Title, Copyright Notice, Declaration and Certificates, Abstract, Keywords, Acknowledgements and Conflict of
Interest Statement, Symbols and Abbreviations, and Table of Contents.

Body of Scientific Documents

Introductory Materials—Context, Problem and Current response, Research questions, Hypotheses, and
Objectives and Scope; Literature Review—Presentation styles, Citations and Referencing systems, Quoting,
paraphrasing, and summarizing; Materials and Methods—Mathematical Materials: Methodology, methods,
tools, and techniques; Quantitative, Qualitative, Experimental and Mixed methods; Numbers and Numerals,
Engineering and Scientific notations of numbers, Mathematical operators, Equations, Flowcharts, Algorithms,
SI units, Significant digits and Order of magnitude, Figures, Tables, and Photographs; Experimental apparatus,
Materials, Specifications, Measuring instruments, Procedure, Data analysis; Concluding Materials—
Conclusions, Implications, Generalization, Limitations, Scope for further work and Contributions of the work.

End Matters
References, Appendixes, and Supplementary materials.

Structure of Selected Technical Documents

PowerPoint presentation, Abstract of a paper, Laboratory reports, Progress report, Project proposal, Minutes of a
meeting, Brochure, and News items.

Textbooks
1. Lecture notes on Scientific and Technical Writing
2. Alred, G. J., C. T. Brusaw, and W. E. Oliu (2008), Handbook of Technical Writing, St. Martin's Press,
New York, Ninth Edition.
3. Angelika H. Hofmann (2014), Scientific Writing and Communication, Papers, Proposals, and
Presentations, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
4. Duke Graduate School Scientific Writing Resource (https://sites.duke.edu/scientificwriting/).
5. Gerald. J. Alred, Charles. T. Brusaw, and Walter. E. Oliu (2008), Handbook of Technical Writing, St.
Martin's Press, New York, Ninth Edition.
6. OWL, The Purdue Online Writing Laboratory, https://owl.english.purdue.edu/owl/.
7. Perelman, L. C., J. Paradis, and E. Barrett (1998), The Mayfield Handbook of Technical and Scientific
Writing, Mayfield Publishing (ed.), Available free at http://www.mhhe.com/mayfieldpub/tsw/toc.htm,
Mayfield Publishing Company, Inc., 1280 Villa Street, Mountain View, CA 94041, 415.960.3222,
<http://www.mayfieldpub.com>, <mailto:[email protected]>
8. Rubens, P. (2001), Science and Technical Writing: A Manual of Style, 2nd Edition, Routledge, New
York.

RESEARCH METHODS AND ETHICS

Course Code: EX40001
Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
246
Prerequisite: NIL

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of this course is to introduce to the undergraduate students the various elements and methods of
ethically conducting a piece of scientific research.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Select research topics and formulate research questions,

CO 2: Conduct a literature search and make a review of literature,
CO 3: Get acquainted with a range of qualitative, quantitative, experimental, and theoretical methods of
Research,
CO 4: Become familiar with the techniques of data collection, analysis, and interpretation,
CO 5: Understand the importance of research ethics and the implications of the broader impact of
research, and
CO 6: Conduct research with honesty and integrity.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction to research
Structure of research: Scientific method and Engineering design cycle, Defining and Scoping Research
problems, Formulating research objectives and Research questions.

Literature Review
Searching for literature; Narrative and Systematic literature review; Summarizing, paraphrasing, and quoting;
and Referencing styles.

Design of Experiments
Basic Principles of randomization, Replication, and Blocking; Factors and Responses; Analysis of variance,
Experiments with blocking factors, and Factorial designs.

Data Analytics
Data pre-processing; Data visualization; Tests of hypothesis; Decision trees; and Artificial neural networks.

Theoretical Models
Typology of models; Optimization models, Forecasting models, and Control models; Monte Carlo simulation;
Genetic Algorithm; Model verification and validation; and Measurement and uncertainty analysis.

Drawing Inferences
Drawing inferences, Generalizing, Finding potential applications, Imagining future scope and Highlighting
novelty of research.

Research Ethics
Ethics and morality; Utilitarian and deontological theories of ethics; Fabrication, falsification, plagiarism, and
questionable research practices; Issues related to privacy and confidentiality; and Ethical issues related to
publications

Textbooks
1. Dunn, P. K. (2021), Scientific Research and Methodology: Tutorials, An Introduction to Quantitative
Research and Statistics in Science, Engineering, and Health: Tutorials, Available free at
https://bookdown.org/pkaldunn/SRM-tutorials/.

2. Dunn, P. K. (2021), Scientific Research and Methodology: Software, An Introduction to Quantitative

Research and Statistics in Science, Engineering, and Health: Using Software, Available free at

247
 https://bookdown.org/pkaldunn/SRM-software/. (Uses Jamovi and SPSS Software, Jamovi is a freely
downable software)

3. Lectures note on Research Methods and Ethics provide by Concerned faculty members.

ENGINEERING PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE

Subject Code: EX40003

Credit: 2
L-T-P: 2-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Engineers are expected to perform their tasks responsibly and ethically, following professional standards and
guidelines. This subject allows the students to understand the roles and responsibilities of engineers in society,
learn professional standards, codes of ethics, issues concerning employment contracts and other legal matters,
and skills of working in teams, and to effectively communicate. The subject will be offered jointly by the
faculty members of various schools of technology and will be coordinated by the School of Mechanical
Engineering.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Know (a) the features of engineering as a profession, (b) the roles and responsibilities of engineers in
society, and (c) the skills for working in teams,
CO 2: Realize the use of professional standards, codes of ethics, legal provisions surrounding engineering
functions,
CO 3: Apply the above-stated standards, codes, legal provisions, and group communication skills in their
decision-making situations,
CO 4: Break down a complex problem into smaller manageable tasks,
CO 5: Compare among alternatives in situations of uncertainty, risk, and ambiguity,and
CO 6: Design engineering solutions to industrial environmental and social problems.

COURSE DETAILS

Engineering and Engineer

Engineering as a discipline and a profession; Attributes and functions of a practicing engineer and Engineer as a
problem solver, designer, and change agent.

Selected Functions of Engineering

Designing for safety and reliability; Quality and Productivity management; Dealing with problem complexity,
Uncertainty, Risk and Ambiguity; Project management and Managerial functions such as planning, Organizing,
Motivating and Controlling; Costing and Accounting.

Professional Aspects of Engineering

Accreditation, Certification and Licensing; Ethical issues: Ethics and morality, Ethical dilemmas, Codes of
ethics, Professional conduct, Nature and Role of professional societies, Engineering standards; Legal issues—
248
Legal forms of business organizations, Employment contracts, Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, Trade secrets,
Professional liability, Contractual agreements, Environment and Information technology laws and International
legal framework such as WTO.

Group Dynamics
Individual cognition; Dynamics of working in teams/groups; Interacting with stakeholders; Dealing with
multicultural environments; Team and group communication; and Negotiation and conflict resolution.

Text Book
1. Shrestha, R. K. and Shrestha, S. K. (2020), Text Book of Engineering Professional Practice, 3 rd Edition,
Heritage Publishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd.

Reference Books
1. Habash, R. (2019), Professional Practice in Engineering and Computing: Preparing for Future Careers, 1st
Edition, Boca Raton: CRC Press.
2. Walesh, S. G. (2012), Engineering Your Future: The Professional Practice of Engineering, 3 rd Edition,
Wiley.
3. Subramaniam, R. (2017), Professional Ethics, 2nd Edition, Oxford University Press
4. Lectures note on Engineering Professional Practice provide by Concerned faculty members.

ECONOMICS OF DEVELOPMENT

Course Code: HS20120

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE

The objective of this course is to provide students with the essential tools and concepts of development
economics, to prepare them to understand what makes underdevelopment persist and what helps development
succeed. Students will explore diverse dimension and measures of development, as well as the application of
microeconomic analysis to issues of development in poor countries, including the study of household decisions
and the analysis of institutions and norms influencing development.And To enhance students understanding of
the SDGs to create a better- informed citizenry, which will lead to a m ore sustainable action by all and for all.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand key factors and issues in the process of economic development,

CO 2: Enhance their ability in applying economic models to study development Problems,
CO 3: Learning the role of the three basic components of ecosystems and environment and underlying
causes of their degradation,
CO 4: Understand the policy scenario and the existing environmental conventions/ regulations/ laws,
CO 5: Development of sustainable planning for sustainable development of environment, economy and
firms,
CO 6: Select and apply appropriate economic techniques to solve environmental problems and measure the
value of environmental goods.
249
COURSE DETAILS

Economic Growth and Development

Meaning of development and Economic growth, Characteristics of less developed countries. Factors in
Economic development, Measuring development and development gap — per capita income, inequality of
income and wealth, Gini coefficient, Human Development Index , Physical Quality of Life Index, and other
indices of development.

Theories of Economic Growth and Development

Theories of Economic Development: Classical (Smith, Ricardo, Malthus), Marxian – Theory of Social change,
immutable laws, Crisis in capitalism, Schumpeter and capitalist development, Rostow’s stages of growth. Partial
theories of growth and development: Vicious circle of Poverty, Big push, balanced growth, unbalanced growth,

International aspects of Economic Development

International trade as an engine of growth; Static and dynamic gains from trade; Prebisch, Singer and Myrdal
theses vs. free trade; Export-led growth; Tariffs and effective protection; WTO and developing countries.
External resources; FDI; Aid vs. trade;

Development and Environment

Economy linkage; Environment as a necessity and luxury; Population environment linkage. Allocation problem;
Market failure for environmental goods; environment as a public good.

Sustainable Development
Concept and indicators of sustainable development. Common Property Resources, Property right approach to
environmental problem-property rights approach, property rights and environmental problems, Externalities and
Pigovian tax, Coase theorem, Coase theorem and transaction cost. Prevention, control and abatement of
pollution.

Textbooks
1. S.Ghatak, An Introduction to Development Economics, Allen and Unwin, London,2003
2. Kindleberger, C. P. Economic Development, McGraw Hill, New York, 1958
3. Todaro, M. P. Economic Development, Longman, London.

References books
1. Thirwal, A. P. Growth and Development, Macmillan, U. K,2017.
2. Adelman, I. Theories of Economic Growth and Development. Stanford University Press, Stanford, 1966.
2. Chenery, H. and T.N. Srinivasan (Eds) Handbook of Development Economics, Vols 1 & amp; 2 Elsevier,
Amsterdam, 2002.
3. Myint, H. Economic Theory and Underdeveloped Countries, Oxford University Press, New York,1971.

INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC COOPERATION

Course Code: HS20122

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil
250
COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course's overarching objective is to equip students with knowledge of both the toretical concepts and the
actual procedures involved in international trade. The specific purpose is to increase the knowledge of importing
and exporting essentials and to offer the with the skills for understanding the international trading process.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Learn theories of international trade,

CO 2: Understand free trade, protection, and BOP,
CO 3: Analyse the role of international organisations,
CO 4: Understand the working of foreign exchange,
CO 5: Study the EXIM policies,and
CO 6: Analyse secondary data relating to international trade.

COURSE DETAILS

Theories of International Trade

Classical Theories of International Trade- Mercantilism, Absolute Advantage, Comparative advantage Theory,
Gains from international trade; Terms of trade; Theory of Reciprocal Demand; Modern Theories of International
Trade-Heckscher-Ohlin theory

Free Trade,Protection and Balance of Payment

Free trade and Protection in developing countries; Forms, Methods and Effects of protection; Introduction of
BoP; Structure of BoP; Disequilibrium in BoP; Measures to overcome disequilibrium in BoP., Tariff; Trade
creation vs Trade diversion.

International Organizations
International Monetary Fund; World Trade Organasation; Regional Trade Agreements; Trade Blocs.

Foreign Exchange
Foreign Exchange Market; Theories of foreign exchange; Factors affecting exchange rate; Fixed and flexible
exchange rate; FERA and FEMA.

EXIM Policies
Recent budgetary policies and Programs relating to inequality; Analysis of Economic Survey data.

Textbooks
1. R. R Paul, Money Banking and International Trade, Kalyani Publishers; 12th edition,2015, ISBN-10 ‫ ‏‬: ‎‎
932725774X ISBN-13 ‫‏‬: 8457527739-879‎‎

2. Bo Södersten and Geoffrey Reed, Palgrave Macmillan, International Economics. 1994, ISBN-10 ‫ ‏‬:
0333612167 ISBN-13 ‫‏‬: 3444335334-879‎‎

Reference books
1. Dominick Salvatore, International Economics: Trade and Finance, Wiley; Eleventh edition,2017, ISBN-10
:‎34-NBSI‎9353225433‎‫‏‬978-8126552344

2. Paul R. Krugman, Maurice Obstfeld, Marc Melitz, International Trade: Theory and Policy, 2017, ISBN-10
‫‏‬: NB‎‎8798445292739‎BN-13
‎ ‫‏‬: 8445292739-879‎‎

251
 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

Course Code: HS20220

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: NIL

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course shall guide the students to learn the basic concepts of Organizational Behaviour and its applications
in contemporary organizations. Further, it help them to describe how people behave under different conditions
and understand why people behave as they do. The students would be in a position to synthesize related
information and evaluate options for the most logical and optimal solution such that they would be able to
predict and control human behaviour and improve results. Lastly, this course would help the students to
understand how individual, groups and structure have impacts on the organizational effectiveness and
efficiency.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Know about organization, organizational behaviour, it’s nature, scope and significance,
CO 2: Develop their personality as per industry requirement,
CO 3: Apply motivational techniques to make the employees work with confidence and satisfaction,
CO 4: Develop different leadership styles to adjust themselves in different organizational situations,
CO 5: Improve the knowledge of group behaviour and techniques of group decision making,and
CO 6: Apply the concepts for managing changes in organization as well as the development of an
organization’s human resources.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction to Organizational Behaviour

Organizational Behaviour- nature and scope; Need for studying OB; contributing disciplines to OB; evolution of
OB; OB approaches and models; OB opportunities and disruptions

Individual Perspective
Introduction to Individual behaviour; Personality- concept, determinants, types and theories/models; Personality
and OB; Perception- meaning, perceptual process, factors affecting perception; perception and Its application in
OB; Attitude- nature, Components, Formation and Types; Values- concepts, Types and Formation; Attitude,
Values and Behaviour

Individual Perspective
Learning- meaning, Determinants, Theories and Principles; Learning and Behaviour; Motivation- nature,
importance, process and theories; managerial implication of motivation- job design, quality of work life and
employee engagement; organizational citizenship behaviour- meaning, theoretical perspective, determinants and
predictors

Group Perspective
Foundation of group behaviour; meaning and characteristics of group; why do people form and join groups;
types and groups; stages of group development; group decision making; Team building- meaning and types of
team; team building process; Meaning, sources and types of conflict; conflict management and negotiation
strategies; Leadership- meaning and importance; differentiating between leader and manager; leadership styles;
leadership theories
252
Organizational Perspective
Organizational structure- meaning and elements; Organizational culture- meaning, types and functions of
culture; creating, sustaining and changing a culture; Organizational change- meaning and need; ; managing
resistance to change; Organizational development- meaning, objectives, models and interventions

Textbooks
1. Dr. S..S. Khanka, Organizational behaviour texts and cases Sultan Chand, OB text and cases S.S. Khanka, S
chand, 2022
2. Stephen P. Robbins, Timothy A. Judg, Neharika Vohra Organizational Behaviour, Pearson, 18th edition, 2018

Reference books
1. Fiona M. Wilson,Organizational Behaviour and Work Oxford University Press,2014
2. K. Aswathappa ,Organizational Behaviour, , Himalaya Publishing House, 2013

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

Course Code: HS20222

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: NIL

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course aims at providing conceptual knowledge on human resource management that will be useful for a
manager of an organization. It also understands employer and employee relationship in order to achieve
organizational objectives effectively. It starts with hiring and continues till retention. It also focuses on enabling
the students to integrate the understanding of various HR concepts along with the domain concept in order to
take correct business decisions.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Learn the various functions of management, personal and professional qualities of a manager in order to
manage human resource of an organization effectively,
CO 2: Understand the process of acquiring human resource through effective planning, recruitment and
selection process,
CO 3: Apply different training and development methods for organizational effectiveness,
CO 4: Analyse the importance of performance appraisal and equitable pay for the growth of both individual
and organization,
CO 5: Inculcate the sense of inter personal relation required in professional front in handling employer-
employee relation effectively for achievement of organizational objectives and
CO 6: Know the technique of managing and being managed by the organization.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction to HRM
Introduction, scope, Objectives; Managerial and Operational functions of Management; HRM as a source of
competitive advantage; Qualities and role of HR managers

Planning and Acquiring Manpower

253
Human resource planning- Introduction, objectives, need, importance; Factors, Process and barriers of HRP; Job
analysis- concept, objective and Process; Meaning, process and sources of recruitment; Factors of effective
recruitment; Meaning and process of selection; Competency mapping for selection decision; Induction and
socialization; recent trends in recruitment and selection

Developing Manpower
Training- nature, need, objectives, importance; areas of training; training process- identifying training need,
designing a training program; methods and techniques of training; evaluating training effectiveness; Role
specific and competency based training; career planning and development- meaning, objective and process

Managing Performance and Compensation

Performance appraisal- concept, objectives and importance of performance appraisal; Process of performance
appraisal; Methods of performance appraisal; Problems in performance appraisal; Potential Appraisal;
Components of compensation; objectives and factors affective Wage and salary administration; methods of
wage payment; process of wage determination; Pay band compensation system

Maintaining and Retaining Human Resources

Industrial Relation- concept, objective and approaches: Reasons for poor industrial relation; Measures for
improving industrial relation; Industrial Dispute- nature, causes, prevention and settlement; meaning, objectives,
importance and conditions for successful collective bargaining; Workers Participation in management- concept,
objectives, forms and measures; Discipline and Grievance- Statutory provisions concerning discipline; causes
and machinery for redressal of grievances

Textbooks
1. P. Jyoti & D. N. Venkatesh ,Human Resource Management, Oxford Publication.
2. Gary Dessler and Biju Varkkey ,Human Resource Management, , Pearson Education, 2020

Reference books
1. S S Khanka Human Resource Management Text and Cases by, S.Chand and company Limited, 2022
2. K. Aswathappa,Human Resource Management. Mc Graw Hill Education, 2013
3. P. Subba Rao Personnel and Human Resource Management., Himalaya Publishing House, 2022

ENGINEERING ECONOMICS

Course Code: HS30101

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of Engineering Economics is to aid in decision-making by focusing on the economic implications
of technical analysis. It is committed to making operational level decisions and solving problems.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Comprehend the significance of different components of Engineering Economics,

CO 2: Analyze the basic economic concepts required for engineers and managers,
CO 3: Develop the problem solving aptitude in the students through practical and case problems,
CO 4: Decide the feasibility of a particular project by the application of different project evaluation

254
 Techniques,
CO 5: Use the economic tools in the decision making process, and
CO 6: Survey the current macroeconomic situations in the economy.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction to Economics and Engineering Economics

Basic concepts of Engineering Economics: Demand Analysis, Supply Analysis, Market Equilibrium. Revenue
Analysis. Demand Forecasting- Quantitative Methods, Consumer’s Equilibrium.

Production and Cost Analysis

Short Run and Long Run Production Functions, Producer’s Equilibrium condition. Cobb-Douglas Production
Function.

Cost Concepts: Short Run and Long Run Cost analyses. Break-Even Analysis.

Market: Concepts and Types;Perfect Competition, Monopoly

Time Value of Money

Interest Formulae and their applications with cash flow diagram. Evaluation of Investment Proposals - Present
Worth, Future worth and Annual Equivalent Method of comparison

Economic Appraisal Techniques

Net Present Value (NPV), Internal Rate of Return(IRR) ,Cost Benefit analysis.Depreciation calculation;
Meaning and Definition, Methods.

Macroeconomic policies
Functions of commercial banks and central bank, Fundamentals of Business cycle, Macroeconomic policies for
stabilization.

Textbooks
1. Dominick Salvatore, Siddartha K. Rastogi, Managerial Economics: Principles and Worldwide Applications,
Oxford University Press, ISBN 9780199467068, 9th Edition,2020
2. D N Dwivedi, H L Bhatia, & S N Maheswari,Engineering Economics:, Vikas Publishing House, Noida,
ISBN:978-93-5674-625-1, 2nd Edition 2023.
3. James Riggs, David D.Bedworth and Sabah U.Randhawa ,Engineering Economics–, 4th Edition, McGraw
Hill Education (India) Private Limited, New Delhi, 2016.

Reference book
1. William A. McEachern and Simrit Kaur Micro ECON-A South-Asian Perspective-, Cengage Learning,
2013.
2. Yogesh Maheshwari, Managerial Economics- 3rdEdition, PHI Learning Private Limited,2014.
3. A. Khan, Arshad Noor Siddiquee, Brajesh Kumar,Engineering Economy-Zahid Pearson Publication, 2012.
4. R.Panneerselvam Engineering Economics –, Pub: PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 9thEdition,
2008.
5. G.S Gupta Managerial Economics, , Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, 2nd Edition, 2011.
6. D.M.Mithani, Managerial Economics – Theory and Applications –Himalaya Publication, New Delhi, 6th
Edition, 2009.
7. S.B.Gupta, R7. Monetary Economics-Institutions, Theory and Policy- Publication: S.Chand, 1995.
8. R.D. Gupta R8. Macro – Economics –, Publication: Kalyani Publication, 1994.

MARKET STRUCTURE AND PRICING POLICIES

255
Course Code: HS30125
Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Develop the ability for getting conceptual clarity about the various types of markets along with their functions
and understand the pricing policy operations in the different markets.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Comprehend the significance of different components of market,

CO 2: Analyze the basic economic concepts required for various types of market and their policies,
CO 3: Develop the problem solving aptitude through practical and case study problems faced by the economy,
CO 4: Able to use the economic tools in the decision making process of fixing prices and quantities in different
Market,
CO 5: Differentiate between different markets and the policy measures to regulate it,and
CO 6: Survey and map the impact of the current micro and macro-economic situations in the economy.

COURSE DETAILS

Cost and Revenue Analysis

Concepts of cost (economic cost, production cost, real cost, opportunity cost, private & social cost), Cost
function, Output maximisation and Cost minimisation, Derivation of cost function, Traditional and Modern
theories of costs.

Concepts of revenue (total, average, marginal revenue), Relationship between TR, AR and MR.

Market Structures and Perfect Competition

Meaning of market, Characteristics of market, and Types of market.

Perfectly competitive market and Features, Equilibrium of the firm and industry under perfect competition
(short run and long run).

Monopoly Market
Meaning, concepts and characteristics of monopoly market. Equilibrium price and output determination under
monopoly market in short and long run. Monopoly price discrimination. Degree of monopoly power and its
measure. Control and regulation of monopoly power.

Duopoly and Oligopoly Market

Non-collusive oligopoly: Cournot’s duopoly and Kinked-Demand Model. Collusive oligopoly: Cartel; Cartels
aiming at joint profit maximization and market sharing cartels. Price leadership; low-cost price leadership,
dominant firm price leadership and barometric price leadership.

Monopolistic Competition
256
Meaning, price determination of a firm under monopolistic competition; Chamberlin’s group equilibrium;
theory of excess capacity; selling costs; difference between perfect competition and monopolistic competition;
difference between monopoly and monopolistic competition.

Textbooks:
1. Koutsoyiannis, Modern Microeconomics, St. Martin's Press, New York,2nd Edition 1979, ISBN 978-0-
333-25349-6
2. G. S. Maddala , Ellen M. Miller ,Microeconomics: Theory and Applications, , McGraw-Hill Inc.,US-
Publisher, 1989, 0070394156-ISBN
3. H L Ahuja, Modern Microeconomics: Theory & Applications, S Chand Publishing, 2022, ISBN :
9789355011015,

Reference books:
1. Robert Pindyck, Daniel Rubinfeld, Microeconomics, Eighth Edition, 2017, 9789332585096-ISBN,
Pearson Education Publication
2. G. Fransico Stigler, Theory of Price, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 4th Edition 1996.
3. H. Gravelle and R. Rees, Microeconomics, Person Education U.K. 3rd Edition 2007, 2007ISBN:
9788131716557, 8131716554
4. H. R. Varian , Micro Economic Analysis, W W Norton & Company; New York, 3rd edition 2019, ISBN-
13 ‫‏‬: 9319899318-879‎‎

PRAGMATIC INQUIRY

Course Code: HS30127

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
As a foundation for lifelong inquiry, this course introduces students to research techniques and how they are
used in both liberal arts, technical and professional courses.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand the meaning and importance of research in behavioral science,

CO 2: Describe in detail different types of research methodologies,
CO 3: Identify the strengths and weaknesses of the different study designs,
CO 4: Assess whether research studies are using the most appropriate study design,
CO 5: Discuss why various approaches may be appropriate/ inappropriate for their work-based research
Question, and
CO 6: Apply the concepts in research related activity.

COURSE DETAILS

Pragmatic Inquiry
Meaning, Characteristics, Need, Type and Approaches.

Research Problem
Meaning, definition, Selection and Framing of problem statement.

Research Design
Meaning, Characteristics, Need, Type, Approaches and Problems of research design.

257
Sampling Design
Meaning, Characteristics, Need, Type, Approaches and Problems.

Data Collection Method and Analysis

Types of data, Source of data, Methods of data collection, data analysis.

Textbook
1. Deepak Chawla & Neena Sodhi, Research Methodology: Concepts and Cases, Vikas Publishing House,2018,
ISBN-10: ‎:
‎ 31-NBSI‎,8182898189‎ 978-9325982390.

Referencebooks
1. C R Kothari and Gaurav Garg, Research Methodology, New Age International Publishers,2019,ISBN-10
9386649225, ISBN-13- 978-9386649225
2. S.K. Mangal, Research Methodology in Behavioural Sciences, Prentice Hall India Learning Private Limited,
2013, ISBN-10 ‫‏‬: ‎:‎‎31-NBSI‎,8799389119999‎9389119999
‎ -879‎
3. Sameer S. Phanse, Research Methodology-Logic, Methods, and Cases,OUP, Sameer S. Phanse,2016 ISBN:
9780199453788

ECONOMIC ANALYSIS OF DECISION RULES

Course Code: HS30129

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Analyze and understand investment decisions under the conditions of risk and uncertainty.Particular economic
models are not the ends, but the means for illustrating the method of applying mathematical techniques to
economic theory in general.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Analyze and understand investment decisions under the conditions of risk and uncertainty,
CO 2: Explain how game theory brings out the strategy used by the oligopoly firms to determine the best
possible action to maximize profit-maximizing objective,
CO 3: Understand functional formulation of the problem and application of linear programming,

CO 4: Describes different concepts used in analysing the national income and the different methods applied to
measure the national income,
CO 5: Describe and explain the main channels of the monetary transmission mechanism through monetary and
fiscal policy,and
CO 6: Describe managerial decisions through the application of some economic concepts, theories and
principles.

COURSE DETAILS

Investment Decisions under Risk and Uncertainty

Concepts of Risk and Uncertainty; Investment Decisions under Risk: The Pay-Off Matrix Method, Risk-
Adjusted Discount Rate Method, Certainty-Equivalent Approach, Probability Theory Approach, Decision Tree
Method, Simulation, Sensitivity Analysis.

258
Game Theory and Strategic behaviour of Firms
Basics of Game Theory, Prisoners’ Dilemma: The Problem of Oligopoly Firms; Application of Game Theory to
Oligopolistic Strategy; Nash Equilibrium: Pure and Mixed Strategy

Optimization: Constrained & Extrema

Free and constrained optimization, Extrema of a function of two variables: graphical analysis, Lagrange method.
Utility maximization & Cost minimization.

Linear and Non-Linear Programming for Business Decisions

Conditions for Application of Linear Programming; Concept of Feasible Solution; Assumptions of Linear
Programming Application of Linear Programming Technique: Profit Maximization Problem, Formulation of
Profit Maximization Problem in Linear Programming Mode; Graphical Method of Solving Linear Programming
Problems; Simplex Method: Algebraic Solution, Simplex Tableau Method. Introduction to Non-Linear
Programming

Input-Output Analysis
Input-output model, its structure and its derivation. The use of input output model in Economics.

Textbook
1. D. N. Dwivedi, H L Bhatia, S N Maheshwari, VIKAS® PUBLISHING HOUSE PRIVATE LIMITED,
2022

Reference books
1. C. Chiang and K. Wainwright, Fundamental Methods of Mathematical Economics, McGraw Hill
International Edition, 2017
2. K. Sydsaeter and P. J. Hammond:, Mathematics for Economic Analysis, Pearson Educational Asia,
2002

ECONOMICS OF HEALTH AND EDUCATION

Course Code: HS 30131

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The United Nations member states' adoption of the Millennium Development Goals, which include among other
objectives achieving universal primary education, reducing child mortality, enhancing maternal health, and
combating diseases, reflects the significance of education and health in enhancing wellbeing. This course offers
a microeconomic framework to examine, among other things, individual preference in the demand for health
and education, governmental involvement, and elements of inequality and discrimination in both sectors. An
outline of India's health and education system is also provided.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understanding role of health and education in human development,

CO 2: Analysing microeconomic foundations of health economics,
CO 3: Assessing the growth of health sector in India,
259
CO 4: Appraising the benefits of investment in human capital,
CO 5: Assessing the growth of education health sector in India,and
CO 6: Examining the underling discrepancies in both sectors.

COURSE DETAILS

Role of Health and Education in Human Development

Importance of health and education outcomes and their relationship with macroeconomic performance.

Health Economics Market

Demand for health; Uncertainty and health insurance market; Alternative insurance mechanisms; market failure
and rationale for public intervention; equity and inequality.

Education: Investment in Human Capital

Rate of return to education: Private and Social; Quality of education; Signaling or human capital; Theories of
discrimination; Gender and Caste discrimination in India.

Health and Education Sectors in India: An Overview

Health outcomes; health systems; health financing. Cost effectiveness and cost-benefit analysis; burden of
disease. Literacy rates, school participation, school quality measures.

Trend in Health and Education Sector in India

Secondary data analysis pertaining to health and education sector. Trend analysis and forecasting using time
series data. Simple growth rate calculations.

Textbook
1. S. K. Mishra, and V. K. Puri, Indian Economy, Himalaya Publishing House,2022, ISBN: 978-93-
5596-423-6

Reference books
1. William, Jack, Principles of Health Economics for Developing Countries, World Bank Institute
Development Studies, 1999.
2. World Development Report, Investing in Health, The World Bank, 1993.
3. G.Ronald, Ehrenberg and S.Robert, Smith, Modern Labor Economics: Theory and Public Policy,
Addison Wesley, 2005.

BUSINESS ETHICS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Course Code: HS30223

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: NIL

COURSE OBJECTIVE
This course focuses upon the fundamental principles and standards that should govern the business
organizations. The objective of this paper is to make the students aware about the importance of ethics,
corporate governance and role of CSR & sustainable development goals in the business to encourage moral
practices and sensitivity towards the ethical dimension of managerial problems.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Familiarize the learners with the concept and relevance of Business Ethics in the modern era,
260
CO 2: Understand the value of business ethics which will guide them in maintaining firm moral values while
taking managerial decision,
CO 3: Apply the ability to make moral judgments in dilemmatic situations across the work domains,
CO 4: Analyse the application of management practices by adhering to corporate law and ethics,
CO 5: Evaluate the scope, opportunity and complexity of Corporate Social responsibility in the global and
Indian context,and
CO 6: Create an opportunity to understand the sustainable development goals in maintaining a
balance between the economic, environmental and social needs.

COURSE DETAILS

Business Ethics: Concept, Principles & Theories

Meaning, objective and types of Ethics; Business ethics- concept, need, scope, objectives and importance;
factors influencing business ethics; Principles of Business ethics; Relationship between ethics and business
ethics; theories of business ethics; Ethical dilemma and ethical decision making

Ethics in Practice across the domain

Ethics in marketing- introduction, ethical dilemma in marketing, unethical marketing practices, measures to stop
unethical practices in marketing; Ethics in Finance- introduction, code of ethics in finance, unethical practices in
finance or frauds, measures to stop unethical practices in finance; Ethics in HRM- introduction, ethical issues in
HRM (job discrimination, sexual harassment, employee privacy, whistle blowing, affirmative action);
importance of workplace ethics and employee code of conduct

Corporate Governance
Corporate Governance- concept, objective and need. Role of law in corporate governance; important issues in
corporate governance; Corporate governance in India-past, present and Future; Importance and principles of
Corporate Governance

Introduction to Corporate Social Responsibility

CSR- Concept, evolution and development; Why CSR; Apprehensions against CSR; Forms and dimensions of
CSR; making business corporations socially responsible; CSR in India

Sustainable Development
Introduction, meaning, history, features, objectives of sustainable development; The pillars and principles of
sustainable development; SDG and its relevance in business

Textbooks
1. Dr. K. Nirmala, Dr. B.A. Karunakara Reddy & N. Aruna Rani, Business Ethics and Corporate
Governance, Himalaya Publication House
2. C.S.V. Murthy, Business Ethics and Corporate Governance, Himalaya Publishing, 2022

Reference books
1. Prabhakaran Paleri,Corporate Social Responsibility (concept, cases and trends Cengage Learning
India Pvt. Limited, 2020
2. Dr. S.S. Khanka,Business Ethics and Corporate Governance, Sultan Chand, 2019
3. C.U. Saraf, Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR), Corporate Governance, Sustainable Development
and Corporate Ethics/Business Ethics Himalaya Publishing House 2017

261
 LEADERSHIP AND TEAM EFFECTIVENESS

Course Code: HS30225

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: NIL

COURSE OBJECTIVE
An effective leader understands the team dynamics, stimulates the morale of the followers and always aims at
creating a participative workforce by enhancing team work. This course mainly focuses on individual, group
and organization factors associated with leadership. There is a strong connection between emotional intelligence
and leadership because the technical skills and knowledge will definitely help the students to fulfil the entry
level requirements. Similarly, understanding employee empowerment would assist the students in acquiring the
desirable professional skills.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Learn the characteristics and need of an effective leader,

CO 2: Understand the effectiveness of different leadership styles in different contexts from an instrumental,
political and ethical perspective,
CO 3: Apply leadership theories to the real business scenario,
CO 4: Analyse group dynamics and importance of team work,
CO 5: Evaluate the ways to handle emotions and stress and manage work-life flexibility, and
CO 6: Create organizational environment that is psychologically safe and make the employees feel
empowered.

COURSE DETAILS
Leadership: concepts and practices
Meaning, Definition and understanding of leadership; the role and functions of a leader; Differentiation between
leadership and management; ; what makes a leader effective; characteristics of an effective leader; leadership in
Indian organization
Leadership Perspectives
Trait perspective of leadership (Great man theory and trait theory); Behavioural perspective of leadership
(mangerial grid and likert system - four management); Studies on leadership (Hawthorne, IOWA, Michigan and
Ohio); Contingency perspective of leadership (fiedler’s contency theory, path goal, hersey blanchard situational
theory); contemporary perspective to leadership (transformational, transactional, charasmatic, servant and
Nurturant-task leadership style)
Team effectiveness and Leadership
Characteristics and types of teams; types and functions of group; Group vs team; understanding an effective
team; who is a team leader; tuckman’s team development stages; team development and team building; team
meetings and leadership; team effectiveness leadership model; high-performance teams and leadership;team
cohesiveness; common threats to groups
Emotional Intelligence and Leadership
What are emotions; Meaning, type and source of emotions; Concept and competencies of emotional
intelligence; Elements of emotional intelligence; importance of EI; EI at workplace; Emotional intelligence and

262
leadership; Significance of EI for leaders; strategies to enhance EQ in our jobs; EQ vs. IQ; developing EQ;
obstacles to the development of EQ

Leadership and empowerment

Employee empowerment- concept, need and importance; approaches to empowerment; advantages and
disadvantages of empowerment; empowerment skills of a leader; empowering vs. Dis-empowering; leader as a
coach (coaching skill); delegation (advantages and levels of delegation, steps and principles of effective
delegation); empowering interpersonal skills

Textbook
1. Ranjana Mittal,Leadership Personal effectiveness and Team Building, Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd, 2015

Reference book
1. S. Bhargava and Gourav Bhargava,Team Building and Leadership Neelam Himalaya Publishing House,
2015.

UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES

Course Code: HS30401

Credits: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Pre-requisites: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of the course is to develop a holistic perspective based on self-exploration, understand the
harmony in the human being, strengthen self-reflection, and develop commitment and courage to act.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand the concept of value education and its need,

CO 2: Apply their knowledge on value education for apt self-assessment,
CO 3: Comprehend human-human relationship,
CO 4: Build holistic perception of harmony at all levels of existence,
CO 5: Develop the sense of natural acceptance of human values,and
CO 6: Create people friendly and eco-friendly environment.

COURSE DETAILS

Need, Basic Guidelines, Content and Process for Value Education

Purpose and motivation for the course, recapitulation from Universal Human Values-I. Self-Exploration–what is
it? - Its content and process; ‘Natural Acceptance’ and Experiential Validation- as the process for self-
exploration. Continuous Happiness and Prosperity- A look at basic Human Aspirations. Right understanding,
Relationship and Physical Facility- the basic requirements for fulfillment of aspirations of every human being
with their correct priority. Understanding Happiness and Prosperity correctly- A critical appraisal of the current
scenario. Method to fulfil the above human aspirations: understanding and living in harmony at various levels.
Include practice sessions to discuss natural acceptance in human being as the innate acceptance for living with
responsibility (living in relationship, harmony and co-existence) rather than as arbitrariness in choice based on
liking-disliking

Understanding Harmony in the Human Being - Harmony in Myself!

Understanding human being as a co-existence of the sentient ‘I’ and the material ‘Body’. Understanding the
needs of Self (‘I’) and ‘Body’ - happiness and physical facility. Understanding the Body as an instrument of ‘I’ (I
being the doer, seer and enjoyer). Understanding the characteristics and activities of ‘I’ and harmony in ‘I’.
263
Understanding the harmony of I with the Body: Sanyam and Health; correct appraisal of Physical needs,
meaning of Prosperity in detail. Programs to ensure Sanyam and Health. Include practice sessions to discuss the
role others have played in making material goods available to me. Identifying from one’s own life. Differentiate
between prosperity and accumulation. Discuss program for ensuring health vs dealing with disease

Understanding Harmony in the Family and Society- Harmony in HumanHuman Relationship

Understanding values in human-human relationship; meaning of Justice (nine universal values in relationships)
and program for its fulfillment to ensure mutual happiness; Trust and Respect as the foundational values of
relationship . Understanding the meaning of Trust; Difference between intention and competence .
Understanding the meaning of Respect, Difference between respect and differentiation; the other salient values in
relationship. Understanding the harmony in the society (society being an extension of family): Resolution,
Prosperity, fearlessness (trust) and co-existence as comprehensive Human Goals. Visualizing a universal
harmonious order in society- Undivided Society, Universal Order- from family to world family. Include practice
sessions to reflect on relationships in family, hostel and institute as extended family, real life examples, teacher-
student relationship, goal of education etc. Gratitude as a universal value in relationships. Discuss with scenarios.
Elicit examples from students’ lives

Understanding Harmony in the Nature and Existence - Whole existence as Coexistence

Understanding the harmony in the Nature. Interconnectedness and mutual fulfilment among the four orders of
naturerecyclability and selfregulation in nature. Understanding Existence as Co-existence of mutually interacting
units in allpervasive space. Holistic perception of harmony at all levels of existence. Include practice sessions to
discuss human being as cause of imbalance in nature (film “Home” can be used), pollution, depletion of
resources and role of technology etc.

Implications of the above Holistic Understanding of Harmony on Professional Ethics

Natural acceptance of human values. Definitiveness of Ethical Human Conduct. Basis for Humanistic Education,
Humanistic Constitution and Humanistic Universal Order. Competence in professional ethics: a) Ability to
utilize the professional competence for augmenting universal human order b) Ability to identify the scope and
characteristics of people friendly and eco-friendly production systems, c) Ability to identify and develop
appropriate technologies and management patterns for above production systems. Case studies of typical holistic
technologies, management models and production systems. Strategy for transition from the present state to
Universal Human Order: a) At the level of individual: as socially and ecologically responsible engineers,
technologists and managers b) At the level of society: as mutually enriching institutions and organizations . Sum
up. Include practice Exercises and Case Studies will be taken up in Practice (tutorial) Sessions eg. To discuss the
conduct as an engineer or scientist etc.

Textbook
1. Human Values and Professional Ethics by R R Gaur, R Sangal, G P Bagaria, Excel Books, New Delhi, 2010

Reference books
1. Jeevan Vidya: Ek Parichaya, A Nagaraj, Jeevan Vidya Prakashan, Amarkantak, 1999.
2. A.N. Tripathi, Human ValuesNew Age Intl. Publishers, New Delhi, 2004.
3. The Story of Stuff (Book).
4. Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi ,The Story of My Experiments with Truth -
5. Small is Beautiful - E. F Schumacher.
6. Slow is Beautiful - Cecile Andrews
7. Economy of Permanence - J C Kumarappa
8. Bharat Mein Angreji Raj - PanditSunderlal
9. Rediscovering India - by Dharampal
10. Hind Swaraj or Indian Home Rule - by Mohandas K. Gandhi
11. India Wins Freedom - Maulana Abdul Kalam Azad
12. Vivekananda - Romain Rolland (English)13. Gandhi - Romain Rolland (English)

264
 GENDER STUDIES

Course Code: HS30421

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of this course is to make student understand the concepts of masculinity and femininity as
analytical categories via analysing the role of communalism, patriarchy, violence as major hurdles to women’s
rights globally. Further, this course will enhance their understanding over the current health and education status
of women to analyze impact of government health policy on women. Additionally, it will bring greater
understanding over the integration of gender concerns and perspectives in policies and programmes for
sustenance of environment at international, national, regional levels.

COURSE OUTCOME
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Familiarise the students with the concepts of sex, gender and sexuality commonly used in
gender studies,
CO 2: Identifying major human rights violations faced by women worldwide,
CO 3: Learn about women’s health movements and government health policies,
CO 4: Develop an insight into policy perspective issues, and concerns of girl’s education in India,
CO 5: Delineate the characteristics and the issues of environment and the involvement of women in
balancing ecosystem,and
CO 6: Understand on sustainable development, millennium development goal, and other global level
development initiatives taken for uplifting women status in society.

COURSE DETAILS

Understanding Basic Concepts in Gender Studies

Concepts: Sex, Gender, Sexuality, Femininities, Masculinities and other sexualities, Patriarchy; WID: Women in
Development; WAD: Women and Development; GAD: Gender and Development

Gender and Human Rights Discourse

Women’s Rights as Human Rights (FGM, FF, Rape, Honour Killing, IVP, Witch Hunting, Virginity Test,
Communalism, Trafficking, Immigration); National Commission for Women and other State Commissions,
Ministry and Department of Women and Child.

Gender and Health

Sexual and reproductive health (ICPD, B.P.A. Family planning and Abortion); Impact of violence on women’s
health; Women’s health movement: National and International; National health and population policy; National
Family Health Survey (NFHS)

Gender and Education

Women’s Education in Free India: Gender Disparity in Enrolment; Constraints of Women’s Education: Social,
Economic, Cultural, Geographical, other Factors; Important Committees and Commissions on Women’s
Education: Radhakrishnan Commission (1948), Mudaliar commission (1952), Kothari Commission (1964-1966),
Ramamurthy Commission (1991).

Gender and Environment

Role of women in environment conservation; Role of Women in Waste Management; Women’s Resistance to
Environmental Destruction: Joint Forest Management – CHIPKO Movement – Narmada Bachao Aandolan

Reading Materials

265
 1. Gerda Lerner, Creation of Patriarchy, Oxford University Press,1985
2. Menon, Nivedita. ed. 2007. Sexualities. Women Unlimited. New Delhi.
3. Gnew, Sneja, A Reader in Feminist Knowledge, Routledge, New York,1991
4. Marjorie Agosin (ed.), Women, Gender and Human Rights: A Global Perspective, Rawat Publications,
2000
5. Monica Chawla, Gender Justice: women and law in India, Deep and Deep pub.,
New Delhi, 2006, 2013
6. P D Kaushik, Women’s rights; access to justice, Bookwell Publications, New Delhi, 2007
7. Paola Monzini, Sex Traffic, Prostitution, Crime and Exploitation, Zed Pub., 2005
8. Chloe E. Bird, Patricia P. Rieker, Gender and Health, Cambridge University Press, 2008.
9. Jasmine Gideon, Ed., Handbook on Gender and Health (International Handbooks on Gender series),
Development Studies, Birkbeck, University of London, UK, 2016.
10. Nelson E, Zimmerman C. Household survey on domestic violence in Cambodia. Ministry of Women’s
Affairs, Project Against Domestic Violence, Cambodia,1996.
11. Parker B, McFarlane J, Soeken K. Abuse during pregnancy: effects on maternal complications and birth
weight in adult and teenage women. Obstetrics and gynaecology, 1994, 84(3):323-328.
12. Madeleine Arnot and Mairtin Mac, An Ghaill, (2006) “Gender and Education” Routledge, New York
13. Aruna Goel, ( 4) “Education and Socio-Economic Perspective of Women Development and
Empowerment” Deep and Deep Publications, New Delhi
14. Eileen M. Byrne, ( 78) “Women and Education” Tevi Stock Publications, Michigan
15. Payal Mago and Isha Gunwal, (2019). Role of Women in Environment Conservation.
16. M.S Swaminathan. ( 8). “Gender Dimensions in Biodiversity management”. Konark Publisher’s Pvt.
Ltd, New Delhi.
17. P.K.Rao. ( ). “Sustainable Development – Economics and Policy”. Blackwell, New Delhi.
18. Swarup, Hemlata and Rajput, Pam. ( ). “Gender Dimensions of Environmental and Development
Debate: The Indian Experience” in Stuart S. Nagel, (ed.) “India’s Development and Public Policy”.
Ashgate, Burlington.

TRIBAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

Course Code: HS30423

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The course intends to impart a comprehensive knowledge about the reality, pertaining to economic alleviation of
the poor and downtrodden. It is inter-disciplinary and based on utilization of natural resources employing
traditional means of approach, conducive for societal growth and development. This shall hone socioeconomic
environmental development for uplifting the condition of tribal population for igniting new ideas in the new
economy.

COURSE OUTCOME
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Identify the concept of sustainable natural resource management,

CO 2: Recognize agribusiness management, its opportunities and risks,
CO 3: Discuss adequate skills to prepare and implement integrated development plan & projects for
the optimal use of tribal renewable resources for the sustainable development of the environment,
CO 4: Illustrate the nuances of environmental policies and Laws in India and understand the core
competencies required for resource mobilization and policy formulation based on the research insight,
CO 5: Prioritize the role of health and education for the development of tribal community, considering tribal
people as resources,and

266
CO 6: Develop trainees or volunteers as competent change agent in the field of tribal resource management.

COURSE DETAILS

Natural Resource Management

Introduction to Natural Resources and their management: Natural Resource Management (NRM): Concept, Issue
and Approaches; Need for developing extension strategies for NRM; Issues in management of NRM; Problems
encountered while advocating strategies for NRM; Monitoring and auditing in Natural Resource Management
(NRM); Triple Bottom Line (TBL) and concept of Sustainable Natural Resource Management; NRM of Water,
land and forests: Water resources and their management, Overview of irrigation management, Integrated
Watershed management and rainwater harvesting, River Basin management; Scope of market mechanism in
NRM

Agribusiness Management
Agricultural value chains and their relevance; Managerial Insights: Identifying agribusiness opportunities;
Assessing feasibility – technical, commercial and financial and thereby identify feasible opportunities for
projects; Analyzing influences of external environment factors and associated risks; Discussions on illustrative
agribusiness projects; select models and opportunities of agribusiness opportunities and ventures.

Environmental Resource Management of Tribals

Environment and Development-Theories of optimal use of exhaustible and renewable resources; Sustainable
Development - The concept of sustainable development; strong and weak sustainability; Mechanism for
environment regulation in India; environmental laws and their implementation; Environmental Policy in India-
Policy instruments for controlling water and air pollution and forestry policy; Institution for forest Management-
The institutions of joint forest management , social foresty-rationale and benefits

Tribal Health and Education Management

Role of Health and Education in Tribal Development: Importance in poverty alleviation; health and education
outcomes and their relationship with macroeconomic performance; Tribal Health in India: An Overview Health
outcomes; health systems; health; Evaluation of Health Programs for tribals: Costing, cost-effectiveness and cost
benefit analysis; burden of disease; Tribal Education in India: An Overview Literacy rates, school participation,
school quality measures

Agro forestry Management

Multiplicity of Agroforestry products and services- ecological and economic and cultural considerations- gender
equality- preservation of indigenous knowledge. Socioeconomic benefits of agroforestry; Smallholder livelihood
and the role of agroforestry- Food and nutritional security Fulfillment of food, fodder, fuelwood and shelter
based needs- income generation vs. subsistence production; Adoption of AF- Determinants of adoption:
feasibility, profitability, and acceptability; . Self-efficacy in farmer decision-making - policy aspects.

Text Books
1. Madhusudan Bandi ,Tribals and Community Forest Management , Rawat Publication, 2013
2. Jumyir Basar,Indigenous Knowledge and Resource Management Shipra Publications, 2014
3. Laishram Herojit, Rethinking Resource Management: Sustainability and Indigenous Peoples, A.K.
Publications, 2012.

Reference Book
1. G.K. Bera, Tribal India’s Traditional Wisdom and Indigenous Resource Management by, Abhjeet
Publishers.

267
 INDIAN KNOWLEDGE SYSTEM

Course Code: HS30425

Credit: 3
L-T-P: 3-0-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of the course is to promote interdisciplinary study on all aspects of the Indian Knowledge System
(IKS), preserve and disseminate IKS for further study and societal applications. It will actively help students to
engage in spreading the rich heritage of our country and traditional knowledge in the field of Liberal Arts,
Literature, Basic Sciences, Engineering and Technology, Economics, mental and physical well being etc.

COURSE OUTCOME
At successfully completing the course, the student will be able to

CO 1: Understand the concept of Indian traditional knowledge and its importance,

CO 2: Know the need and importance of protecting traditional knowledge,
CO 3: Develop an appreciation among the students for ancient scriptures,
CO 4: Contrast and compare characteristics and important kinds of traditional knowledge,
CO 5: Evaluate social change on traditional knowledge and
CO 6: Create innovative ways of bringing forward ancient knowledge to the forefront.

COURSE DETAILS

Meaning of Traditional Knowledge System

Overview of the Vedas, the Upanishads, the Puranas, and the Itihasas. Main Schools of Darshana/ Philosophy:
Astika (Vedanta, Nyaya, Vaisheshika, Sankhya, Mimamsa, Yoga) and Nastika (Buddhist, Jainist, Lokayata).
Types of Shastra (Vyakarana, Kavya, Alamkara, Shilpa, Vastu, Natya and Sangita). Types of Kavya (Drishya,
Shravya, Chitra). Theory of Rasa: Natyashastra by Bharata (Chapter 6). Applied Traditional Knowledge: Myths,
Rituals, Taboos and Superstitions, Folktales, Proverbs. Fundamental Concept of Dharma and Its Role in Various
Streams of Indian Knowledge System

Yoga and Spiritualism

Definition and Origin of Yoga. Significance of spirituality in Yoga, Historical development of Yoga; Yogic
philosophy: The eight limbs of yoga according to Patanjali, Mind, body & spirit connection in yoga; Relevance
of Asana, Pranayama & Dhyana in Yoga: Physical posture for physical, mental and spiritual development,
Breathing techniques for energy restoration & consciousness, Meditation for inner stillness and mindfulness,
Meditation for spiritual growth & self-discovery; Ethics & Moral Values in Yoga: Exploring the ethical
principles Yama and Niyama, Application of yogic principles to daily life for spiritual growth; Yoga &
Spirituality in modern life.

Fun with mathematics without calculator

Arithmetic- Quick calculation with 11 and 12, Multiplication with 99999 in seconds, multiplication with
numbers near the bases, vertical and cross multiplication, Magic squares and square roots, cubes, fractions,
divisions, HCF and LMC in ancient style. Algebra- Factorising quadratic expressions, One variable linear
equation, Simultaneous linear equations. Implementation of Vedic mathematics tools during competitive
examinations.

268
Ancient Indian Science and Technology
Technological development in India: Agriculture (Origin and development, ancient crops, Traditional practices),
Water management (Overview, Harappan water management, other case studies, Medieval Water structures),
Pottery (Overview, Technical aspects), Silpasastra (Architecture and Construction· An introduction to
Silpasastra, Construction Technology), Metallurgy (Copper/Bronze/Zinc, Iron and Steel Technology in India).

Trade and Commerce in Ancient India

Internal, External, Trade routes Indo-Roman contacts and Maritime Trade of South India; Silk and Cotton
Textiles, the Principal Maritime Trade Commodities of Ancient India; Trade routes in Ancient India: Silk Route
and Spice Route.

Reading Materials

1. Dasgupta, Surendranath. A History of Sanskrit Literature, Motilal Banarsidass

2. Banerji, Suresh Chandra. A Companion to Sanskrit Literature, Motilal Banrasidass
3. Chatterjee, Satischandra. An Introduction to Indian Philosophy, Motilal Banarsidass
4. Sharma, Chandradhar. A Critical Survey of Indian Philosophy, Motilal Banarsidass
5. A Text Book on Yoga and Health by Dr. Sajib Kumar Bhowmik, Sports Publication, 2020.
6. Light on the Yoga Sutras of Patanjali, B.K.S Iyengar, Element, 2005.
7. The Complete Book of Yoga: Karma Yoga, Bhakti Yoga, Raja Yoga, Jnana Yoga by Swami Vivekananda,
Fingerprint Publishing, 2019.
8. Singhal, Aditi. How to Become A Human Calculator. ISBN : 9789352836543. S Chand Publishing
9. M. Tyra and K Kundan. Magical Book on Quicker Maths . ASIN ‫‏‬: 8W81X97S‎FC. ‎ BSC Publishing Co Pvt
Ltd.
10. Singh, Balram. Science and Technology in Ancient texts. DK Print World ltd, 2012. ISSN 9788124606322.
11. Chandra Moti, Trade and Trade Routes in Ancient India. New Delhi: Abhinav Publications, 1977
12. Textiles in Ancient India: From Indus Valley Civilization to Maurya Period. Vishwavidyalaya Prakashan,
1994.
13. Duraiswamy, D. Silk and Cotton Textiles, the Principal Maritime Trade Commodities of Ancient India.
ACTA VIA SERICA, Vol. 6, No. 2, Dec. 2021: 91-116, 6(2), 91–116.

PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS

Subject Code: MA21001
Credit: 4
L-T-P: 3-1-0
Prerequisite: Intermediate mathematics

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of this course is to familiarize the students with the foundation of probability and statistics and to
use it in solving the problems arises in engineering and real life applications.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand basic probability and its applications

CO 2: Study probability distributions and can use it in real life data analysis
CO 3: Have a knowledge on univariate and bivariate distributions and their properties
CO 4: Measure the central tendency and dispersion of a data set to draw conclusion from the data and interpret
the data with the appropriate pictorial representation.
CO 5: Have good understanding of the Central Limit Theorem and its applications
CO6: analyze the statistical inference

269
COURSE DETAILS

Probability and random variables

Basic concepts of sample space, events(with example), Axiom of Probability, Conditional Probability, Bayes’
Theorem and its applications. Discrete random variable, probability mass function, cumulative distribution
function and Moment Generating function for discrete random variable, some special distributions like Uniform
distribution, Geometric distribution, Binomial distribution, Negative Binomial distribution, Poisson distribution,
Hypergeometric distribution, mean and variance. Continuous random variable, density function, cumulative
distribution function and Moment Generating function. Uniform distribution, normal distribution, mean,
variance, percentile and critical value of normal distribution, normal approximation of the binomial distribution
and exponential distribution.

Joint probability and distributions

Joint probability mass function and marginal probability mass function, joint probability density function and
marginal probability density function, concept of independent random variable(joint probability), conditional
probability mass function and conditional probability density function. Expected value, covariance and
correlation for jointly distributed random variable(both continuous and discrete).

Descriptive Statistics
Frequency distribution, pictorial and tabular representation of data, stem and leaf display, dot plots, histogram,
box plots and comparative box plots. Basic concepts on mean, median and mode, Skewness, Kurtosis,
Correlation, Coefficient of Correlation, rank correlation, Regression Analysis: Least square method.

Inferential statistics
Population, sample, random sample, sampling distribution, distribution of sample mean, central limit theorem,
point estimator, point estimation of parameter using method of maximum likelihood estimation, confidence
interval, confidence interval for the mean of a normal population with known and unknown variance, confidence
interval for the variance of a normal population, hypothesis testing, one sided and two sided alternatives, Tests
for mean of the normal distribution with known variance, Tests for mean of the normal distribution with
unknown variance, tests for variance of the normal distribution.

Textbooks
1. J. L. Devore, Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Sciences, CENGAGE Learning, 9th Edition.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley, INC, 10th Edition.

Reference Books:
1. S.M. Ross, Introduction to Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists, Elsevier/AP, 6 th
Edition.
2. J.S. Milton & J.C. Arnold, Introduction to Probability and Statistics, Mc Graw Hill, 4th Edition.
3. H.J. Larson, Introduction to Probability Theory and Statistical Inference, John Wiley & Sons Inc, 3 rd
Edition.
4. S.C. Gupta & V. K. Kapoor, Fundamental of Mathematical Statistics, S. Chand, 12th Edition.

DISCRETE MATHEMATICS

Subject Code: MA 21002

Credit: 4
L-T-P: 3-1-0
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The main objective of this course is to provide mathematical concepts and build up strong mathematical
fundamentals to support many subjects of computer science engineering such as design and analysis of

270
algorithms, computability theory, software engineering, computer systems, syntactical analysis, information
organization and retrieval, switching theory, computer representation of discrete structures and programming
languages etc.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1. Convert sentences in natural language into mathematical statements and understand predicate and
quantifiers, rules of inference and prove results by principle of mathematical induction.
CO 2. Understand the principles of inclusion and exclusion of sets, concept of relations and functions and solve
related problems.
CO 3. Know the concepts of partition of sets, partial ordering relation, Hasse diagram and Lattice.
CO 4. Solve problems on recurrence relations by substitution and method of generating functions and know a
powerful method of counting
CO 5. Understand the concept of algebraic structures, groups, semi group, subgroups and Lagrange theorem.
Gets the idea of homomorphism and isomorphism of groups, definition and examples of ring, integral
domain and field.
CO 6. Apply Graph theory in related areas like Syntactic analysis, Fault detection and diagnosis in computers,
Scheduling problems and Minimal-path problems, network flow problems.

COURSE DETAILS

Logic
Proposition, Truth values, Connectives, Logical equivalence of composite statement (using truth table & without
truth table), Predicates and Quantifiers, Rules of Inference, Methods of Induction.

Set, Relation & Function

Set, Operations on set, Principles of Inclusion and Exclusion, Relation, Types of relations, Properties on Binary
Relation, Equivalence relation, partial ordering relation, Hasse diagram, Lattice, Definition of function, Injection,
Bijection, Surjection, Permutation function.

Recurrence Relation and their solutions

Principles of counting, Discrete numeric function and their manipulation, Generating Function, Concept of
Recurrence Relation with constant coefficients, Solution of Recurrence Relations (Substitution and generating
function methods).

Groups and Rings

Concept of binary operations, Algebraic structures, Semigroup, monoid, Group, Abelian group with examples.
Properties of groups, Cyclic groups and its generator, Sub group, cosets, Normal subgroup, Lagrange’s
Theorem, Homomorphism and Isomorphism, ring, field, Integral domain (Definition with examples)

Graph Theory
Basic Terminology, Adjacency & Incident Matrix, graph Isomorphic Test, Paths, Circuit, Eulerian path and
Eulerian Circuit, Hamiltonian path and circuit, shortest path Algorithms (Dijkstra),Tree, Rooted Tree, Binary
Tree, spanning tree, Minimal Spanning Tree (MST) Algorithms (Prim’s & Kruskal’s Algorithms), Planar and
Nonplanar Graphs.

Textbook
1. Discrete Mathematics and its Applications by Kenneth H Rosen (Mc Graw Hill 7th Edition)

271
Reference books
1. Elements of Discrete Mathematics. A Computer oriented approach by C.L Liu, D.P. Mohapatra (Tata Mc
Graw Hill 4th Edition-2013)
2. Discrete Mathematics by Sudarsan Nanda, Allied Publisher Pvt. Ltd., 2022
3. Introduction to Graph Theory by Douglas B. West, Pearson, 2nd Edition, 2002
4. Discrete Mathematics by Iyeger et al., Vikas Publishing House Pvt.Ltd., 2020

VECTORS, DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND COMPLEX ANALYSIS

Subject Code: MA 21006

Credit: 4
L-T-P: 3-1-0
Prerequisite: MA11001, MA11002
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of this course is to empower the students to design and solve branch prospective problems by the
use of Vector calculus, partial differential equations, Complex variables.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand the physical significance of the concepts like divergence, curl and gradient.
CO 2: Apply vector integration theorems like Gauss divergence, Stokes and Greens theorem in different
engineering applications like work done by force, evaluation of flux etc.
CO 3: Know the basic analytical techniques for solving the classical wave, heat and Laplace equation
CO 4: Know the concepts of analytic functions, its differentiation and its series representation
CO 5: Understand the fundamental concepts of contour integration to evaluate complicated real integrals via
residue calculus
CO 6: Apply multi steps numerical methods to solve initial and boundary value problems

COURSE DETAILS

Vector Calculus
Brief concepts of vectors, gradient of a scalar field, directional derivatives, divergence and curl of a vector field.
Vector line integral, surface integral, Green’s theorem, Gauss divergence theorem, Stoke’s theorem, engineering
applications of above integral theorems like work done by force, flux integration, independence of path etc.

Partial Differential Equations (PDE)

Basic concepts of PDE like order, degree, linear, nonlinear, homogeneous and non-homogeneous PDE. Solution
of PDE by Variable Separable method. Classification of PDE and their reduction to normal form. One
dimensional Wave equation, D’Alembert and Fourier series solution of 1-D wave equation. Solution of 1-D heat
equation by Fourier series method. Solution of 2-D Laplace equation and 2-D heat equations. (steady state) with
different types of boundary conditions using Fourier series. Laplace equation in polar co-ordinate and its
application to find the electrostatic potential/steady state temperature in a disk with appropriate boundary
conditions. Solution of PDE by Laplace Transform.

Complex Analysis
Basic concepts of complex number. Complex functions, derivatives, analytic function, Cauchy Riemann
equations, harmonic functions, harmonic conjugate, elementary functions like exponential, trigonometric,
hyperbolic, logarithmic functions and general powers. Curves in complex plane and their parametric
representation. Line integrals, Cauchy integral theorem, Cauchy integral formula, Derivatives of analytic
272
function. Power series, Taylor’s series, Maclaurin’s series, Laurent’s series, singularities, Residues, Residue
Integration, Real Integrals and Cauchy’s Principal Value integrals.

Numerical Solution of ODEs

Solution of Linear Difference Equations; IVP (Multi Steps Method): (Predictor-Corrector method) Adams-
Bashforth Method, Adam-Moulton Method; BVP: Shooting methods.

Textbooks:
1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics by Wiley, INC, 10th Edition.
2. Jain, Iyenger and Jain, Numerical Methods for Scientific and Engineering Computation
New age International (P) Ltd.,6th Edition.

Reference books:
1. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers,36th Edition.
2. B.V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics TMH, 2017 Edition.
3. H. K. Dass, Advanced Engineering Mathematics S. Chand, 2007 Edition

ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING (3D PRINTING)

Course Code: ME28011

Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Additive Manufacturing (AM) is a modern manufacturing technology also known as 3D printing process, will
provide a clear understanding about the process, acceptability and usability in various field. AM technologies
classified on the basis material types will be focused with its real-life applications with advantages and
disadvantages. Different types of errors associated with AM and CAD technology will be discussed with suitable
error minimization processes. Various reverse engineering process will be discussed and practically implemented
with its real-life applications.

COURSE OUTCOMES

After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand the concept of additive manufacturing, its benefits and applications in various fields,
CO 2: Know the various liquid, powder and solid material based technologies in Rapid Prototyping and Rapid
Tooling process,
CO 3: Know the application of AM process in the field of Bioedical,
CO 4: Design solid models and converting it to 3D printing readable file format required for part fabrication, CO
5: Focus on the various types of errors in the RP parts and errors during CAD file conversion, and
CO 6: Apply reverse engineering process to generate data for fabrication of RP part.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction to Additive Manufacturing Technologies

Need & Development of AM systems, AM process chain, Impact of AM and Tooling on Product Development,
Benefits, Applications, Digital prototyping, Virtual prototyping.
Model Preparation using Solid Modelling Software.

Classification of Additive Manufacturing Technologies

Classification of AM technologies on the basis of Materials types. Discussion on various AM processes based
solid, liquid and semi solid type of materials along with its application, advantages and disadvantages.
273
Hands on practice for model creation and saving on particular file format.

Data Processing for AM Technologies

Process planning for AM, CAD model preparation, data requirements & geometric modelling techniques: Wire
frame, surface and solid modelling data formats.
Hands on practice for the fabrication of Single components and Assembly components.

Rapid Tooling
Classification: Soft tooling, Production tooling, Bridge tooling; direct and indirect, Fabrication processes,
Applications, Rapid tooling techniques such as laminated metallic tooling, direct metal laser sintering, vacuum
casting.
Hands on practice for the fabrication of pattern and mould preparation.

Reverse Engineering Processes

Introduction to reverse engineering, Integration of reverse engineering with AM technology.
Hands on practice to generate model data in revere engineering process integrated with AM process

Reference Books
1. Rafiq I Noorani, Rapid Prototyping: Principle and Applications, Wiley & Sons, 2006.
2. Chua C.K., Leong K.F., and Lim C.S., Rapid prototyping: Principles and applications, Yes Dee Publishing Pvt.
Ltd, Third Edition, 2010.
3. Frank W. Liou, Rapid Prototyping and Engineering Applications, CRC Press, Special Indian Edition, 2007.
4. R.B. Choudhary, Additive manufacturing, Khanna Publication, 2022.

DIE DEVELOPMENT BY CNC MILLING

Course Code: ME28013

Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Workshop (ME18001)

COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of the course is to provide basic knowledge on various tools and precision instruments used during
CNC milling operation. It helps in understanding the usage of various machining cycles to reduce the
manufacturing lead time. Moreover, it explains the usage of various standards and programming methods to be
followed during CNC machining operation. Finally, the students can develop/generate the programs used to
produce the geometries with complex contours using CNC milling machine.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand the usage of different tools and precautions to be followed during machining,
CO 2: Know the principle and operation of precision instruments,
CO 3: Understand the technological advancements in NC and aimed to achieve JH pillar,
CO 4: Understanding the programming methods and programming in simulators,
CO 5: Planning for optimized CNC programming by estimating suitable process parameters, and
CO 6: Programming of die contours and executing on CNC milling machine.
COURSE DETAILS
Tools and Safety
List of tools used on Milling Machine to perform various operations. Safety: Introduction to safety equipment
and their uses.
Measuring instruments
Vernier caliper, Micrometer, Bevel protractor, Coordinate measuring machine (CMM): Construction, principle
graduation and reading, least count.
274
Introduction to CNC
Introduction to CNC technology, Conventional Vs. CNC machine tool, CNC clamping system. Implementation of
JH for CNC.
CNC programming
Introduction to CNC programming, Introduction and demonstration of line programs milling machine using ISO
codes into the CNC simulator. Part programming methods, Cutting process parameter selection, Process planning
issues and path planning, G & M Codes, Interpolations, Tool compensations.
CNC Programming-Milling
Calculations of parameters like speed feed, depth of cut etc. and set a references for the various operations. Prepare
& set CNC Milling operations and dry run on the machine. Execute program and inspect simple geometrical forms
/ standard parts.

Reference Books

1. Yoram Koren, Computer Control of Manufacturing Systems, Mc Graw Hill Publication.

2. Mikell P. Groover, CAD/CAM.
3. P.C. Sharma, A textbook of Manufacturing Technology-II.
4. R.K. Jain, Engineering Metrology, Khanna Publishers.

CONCEPT CAR MANUFACTURING

Course Code: ME28015

Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite : Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Objective of the course is to give the students hands on experience on building a racing car. Students find it very
interesting to develop important parts of a racing car and then assemble and take part in various national and
international events. In this process they meet the requirement set by the authorities. Therefore the students learn
here how to propose a new car body and prove the feasibility by computational analysis of the body and other
important parts.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Remember the fundamentals of concept car characteristics,

CO 2: Understand the aerodynamic requirements in racing vehicles,
CO 3: Use the concepts of chassis behaviour of concept car,
CO 4: Illustrate the suspension characteristics of the concept car,
CO 5: Understand the problems faced in drives and braking systems in motor sports, and
CO 6: Build a concept car body.

COURSE DETAILS

Car Development
Constraints And Specifications – Performance, Handling, Structure; Driver Accommodation and Safety.
Tyres
Adjustable Features, Preliminary Design and Analysis; Driver-Vehicle Relationship. Desirable Vehicle
Characteristics, Fundamentals of Track and Lap.
Racing Car Aerodynamics
Aerodynamic Force and Moment, Race Car Drag; Spoilers, Dams, Wings - Effectiveness Of Wings In Steady
State Cornering.

275
Chassis Design
Conditions For Traversing a 90° Corner, Effects Of High Speed Braking, Cornering, Combined Braking
Cornering; Steady State Cornering, Throttle Behaviour, Steering Wheel Force And Kick Back; Moving CG
Position, Roll Centre Position Changing.

Suspension System
Front Suspension- General Design Issues, Camber Effects; SLA Suspension, McPherson Struts; Independent Rear
Suspension- Trailing Arm Types, Instant Axis Concept; Suspension Springs- Torsion Springs, Coil Springs.

Textbook
1. Advanced Race Car Chassis Technology HP1562: Winning Chassis Design and Setup for Circle Track and
Road Race Cars Bob Bolles, HP Books; Revised, Updated Edition, 2010.

Reference Books
1. William F. Milliken and Douglas L. Milliken, Race car vehicle dynamics, 11th Edition, SAE, 1995.
2. Peter Wright, Formula 1Technology, Sae Intl; 1st Edition, 2001.

DEVELOPMENT OF AUTONOMOUS WHEELED ROBOTS

Course Code: ME28017

Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Basic Electronics (EC10001)

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Nowadays, robotics is playing a vital role in industry 4.0, and autonomous wheeled robots are being applied to
minimize human efforts and to improve the production rate. This course gives fundamental knowledge about
wheeled robotics and its different hardware and software components. Moreover, the course discusses kinematics
equations, which will be implemented to control the motion of wheeled robots through the actuators. Further, the
present course also describes the integration of various sensors and their programming, which will be used to make
an autonomous control system for a robot.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Understand the fundamentals of wheeled robotics and its different components,

CO 2: Apply locomotion constraint features to travel the wheeled robots in different surface conditions,
CO 3: Apply various sensors integration on wheeled robots for autonomous navigation,
CO 4: Analyze the kinematics of wheeled robots,
CO 5: Create a robot programming to make an autonomous sensor-actuator control system, and
CO 6: Design of automation solutions using wheeled robots.

COURSE DETAILS

About Locomotion for Wheeled Robot

Key issues for locomotion, wheeled mobile robot’s locomotion, Legged wheeled robots.

Wheeled Robots Kinematics

Kinematic models and constraints, Representing robot position, Forward kinematic models, Wheel kinematic
constraints, Degree of freedom.

Sensors for Autonomous Wheeled Robots

Various sensors for wheeled robots, Sensor classification, Ultrasonic sensor, Infrared sensor, Vision sensor,
Inertial measurement unit (IMU).

276
Actuators for Autonomous Wheeled Robots
Various actuators for wheeled robots, DC motor, Servo motor, Stepper motor, Motor controller.

Wheeled Robots Programming

Robot programming language features, Computer control and robot software (monitor mode, run mode and editor
mode), Arduino microcontroller programming, Raspberry Pi programming, Complete design of an autonomous
wheeled robot.

Reference Books
1. R. Siegwart, I.R. Nourbakhsh, D. Scaramuzza, Introduction to Autonomous Mobile Robots, MIT Press,
2011
2. S.G. Tzafestas, Introduction to Mobile Robot Control, Elsevier Science, 2013.
3. G. Dudek, M. Jenkin, Computational Principles of Mobile Robotics, Cambridge University Press, 2010.
4. T. Bräunl, Embedded Robotics Mobile Robot Design and Applications with Embedded Systems, Springer
Berlin Heidelberg, 2013.
5. U. Nehmzow, Mobile Robotics: A Practical Introduction, Springer, London, 2012.

MODELLING OF MICRO-WIND TURBINE BY 3D CAD DESIGN

Course Code: ME28019

Credit: 1
L-T-P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Differential Equations and Linear Algebra (MA11001)

COURSE OBJECTIVE
Introduce computer-based solid, parametric, and assembly modeling as a tool for engineering design; enhance
critical thinking and design skills. This course introduces the technology and economics of converting wind energy
to electricity and other kinds of energy. Both utility scale horizontal axis wind turbines and small-scale horizontal
are addressed, as well as the economical and environmental issues associated with wind energy.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After successfully completing the course, the students will be able to

CO 1: Learn about the basic concepts of wind energy conversion system,

CO 2: Understand the engineering design process and the implementation of different design phases,
CO 3: Create a 3D solid model with high degree of confidence,
CO 4: Develop the ability to extract 2D orthographic views from the 3D model for fabrication,
CO 5: Learn the basics of assembly and associative constraints, and
CO 6: Understand the importance of standalone, grid-connected, and hybrid operation in renewable energy
systems.

COURSE DETAILS

Introduction to Wind Energy, Wind Power, State of the art technology

Introduction to renewable sources, Wind energy, Types of wind turbines, State of the art technology in wind
energy.

Design and development of small wind turbines

Small wind technology, blade element momentum theory, design of tail fin, Wind turbine tower structure design
stiffness and strength consideration, Aerodynamics of wind turbine rotor blade design, angle of attack, profile.

3D modelling of wind turbine using CAD tools (SOLIDOWRKS)

Introduction to 3D modeling, Parametric modeling, feature-based modeling, Design Intent; Solid modeling
commands: Sketching, Extrusion, Revolve, fillet, pattern.; Solid Modeling: reference geometry, Sweeps and Lofts;

277
Assembling of the 3D model of the Wind turbine
Assembly modeling; Top-down and bottom-up, Mates in assembly, exploded view,

Creation of 2D drawings for production/manufacturing processes

Extract 2D orthographic views from the 3D model for fabrication by specifying the proper dimensions, according
to industry standards, for parts to be fabricated and to extract section and auxiliary views, Dimensioning standards
and conventions. 3D assembly drawing of the wind turbine, exploded view of the tower, 3D drawings of all 3D
printed parts.

Simulation of wind turbine using SOLIDWORKS using CAD tools (SOLIDOWRKS and ANSYS)
Engineering analysis with SolidWorks, Stress and deflection of the wind turbine tower, Simulation of wind turbine
using SolidWorks

Reference Books
1. James F. Manwell, Jon G. McGowan, and Anthony L. Rogers, Wind Energy Explained: Theory, Design,
and Application, Wiley, 2010.
2. Gasch, Robert, Twele, Jochen (Eds.), Wind Power Plants: Fundamentals, Design, Construction and
Operation, Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg; 2nd Edition, 2012.
3. Open source SOLIDWORKS Tutorial: https://my.solidworks.com/training/video/40d7a678-3293- 4d7b-
ba18-2113ff114b2a.

K-Xplore
(Practice Oriented Open Elective – I)

The B. Tech. curriculum provides for a 1-Credit practice-oriented Open Elective K-Xplore in Semester V to
make our undergraduate engineering programme holistic, multidisciplinary, skill-based, and balanced. This
course allows the students to explore the opportunity that the KIIT University offers to them to sharpen their
skills in areas which excite them the most.

Offered in a self-learning mode, this subject allows the students to hone their skills in areas they are passionate
about which they select from a wide spectrum of subjects in art, literature, technology, community engagement
and service, health, and environment and sustainability. In addition, the students develop soft skills that are
important for them in their professional life. This course, thus, allows students to explore and grow in areas
outside of core academics and provides a channel for complementing the lessons learned in the classroom,
offering them the opportunity to apply academic skills in a real-world context and providing a truly well-
rounded education.

This course is designed on the basis of the guiding philosophy of student-centered learning where the students
define problems, evaluate alternatives, design solutions, and self-learn by performing certain assigned activities
with limited guidance from faculty facilitators.

Each student selects an area of his (or her) choice from a specified list of areas. All the students with choice in
a particular area are assigned to one or more faculty facilitators. Faculty facilitators assign the activities and
tasks necessary for the course to the students and decide the desired mode of skills training. They may decide
to make small groups of students of varying group sizes to carry out the assigned activities and tasks. They also
make the required facilities available to the students to enable them to carry out the assigned activities and
tasks.

The timetable will earmark specific hours for the subject. But the students are expected to use their spare time
(including holidays and after-lecture hours on working days) to learn the required skills and use these skills to
accomplish the assigned activities and tasks. The students, however, have to meet the faculty supervisors on the
specified hours every week to appraise them of their progress, clear their doubts, if any, and chart their future
plan.

278
The Head of KIIT Student Activity Centre (KSAC) will coordinate offering of the course.

COURSE OUTCOMES
At successfully completing the course, the student will be able to

CO 1 : Develop the needed technical skills in their chosen fields of interest,

CO 2 : Develop higher levels of self-confidence and soft skills such as communication, writing, discussion
and debate, time-management, and leadership skills,
CO 3 : Apply the learned skills to give shape to their passionate ideas,
CO 4 : Develop Innovation and entrepreneurial mindset,
CO 5 : Analyze and judge a problem situation for deploying the learnt knowledge and skills and develop
problem solving strategies and
CO 6 : Build new products and services using the learned knowledge and skills.

ROBOTICS
Subject Code: SA38001
Credit: 1
L_T_P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To assist students develop the knowledge of robotics and circuitry, build circuits, bots and robots, and
participate in different Robotics events such as Robo Wars.

WEB DESIGNING
Subject Code: SA38003
Credit: 1
L_T_P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To help a student learn and develop front-end and back-end web development skills and create websites.

CIVIL-TECH
Subject Code: SA38005
Credit: 1
L_T_P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To make a student ready to plan and design selected aspects of real life construction projects with relation to
environment, transport & connectivity, water resource engineering & soil exploration and gain pre-, present-,
and post- construction experience.

CIRCUIT DESIGN & CONTROL

Subject Code: SA38007
Credit: 1
L_T_P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
279
To let the students learn the required skills to design and develop electrical circuits and implement controllers
for use in robotics, automation, voice recognition, gesture recognition, etc.

INDIAN CLASSICAL, FOLK & BOLLYWOOD DANCE

Subject Code: SA38009

Credit: 1
L_T_P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To encourage and boost the confidence of the students to choreograph and perform in classical, semi classical /
folk and bollywood dance forms.

INDIAN CLASSICAL & WESTERN MUSIC

Subject Code: SA38011

Credit: 1
L_T_P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To give confidence to the students to participate and perform as a vocalist and/or instrumentalist in different
forms of Indian classical and western music.

GRAPHIC DESIGNING & EDITING

Subject Code: SA38013

Credit: 1
L_T_P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To nurture the students’ skills in creative designing, photo and video editing activities, and digital sketching and
painting, using Designing & Editing software such as Photoshop, Illustrator and video editing software.

ART & CRAFT

Subject Code: SA38015

Credit: 1
L_T_P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To endow the students with the skills to do various types of painting such as portrait painting, landscape
painting, abstract painting, pencil sketching, and doodling and craft, using various Painting and Sketching tools.

THEATRE & STREET PLAY

Subject Code: SA38017
Credit: 1
L_T_P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil
280
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To give students the confidence to perform in Theatres, Nukkad, Mono Acts and skits based on written scripts.

FILM MAKING
Subject Code: SA38019
Credit: 1
L_T_P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To impart skills for film making in areas such as cinematography, script writing, audio recording, and editing.
DEBATING, PUBLIC SPEAKING & ANCHORING

Subject Code: SA38021

Credit: 1
L_T_P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To develop the students’ skills for performing oratory activities such as extempore speech, debate, poetry
reading, open topic speech, public speaking, interviewing, open dialogue, anchoring, and presentation.

CREATIVE WRITING

Subject Code: SA38023

Credit: 1
L_T_P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To develop the students’ skills in creative writing, content writing, article writing, and poem composition.

PHOTOGRAPHY & VIDEOGRAPHY

Subject Code: SA38025

Credit: 1
L_T_P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To provide the technical knowledge required to create photos and videos that tell a story or capture a real-world
occurrence.
FASHION STYLING

Subject Code: SA38027

Credit: 1
L_T_P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To impart the basic skills of costume design, styling, grooming, and presentation relevant to a specified theme.

281
 CULINARY ARTS

Subject Code: SA38029

Credit: 1
L_T_P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To help the students learn the skills of cooking, knowing ingredients, and preparing cuisines of Pan India and 65
countries

QUIZ ACTIVITY

Subject Code: SA38031

Credit: 1
L_T_P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To give the students the confidence to participate in, and conduct, various forms of quiz, such as Technical Quiz
and Business Quiz.

SOCIAL OUTREACH

Subject Code: SA38033

Credit: 1
L_T_P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To sensitize the students on the social issues and giving them an opportunity to connect with the community and
the environment through outreach activities, community projects, and volunteering.

HEALTH & EMERGENCY CARE

Subject Code: SA38035

Credit: 1
L_T_P: 0-0-2
Prerequisite: Nil

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To let the students learn about health issues, basic Life-saving skills and participate in health awareness and
sensitization programs.

282